Redding City Council
December 2, 2025

Packet Pg. 152 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING

SCHEDULING

1. The SUBCONTRACTOR shall plan the work and carry it out with minimum interference to property owners and adjacent land users. Prior to starting the work, the SUBCONTRACTOR shall confer with the ENGINEER to develop an approved work schedule, which will allow minimal interference and meet the objectives of this project.

2. ENGINEER and SUBCONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that the ENGINEER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified below, plus any extensions thereof allowed.

3. The activities are expected to be completed as concurrently as possible. If the SUBCONTRACTOR demobilizes from the site for any reason before completing his work, the ENGINEER will not be responsible for paying the SUBCONTRACTOR to re- mobilize.

4. Work shall not be considered complete until all work activities have been completed, or as approved by the ENGINEER.

5. The schedule for the work requires that all work will be completed within five ( 5) calendar weeks including mobilization/ demobilization, cleanup, all well construction, development, and pumping testing.

6. The work shall be conducted during daylight hours following a schedule of 10 continuous calendar days on, 4 continuous calendar days off, 10 continuous calendar days on, etc.

2. 0 TEST AND MONITORING WELLS

1. This item includes the work necessary to drill the test and monitoring wells for the purpose of conducting pumping tests.

2. The Subcontractor shall drill the well at the location shown in Figure 1 and as directed by the Engineer.

3. The Subcontractor shall be licensed to drill water wells in the State of California and shall construct the wells in strict conformance with all the laws, rules, regulations and standards related to the construction of wells in the State of California.

4. The Subcontractor shall submit the following to the Engineer for approval prior to beginning work:
a) Detailed description of any drilling fluids program proposed, and the water transport and disposal program for the well construction.

5. The Subcontractor shall submit the following to the Engineer during drilling activities:
a) Drill cutting samples.
b) Daily drilling log, ( to be available for inspection at site at all times), to include log of borehole which carefully and accurately describes the materials penetrated.

6. Drilling Equipment:
a) The monitoring wells shall be drilled using the rotosonic drilling methods. b) The test wells shall be drilled using rotary drilling methods using casing advance to hold open the borehole during well completion and to minimize or eliminate the use of drilling fluids, or as recommended by the Subcontractor and approved by the Engineer. c) Provide drilling equipment and accessories required to complete the well( s) as specified.

Packet Pg. 153 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING

7. Borehole Drilling:
a) The test well shall be drilled so as to permit the installation of the casing and screen, straight and plumb.

8. The final depths of the test well will be selected based on the results of the drilling by the Engineer.

The Subcontractor shall prepare his bid assuming each test and monitoring well will be constructed to the depths shown in Table 1 and shown on Figure 3.

TABLE 1— Well Construction Target Depths
Monitoring Wells
Bike Park Site
Depth of Blank Casing( ft, bgs) O to 14
Depth of Cement Grout Seal ( ft, bgs) 0 to 10
Depth of Bentonite Seal ( ft.bgs) 10 to 12
Depth of Well Screen ( ft, bgs) 14 to 43
Depth of Gravel Pack( ft, bgs) 12 to 43
Depth of Blank Sump( ft, bgs) 0
Well Total Depth ( ft, bgs) 43.

Test Wells
Bike Park Site
Depth of Blank Casing( ft, bgs) 0 to 14
Depth of Cement Grout Seal ( ft, bgs) 0 to 10
Depth of Bentonite Seal ( ft.bgs) 10 to 12
Depth of Well Screen( ft, bgs) 14 to 43
Depth of Gravel Pack( ft, bgs) 12 to 46
Depth of Blank Sump( ft, bgs) 43 to 45
Well Total Depth ( ft, bgs) 46
gs— Below Ground Surface

Packet Pg. 154 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING Bike Park Site
Test Well Monitoring Well( Typ 4)

CEMENT GROUT
FROM 0 TO 10 FEET
5FROM

CEMENT GROUT
0 TO
i2- fNCH STEEL BLANK-- CASIi G. ........ ........

10....FEET.........................

FROM 0 TO 14 FEET 2- INCH SCH 80 PVC CASING
1 BENTONITE SEAL FROM 0 TO 14 FEET
FROM 10 TO l2 FEET- i

BENTONITE SEAL
FROM 10 TO 12 FEET
I— 15 i.2.: r rcH m:' im'': r rcH
W STEEL LOUVERED SCREEN 2- INCH 0. 060- INCH
LLJ 20 FROM.. 14.. T0. 4Z. FEET.... SLOTTED PVC
L!_ FRDM 14 TO- 43` FEE7 .. ......
25 ................ 6NAVEL- PaC-R .................... : y.G.RAVEL.. PACK..........................

TANCA SAND AND GRAVEL TANCA SAND AND GRAVEL
i— 3/ 8_ E3Y-. B_ BLEND,.-
4 BY 12 BLEND
3 f FROM.. 12-. TC.. 43- FEE. T .......... FROM 12 TO 46 FEET 0 35 ........................ ..
40 12- INCH STEEL

BLANK SUMP WITH CAP
45 ........... FROM- 43- J40-- 45- FEET. ..--- ----
50 Figure 3— Bike Park Well Construction Diagram

9. Water:
a) The Subcontractor shall utilize potable water as a supply source for all water needed to drill, construct and develop the test and monitoring wells. Potable water is available at City fire hydrants. The Subcontractor shall make arrangements with the City to connect to, and use potable water from hydrants, and pay all associated costs.

10. Borehole Sampling:
a) Engineer will have a qualified Engineer or Hydrogeologist onsite during drilling to determine the exact depth of borehole and to accurately identify the drill cuttings. b) The Subcontractor shall recover representative samples of the material being drilled. Samples shall be taken at 2- foot intervals, and every change in strata starting at the ground surface and continuing to the bottom of each well. The sampling method must yield samples that are representative of subsoil conditions at the actual depth to which drilling has progressed. Each sample shall be approximately one quart in volume. The Engineer will be onsite to collect the samples and bag, label, and store the samples.

3. 0 CASING AND SCREEN

1. This item includes the work necessary to provide and set the casing and screen for the test and monitoring wells for the purpose of conducting a pumping test.

2. The Subcontractor shall submit the following to the Engineer for approval prior to beginning work:

Packet Pg. 155 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING a) Welding qualifications. Welder shall be qualified in accordance with AWS 62. 1 for level AR- 1 or AR- 2, and in the 2G and 5G or 6G positions.
b) Casing and screen manufacturer, sizes, wall thickness, and applicable standard. Gravel manufacturer and gradation data.

3. The Subcontractor shall submit the following to the Engineer following completion of the work:
a) Well Completion Reports/ As- builts.

4. Test and Monitoring Well Casings:
a) The exact depth of the well and length of the casings are to be determined by the Engineer in the field.
b) For purposes of preparing this bid, the Subcontractor shall assume the test well and each monitoring well is completed as shown on Figure 3, the well construction diagrams. c) Casing: All blank steel casing and screen for the test wells shall be new and unused 12- inch diameter carbon steel, 0. 375- inch wall thickness, and conform to AWWA A- 100, ASTM A139 or A53, Grade B or equal, and be manufactured by Roscoe Moss Company, or alternative as approved by the Engineer.
d) All blank casing for the monitoring wells shall be flush threaded 2- inch Schedule 80 PVC, conforming to ASTM 1785 and ASTM F480.
e) The test wells will be completed with a 2- foot blank sump section below the screen. The blank casing shall be provided with a steel bottom plate continuously welded and of material equal to the pipe.
f) The monitoring well bottom end shall be fitted with a PVC cap. g) The test well casing/ screen assembly shall be installed at a sufficient height above the bottom of the borehole to ensure the weight of the casing will not be resting on the bottom.

5. Screen and Gravel Pack:
a) The well screen for the test wells shall be 12- inch carbon steel, louver design, of strength for the intended application, and manufactured by Roscoe Moss, or approved equal. b) The well screen for the monitoring wells shall be 2- inch flush threaded PVC, ASTM D1785 and ASTM F480, as manufactured by Johnson Screens, or approved equal. c) Screen openings and gravel pack gradations shall be as follows:

Test Wells
Site
Bike Park
Screen Opening Size( inch) 0. 100
Gravel Pack
Tacna 3/ 8" by 8
Monitoring Wells
Site
Bike Park
Screen Opening Size( inch) 0. 050
Gravel Pack
Tacna, 4 by 20
Notes 1, Tacna Sand and Gravel, or Equal

Packet Pg. 156 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING Gravel Gradations
Tacna 3/ 8" by 8— Test Wells
Particle Size( inches) Percent Passing

0. 375 88. 3

0. 312 76. 1

0. 25 31. 2

0. 187 16. 7

0. 132 11. 1

0. 0937 2. 4
Tacna 4 by 20— Monitoring Wells
Particle Size( inches) Percent Passing

0. 187 99. 5

0. 132 56. 3

0. 0937 17. 0

0. 0787 9. 5
0661 4. 8
0469 0. 9
d) The Subcontractor shall provide all well casing and screen assembly fittings as necessary to complete the well.
e) Centralizers: Weld- on to pipe, rolled or bent bar type carbon steel centralizers for the carbon steel test well casing and clamp- on type for the monitoring well screens shall be provided.

1. Extend out a minimum of 2 inches from casing or screen to within 1/ 2 inch of borehole wall.

2. Place at approximately 20 foot intervals depending on screen and casing depth starting at the well sump and extending to ground surface.

3. Attach at 0 degrees, 90 degrees, 180 degrees, and 270 degrees around casing at each position, or as determined by Engineer.
e) Welding:

1. Perform welding in accordance with the AWS B2. 1.

2. Upon completion of welding, remove weld splatter, flux, slag, and burrs left by attachments.

3. Repair welds to produce a workmanlike appearance, with uniform weld contours and dimensions.

4. Welding rod or wire shall match the material being welded and be approved by the Engineer.
f) All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent contaminated water, gasoline, or other deleterious substances from entering the well, either through the opening or by seepage through the ground surface. Precautions shall be maintained during and after the construction of the well until accepted by the Engineer.

Packet Pg. 157 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) ONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING g) The Subcontractor shall provide all temporary and permanent materials, equipment, and labor required to accomplish the work as specified. The Subcontractor shall have equipment capable of installing the test well in the manner described above.

4. 0 GRAVEL PACK

1. This item includes the work, materials and equipment necessary to provide and place the gravel pack in the test and monitoring wells.

Z. The Subcontractor shall submit the following to the Engineer for approval prior to beginning work:
a) Ship gravel pack samples to:

Kevin Bral
373 Post Oak Circle
Franktown, CO 80116

3. Gravel pack shall conform to AWWA A100, be rounded washed silica and be a gradation specified by the Engineer based on the soil cuttings samples.

1. Before gravel pack placement in the test well, adequate preparations shall be made for continuous circulation of clear water. Circulate clear water and swab and airlift well, while installing pack and until pack is fully in- place.

5. Gravel pack shall be placed by tremie method using a tremie pipe set to the depth required for the pack. The gravel pack will be installed as shown in Figure 3.

5. The well casing and well screen shall be supported and anchored in such a way as to hold them inplace during placement of gravel pack.

7. If borehole does not take the calculated volume of gravel pack with allowances for normal losses and settling Engineer will have cause to reject the well.

5. 0 ANNULAR SEAL

1. This item includes the work, materials and equipment necessary to provide and place the annular bentonite seal on top of the gravel pack.

Z. A bentonite seal shall be placed on top of the gravel pack prior to grouting. The seal shall be placed as shown on Figure 3 and must keep the cement grout from entering the gravel pack prior to it setting.

5. 0 GROUTING
L. This item includes the work, materials and equipment necessary for placement of grout seal.

2. Grout:
a) Neat Portland Cement, mix one 94- pound sack with no more than 6 gallons of water. Bentonite powder may be added to the Portland Cement with a gallon of water added per 2 pounds of bentonite.

3. The Subcontractor shall notify Engineer at least 4 hours prior to placement of grout seal.

CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING

4. Water:
a) Use potable water to mix the grout.

5. Grout Placement:
a) Place grout by tremie method using a tremie pipe, as approved by Engineer. b) Extend from ground surface to the bottom of zone to be grouted. c) Place grout from the bottom to top, in a continuous operation. d) Slowly raise grout tremie pipe as grout is placed.
e) Discharge end of grout tremie pipe shall remain submerged in grout until grouting is completed. f) Maintain a full grout pipe until completion of grouting of the specified interval.

6. Work shall not be conducted on well or heavy equipment operated onsite during the 24- hour period immediately following placement of the grout, or as directed by the Engineer.

7. 0 WELL DEVELOPMENT

1. This item includes the work, materials and equipment necessary for the development of the test wells using a combination of the surge block and airlifting methods, followed by over pumping. The Subcontractor shall comply with applicable permits, laws and regulations in disposing of water generated during well development. The monitoring wells will be developed by air lifting and bailing.

2. Subcontractor shall provide staff knowledgeable in well development techniques with a minimum of 2 years of experience developing water supply wells.

3. Test Wells:
a) Following completion of the test well, the well shall be developed by the Subcontractor.

Development shall be by surge block and airlifting followed by over pumping. All temporary and permanent materials, equipment and labor required to accomplish the work as specified shall be provided, including:

1. A surge block consisting of a double swab with an outside diameter of no more than 1 inch smaller than the inside diameter of the screen section. The two swabs shall be separated by a 10- foot section of perforated drill pipe.

2. The air compressor and necessary equipment used for air-lift pumping capable of pumping up to 200 gpm during development( depending on submergence).

3. Test pump.
b) The discharge line and air-line shall set up in such a manner that the entire surge block/ air-lift assembly can be suspended from the derrick and allows the entire assembly to swab a minimum of 10 feet of screen while simultaneously pumping.
c) Surge block redevelopment of the well shall begin by gently surging and simultaneously air lifting the top of the uppermost screen section. The screen shall be surged and airlifted in 10- foot sections. The surge block shall be raised and lowered several times every 15 minutes. Each screen section shall be worked until successive surging produces little change in color and discharge is relatively clear. Development shall continue for approximately 2 hours for each 10-

Packet Pg. 159 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING foot interval of screen. This period may be extended or shortened at the discretion of the Engineer based on the condition of the discharge water. d) Following surge block and air- lift development, install test pump to perform pump development of well.

1. Do not remove pump from well until well testing, including recovery monitoring is complete.

2. Set suction inlet at a depth determined by Engineer.

3. Pump well at a restricted initial pumping rate.

4. As water clears, gradually increase pumping rate, as determined by Engineer, until maximum discharge rate is reached.

5. At regular intervals, stop pump and allow water to refill well casing.

6. Develop well by pumping and surging until it produces at maximum discharge, as determined by Engineer, and specified sand production limitations are met, up to 10 total hours.
e) Upon completion of this procedure, the well shall be bailed clean of all accumulated sediment to its full depth.
f) Well Development Discharge: Separate suspended solids from fluids generated during development using appropriate equipment, including temporary tankage to allow sufficient settling time to meet discharge requirements for suspended solids and turbidity.

1. Prevent site flooding or erosion that might be caused by discharge. g) Field Quality Control: Well shall be considered thoroughly developed when the following occurs:

I. Specific capacity, gpm per foot of drawdown, is relatively constant plus or minus 5 percent at design capacity of well.

2. Well does not produce sand in excess of sand production limitations: When water produced contains less than 5 parts per million sand after 15 minutes of surging and pumping at design capacity of well.
h) The Subcontractor shall keep well development records including static water level, sand content, color of discharge water, interval being redeveloped, time spent in each interval, drawdown, specific capacity, estimated flow rate, and other pertinent information regarding well development. Static water level shall be measured each day before the start of development. Other items shall be recorded at the beginning and end of surging and airlifting each screened interval or as directed by the Engineer.

4. Monitoring Wells
a) The monitoring wells will be developed by airlifting followed by bailing. b) The wells shall be developed until the produced water is clear and free from sand, as directed by the Engineer.

8. 0 TEST PUMP EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

1. This item includes the work necessary to provide, install and remove all associated appurtenances for the test pump installation, and includes providing and setting the test pump, providing the

Packet Pg. 160 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING discharge piping, flowmeter and butterfly valve, and providing and installing the two (2), 1- inch access pipes.

2. Provide a vertical turbine well pump and motor, column, discharge head and fittings, capable of pumping the rates as specified for the variable rate testing shall be provided. The pump shall not be removed from the well until the associated pump testing is complete, including a minimum of up tc 24- hours recovery, or as directed by the Engineer.

3. The maximum diameter of the pump column assembly shall be sized to allow for the installation of two( 2) 1- inch access pipes.

4. Pump Installation:
a) The pump, drop pipe, sounding tubes, motor cable shall be disinfected with chlorine solution before installing in the well.
b) Pump shall be installed in full compliance with AWWA E101. Drop pipe shall be handled and couplings tightened in accordance with API 5C1.
c) Setting Depth: Pump intake set at 5 feet off the bottom of the test well.

5. Provide two, 1- inch diameter PVC pipes for each pump assembly with end caps and perforations along the upper and lower 10 feet, adequate for insertion of a water level pressure transducer and an electronic water level indicator for manual readings, before, during, and after test pumping.

Allow free passage of pressure transducer.

6. Flow Meter:
a) Provide a flow meter capable of continuously measuring the pump discharge rate within plus or minus 5 percent of the true flow rate with built- in flow totalizer shall be provided.

7. Throttling Valve:
a) Provide a throttling valve for each pump assembly.
b) Control capable of adjusting the flow rate between 100 gpm and 1, 000 gpm shall be provided.

8. Discharge Piping:
a) As required to convey clear water from the test wells to the discharge point. b) Erosion control shall be provided as necessary to avoid erosion.

9. 0 WELL PUMPING TESTS

1. This item includes the work, materials and equipment necessary to complete the initial 8- hour variable rate pumping test, and 72- hour constant rate pumping tests. The Subcontractor shall comply with all applicable permits, laws and regulations in disposing of water generated during well testing.

2. The Engineer shall provide the following work, materials and equipment:
a) Data Logger: Provide ( 6) data loggers, including setup and removal ( one for the river, one for the test well and four for the monitoring wells). The logger shall be capable of reading and storing all the data from one complete test and be downloadable to a portable computer. The

Packet Pg. 161 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING data logger shall be Troll 700' s manufactured by Insitu with compatible transducers. The Engineer shall download the data at the end of each test. b) Data loggers shall be programmed to a logarithmic scale with a maximum time interval of two minutes.
c) Data loggers will be set- up 1 day prior to the start of the pumping test and will begin recording static water levels. Data loggers will remain in all four locations for the entire duration of the 8- hour variable rate test, 72- hour constant rate pumping tests, and for any additional days following completion of the pumping tests at the discretion of the Engineer.

3. The Subcontractor shall provide the following work, materials and equipment:
a) The Subcontractor shall conduct the tests using his personnel as specified, for all equipment setup and operation, including manual water level measurement, flow rate adjustment and data recording.
b) Electronic Water Level Indicator: The Subcontractor shall provide an operating electronic water level meter with a measurement tape of suitable length that fits inside the water level sounding tubes and extends to the bottom of the well. The electronic water level measurement tape shall be as manufactured by Solinst Model 101, or approved equal. c) The Subcontractor will not begin testing before well water level has recovered following well development.
d) The Subcontractor shall measure static water level prior to start of each test. e) Well water level recovery shall be considered complete after the well has been allowed to rest for a period at least equal to elapsed pumping time of aborted test, with the exception that if any three successive water level measurements spaced at least 20 minutes apart show no further rise in water level, test may be resumed at the direction of Engineer. f) 8- Hour Variable Rate Testing:

1. Control pump discharge rate with throttling valve.

2. Control and maintain at approximately the desired discharge rate for each step with an accuracy of at least plus or minus 5 percent.

3. If possible, perform test at rates of approximately 25%, 50%, 100%, and 125% of the design capacity of well. Verify actual rates with Engineer prior to the start of the test.

4. Well Design Capacity: up to 1, 000 gpm

5. Duration: Perform each step of the variable- rate test for 120 minutes, or as directed by the Engineer. The variable rate test will be conducted following well disinfection.

6. Water level measurements shall be recorded at the test well, river piezometers and monitoring well locations using the Solinst water level meter and the data loggers. g) 72- Hour Constant- Rate Testing:

1. Control pump discharge rate using the throttling valve.

2. Control and maintain at discharge rate specified by Engineer for duration of test with an accuracy of at least plus or minus 5 percent. When necessary, make adjustments in pumping rate using the in- line valve.

3. Duration: Pump well continuously at a constant rate, as determined by Engineer, for a period of 72- hours or until Engineer terminates test.

4. Water level measurements will be recorded at all monitoring wells, test well and river piezometer locations using the Solinst water level meter and the data loggers.

Packet Pg. 162 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING

5. Following completion of the 72- hour constant-rate test do not conduct activities in the well or nearby well that might affect water levels during recovery period.

4. Recovery Period
a) Water level measurements shall be recorded at all monitoring well, test well and river locations using the data loggers to be provided by the Engineer.

5. Test Failure
a) In the event that test fails to meet specified duration requirement, or if test is initiated too soon after an aborted test, test will be declared invalid, and shall require a retest. b) Aborted Test: Failure of pump operation for a period greater than 1 percent of elapsed pumping time shall require test be aborted and further testing suspended until water level in the pumped well has recovered to its original level.

6. Well Test Data
a) Maintain for each test.
b) Records shall include pumping rate, water level, drawdown, specific capacity, and all other pertinent information regarding well testing.
c) The Subcontractor shall submit well test data to Engineer at end of each test.

10. 0 WELL ABANDONMENT

1. Following completion of construction and testing, the Subcontractor shall abandon the test well at the Bike Park site, as specified below:

A. Test and Monitoring Wells:

1. Calculate volume of existing well casing and allow 20% additional cement for losses. Calculated volume shall be reviewed by Engineer.

2. Fill the well with Portland cement grout using a tremie pipe The grout may be placed in the wells in a single stage.

3. Extend tremie pipe from ground surface to the bottom of zone to be grouted.

4. Place grout from the bottom to top in a continuous operation.

5. Slowly raise grout tremie pipe as grout is placed.

6. Discharge end of grout tremie pipe shall remain submerged in grout until grouting is completed.

7. Maintain a full grout pipe until completion of grouting of the specified interval.

8. The Subcontractor shall remove the top 3 feet of cement and existing well casing. The final abandonment shall provide a cement seal from 3 feet below ground surface to total depth of the well.

B. Monitoring Wells:

1. Remove PVC casing and screen. Fill the borehole with cement grout placed by tremie pipe following the abandonment procedure for the Test Well.

Packet Pg. 163 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING

10. 0 SOLIDS AND WATER DISPOSAL

1. This item includes all the work, materials, labor, and equipment necessary to dispose of all solids and water generated during well construction and testing.

2. The Subcontractor shall comply with all applicable permits, and local, State and Federal regulation in disposing of solids and water generated during well installation, development and testing.

3. All solids generated during the test well installation process, other than drilling cuttings, shall be contained and disposed of offsite by the Subcontractor.

4. Fluids generated during development that are cloudy or contain sand and silt shall be disposed of onsite by surface discharge and subsequent infiltration into the ground. The water must be discharged onto the ground is such a way as to not cause erosion of the ground, and not allowed tc run freely away from the immediate area of discharge or enter the Sacramento River.

5. It is anticipated that the drill cuttings from the wells will be able to be disposed of at the drilling sitE Solids will need to be spread out or buried in an appropriate area at the drilling site, as approved b) the Engineer.

6. Clear water generated during development and testing at the Bike Park site will be piped to the storm drain in the Bike Park parking lot as shown on Figure 1.

7. Fluids shall be disposed of as to not adversely impact adjacent landowners, the Sacramento River, and in strict accordance with all applicable local, State, and Federal regulations.

Packet Pg. 164 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Yellow Jacket Drilling Services, LLC Proposal#( CA) DC21- 23.13 CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL, MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING

BID SCHEDULE

CONSTRUCTION OF TEST WELL,
MONITORING WELLS, and AQUIFER TESTING
City of Redding, CA
a) Include all taxes in Base Bid.
b) Subcontractor will have current California DIR License Number to work on Public Works project and will include prevailing wage.
c) The total payment to the Subcontractor shall be made based on the Bid Items. No other payments will be made.
d) Subcontractor shall submit the following items with the bid:
i) Proposed source of water
ii) Proposed schedule of work
Item Estimated Unit Extended
No. Item/ Description Bike Park Site Units Quantity Price Price 1 Mobilization/ Demobilization/ Cleanup LS 1 70, 000. 00 $ 70, 000. 00 2 Drill Test Well Borehole FT 46 $ 500. 00 $ 23, 000. 00 3 Furnish and Install Carbon Steel Casing( Sump) FT 2 300. 00 $ 600. 00 4 Furnish and Install 12- inch Carbon Steel Screen FT 29 $ 175. 00 $ 5, 075. 00 5 Furnish and Install 12- inch Test Well Casing FT 14 $ 90. 00 $ 1, 260. 00 6 Furnish and Install Test Well Gravel Pack FT 34 $ 100. 00 $ 3, 400. 00 Furnish and Install Cement Seal between Test Well Casing FT
7 and Borehole 12 $ 100. 00 $ 1, 200. 00
8 Development by surge block/ airlifting, and over pumping HR 7 400. 00 $ 2, 800. 00 9 Construct and develop 4 monitoring wells complete FT 172 $ 250. 00 $ 43, 000. 00 10 Furnish, Install and Remove Test Pump for Pumping Tests EA 1 4, 000. 00 $ 4, 000. 00 11 Test Pumping ( 8- hour variable rate, 72- hour constant HR 80 400. 00 $ 32, 000. 00 rate)
12 Test Well Surface Completion EA 1 $ 1, 000. 00 $ 1, 000. 00 13 Monitoring Well Surface Completion EA 4 1, 250. 0 $ 5, 000. 00 Total $ 192, 335. 00
Name: Dean Coblish Signature: D— 0-"
Company: Yellow Jacket Drilling Services, LLCDate: 5/ 17/ 2021 Phone Number: 909- 544- 1135 Email: dean@yjdrilling. com DIR No: 1000055613
Packet Pg. 165 Page 16 of 16 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Exhibit B
Engineering Services for the Pump House 1 Replacement Project for the City of Redding( with Amendment 3) Phase 1 Fee Summary
Subcontractor
Task No. Description Labor Fee Fee Expenses Fee
Task 1 Project Management
Task 1. 1 Project Management 23, 376.00 0.00 0.00 23, 376. 00 Task 1. 1 Project Management
Amendment 3)
19, 680.00 0. 00 0. 00 19, 680. 00
Task 1. 2 Meetings 21, 148. 00 0. 00 1, 000. 00 22, 148. 00 Task 1. 2 Meetings( Amendment 3) 21, 216. 00 0. 00 0.00 21, 216.00 Task 1. 3 Quality Control 17, 664. 00 0. 00 0.00 17, 664.00 Task 1 Subtotal $ 103, 084. 00 0.00 1, 000.00 $ 104,084.00 Task 2 Data Review, Geotechnical Investigations, and Survey/ Mapping Task 2. 1 Data Review 14,892. 00 0. 00 0. 00 14, 892. 00 Task 2. 2 Geotechnical Investigations 41, 016.00 19,541. 00 $ 2,000.00 62, 557.00 Task 2. 2. 1 Geophysical Investigations
36,809.00 35, 671. 00 $ 1, 520.00 74,000. 00
Amendment 1)
Task 2. 2. 2 Collector Welt Investigations
Amendment 2)
18, 523.00 179, 445. 00 $ 13, 556.00 $ 211, 524.00
Task 2. 2. 2 Collector well Investigations
38, 914. 00 0. 00 0.00 38,914.00
Amendment 3)
Task 2. 2. 3 Collector Well Pumping
Amendment 3)
142, 804. 00 $ 201, 952. 00 $ 25, 851. 00 $ 370, 607. 00 Task 2. 3 Surveying and Mapping 4,080.00 7,455. 00 800. 00 12, 335. 00 Task 2 Subtotal $ 297, 038.00 $ 444,064.00 $ 43, 727.00 $ 784, 829. 00 Task 3 Preliminary Environmental
44,288.00 0. 00 0. 00 44, 288. 00
Review
Task 3 Subtotal $ 44,288.00 0.00 0.00 44, 288. 00
Task Construction Funding Evaluation $ 19, 576. 00 0. 00 0. 00 19, 576. 00 Task Subtotal $ 19, 576.00 0.00 0.00 19, 576. 00
Preliminary Design Report
Task 5 Preliminary, Pre- Final, and
Final PDR) 136, 469.00 0. 00 0. 00 136, 469. 00
Task 5 Subtotal $ 136, 469. 00 0.00 0.00 136, 469. 00
TOTAL PHASE 1 $ 1, 089, 246. 00
Jacobs
Packet Pg. 166 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Consultant Rates
Engineering Services for the Pump House 1 Replacement Project for the City of Redding 2020 Hourly Billing Rates
Hourly Billing
Labor Classification Rate
Office/ Clerical/ Accounting 108
Junior- Level Technician 80
Mid- level Technician 123
Senior- Level Technician 179
Staff Engineer 1
122
Staff Engineer 2
133
Associate Engineer 135
Project Engineer
187
Engineer Specialist/ Associate Project Manager 204
Senior Technologist/ Project Manager 255
Principal Technologist/ Senior Project Manager 283
Includes engineering, consulting planner, and scientist disciplines.

Notes:
1) A markup of 5 percent will be applied to all Other Direct Costs and Expenses. 2) Direct expenses are those necessary costs and charges incurred for the PROJECT including, but not limited to:
a) The direct costs of transportation, meals and lodging, mail, subcontracts, outside services, and equipment and supplies.
b) Consultant' s current standard rate charges for direct use of Consultant' s vehicles, laboratory test and analysis, printing and reproduction services, and certain field equipment; and c) Consultant' s standard project charges for special health and safety requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
3) Consultant' s current standard rates for direct expenses shall be used. These rates are subject to change following internal audits and reviews.
4) These rates are effective January 1, 2020, through December 31, 2020. Rate schedule is subject to annual revision to reflect current rates and not to exceed 4 percent per year for subsequent years of the contract.

Jacobs
Packet Pg. 167 Attachment: Third Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541)

C IT Y OF
HEDD11"
C A L I F 0 R t

PAMELA MIZE, CITY CLERK

SHARLENE TIPTON, ASSISTANT CITY CLERK
530. 225. 4447
530, 225.4463 FAX
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

Attn: Kimberly Hein, P.E.
2525 Airpark Drive
Redding, CA 96001

CITY OF REDDING
777 Cypress Avenue, Redding, CA 96001
PO BOX 496071, Redding, CA 96049- 6071
cityofredding. org
December 12, 2022
RE: Fourth Amendment — C- 8541
Dear Kimberly Hein, P. E.,
Enclosed please find the fully executed original of the above referenced Fourth Amendment to the Consulting and Professional Services Contract by and between the City of Redding and Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. regarding term extension for pump house I replacement project (Phase I -Preliminary Design).

If you have any questions regarding this agreement, or if we can be of assistance, please contact the Office of the City Clerk at ( 5310) 225- 4044.

Sincerely,
Amber alPoggetTo---'
Executive Assistant
Enclosure
cc: Stephanie McCollum
Kurt Maire
Misty Kufner
Ellen Grannis
Packet Pg. 168 Attachment: Fourth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541)

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO
Pump House I Replacement Project (Phase I -Preliminary Design) 11 11 11111 11111iiiiiiii 111111 1
11 iiliriir lip
V/ 1, djlUjUly Z-1, 4V-/ 1, MMUCH UIC - Uy OlTeZrTlng,
California, (" City") a municipal corporation, and Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. (" Consultant") is hereby amended as follows:

SECTION 3.A. is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. Consultant shall commence work on or about May 11, 2020, and complete said work no later than June 30, 2023. Time is of the essence.

All other terms and conditions ofthe Contract dated May 11, 2020, and amended on September 11, 2020, January 12, 2021, and July 23, 2021, shall remain in full force and effect.

The date of this Amendment shall be the date that it is signed by the City.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Consultant have executed this Amendment on the days and year set forth below:

CITY OF RE' DDING
A Municipal Corporation
4:1 "
1 Dated: 12022
By: I . Manager
Form Approved:

BARRYE. DeWALT
Attest: City Attorney
PAMELA MIZE, Cityl erk By:

CONSULTANT
IM
Dated: 2022
By:

Taxpayer I.D. No.: If- 210-tLit3i
CP
I--- Packet Pg. 169 Attachment: Fourth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541)

CITY OF

CITY OF REDDING
R
777 Cypress Avenue, Redding, CA 96001
PO BOX 496071, Redding, CA 96049 6071
C A L I F O R N_ I - A- cityofredding. org

PAMELA MIZE, CITY CLERK

SHARLENE TIPTON, ASSISTANT CITY CLERK
530 225 4447
530. 225. 4463 FAX
March 21, 2023
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

ATTN: Kimberly Hein, P. E.
2525 Airpark Drive
Redding, CA 96001
RE: Fifth Amendment— C- 8541
Dear Kimberly Hein, P. E.,
Enclosed please find the above referenced fully executed Fifth Amendment to the Consulting & Professional Services Contract by and between the City of Redding and Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. for the purpose of the Pump House 1, Phase 2, Replacement Project.

If you have any questions regarding this agreement, or if we can be of assistance, please contact the Office of the City Clerk at ( 530) 225- 4439.

Sincerely,
e; 1/,,,,,,:. 1 ._.. 12..,
Kristen McGee
Management Analyst
Enclosure
cc: Stephanie McCollum
Kurt Maire
Ellen Grannis
Packet Pg. 170 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541)

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO
CONSULTING AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CONTRACT( C- 8541) Pump House 1 Replacement Project (Phase 2- Design)
The Consulting and Professional Services Contract C- 8541 (" Contract") dated May 11, 2020, and amended on September 11, 2020, January 12, 2021, July 23, 2021, and December 8, 2022, between the City of Redding, California, (" City") a municipal corporation, and Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. (" Consultant") is hereby amended as follows:

SECTION 1. is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract, Consultant shall provide to City the services described in Exhibit A, A- 1, A-2, A- 3, and A-4, attached and incorporated herein. Consultant shall provide the services at the time, place and in the manner specified in Exhibit A, A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4.

The Exhibit A-4 attached to this amendment is incorporated into the Contract dated May 11, 2020, and amended on September 22, 2020, January 12, 2021, July 23, 2021, and December 8, 2022, as Exhibit A- 4.

SECTION 2. A. is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. City shall pay Consultant for services rendered pursuant to this Contract, at the times and in the manner set forth in Exhibit B and Exhibit B- 1, incorporated herein, in a total amount not to exceed Six Million Five Hundred Eighty-Four Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty-Four Dollars ($ 6, 584, 764). This sum includes all out- of-pocket travel, lodging and incidental expenses incurred by Consultant that are reasonably associated with the provision of services under this Contract. The payments specified herein shall be the only payments to be made to Consultant for services rendered pursuant to this Contract.

The Exhibit B- 1 attached to this amendment is incorporated into the Contract dated May 11, 2020 and amended on September 11, 2020, January 12, 2021, July 23, 2021, and December 8, 2022.

SECTION 2. D. is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

D. Pursuant to Section 1781 of the Labor Code, Consultant is advised that the work contemplated in Exhibit A, Task 2. 2 and 2. 3 and Exhibit A- 1, Task 2. 2. 1, Exhibit A2, Task 2. 2. 2, Exhibit A-4, Task 4 and 5 of this contract is subject to the payment of prevailing wages and all other requirements of the Prevailing Wage Law. The prevailing wage of each job classification may be found by inquiry with the California Department of Industrial Relations. Consultant shall comply with all laws related to the performance of public work including, but not limited to, the employment of apprentices pursuant to Section 1777. 5 of the Labor Code, work day/week hours and overtime rates pursuant to Sections 1813 and 1815of the Labor Code and the obligation set forth in Section 1774- 1776 of the Labor Code in regards to payment of prevailing wages and to provide the City of Redding and Department Appro4ed 3, 112023 Packet Pg. 171 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) of Industrial Relations certified payrolls when required. A certified copy of all payroll records relative to this project shall be submitted to the City of Redding along with the related invoice. Receipt of certified payroll records is a prerequisite to receiving payment.

SECTION 3.A. is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. Consultant shall commence work on or about May 11, 2020, and complete said work no later than December 31, 2027. Time is of the essence.

All other terms and conditions of the Contract dated May 11, 2020, and amended on September 11, 2020, January 12, 2021, July 23, 2021, and December 8, 2022, shall remain in full force and effect.

The date ofthis Amendment shall be the date that it is signed by the City.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Consultant have executed this Amendment on the days and year set forth below:

CITY OF REDDING
A Municipal Corporation
Dated: oW 2023 AP
By: Barry ipiri, City Manager
Form Approved:

BARRY E. DeWALT
est: CitVtto
f
PAMELA MIZE, City Clerk By:

CONSULTANT
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

Dated: r J.,(y , 2023
By: rsA 4111,, E / L' 11. Pre, s i/ify
Taxpayer I.D. No.: 7>— 90ff`o 34,
Packet Pg. 172 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) City of Redding
and
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

Pump House 1 Replacement Project - Amendment No. 5
Exhibit A-4
Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. ( Jacobs) proposed Scope of Engineering Services Amendment No. 5 Exhibit A) for the Pump House 1 ( PS1) Replacement Project( Project) assigned to the City of Redding City) Consulting and Professional Services Contract C- 8541. Jacobs will perform the work on a not- toexceed time and materials basis per the rate schedule( Exhibit B- 1).

Per Request for Proposal ( RFP) No. 5094, the effort associated with this Project requires two separate phases. Phase 1 involved preliminary design ( alternatives evaluation) services and preparation of a Preliminary Design Report( PDR) with recommendations and is considered complete. This Amendment No. 5 is for Phase 2 of the RFP and involves the detailed engineering and design, environmental compliance documentation, permitting, project funding assistance, right- of-way acquisition support, and preparation of construction contract documents, as well as services during the bid and construction phase of the Project.

The following table of contents outlines the tasks to be performed with this Project:

Table of Contents
Phase 2: Final Design, Bid Phase Services, and Construction Period Services Task 1— Project Management and Meetings 3
Task 2— Environmental Compliance and Permitting 4
Task 3— Project Funding Assistance 9
Task 4— Survey and Mapping 12
Task 5— Geotechnical Investigation 14
Task 6— Right of Way Support 15
Task 7— Final Design Services— Drawings, Specifications and Engineers Estimate 16 Task 8— Supplemental Services 19
Task 9— Bid Phase Services 23
Task 10— Engineering Services During Construction 24
The Final Preliminary Design Report for the City of Redding Pump House 1 Replacement Project, dated July 2022 recommends the City proceed with plans to implement Alternative 2, New River Trail Location.

The Project is anticipated to consist of the following main components:

Demolition of the existing intake and pump station building and restoration of the Site.

A new 42- million- gallon- per- day( mgd) intake structure located on the right bank( south) of the river approximately 1, 600 feet upstream of the existing pump station ( Site).

Intakes Screen, Inc( 151) cylindrical tee screen units ( two) with integral brush cleaning system and retrieval system.

Packet Pg. 173 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Raw water supply pumps( four duty plus one spare); initial capacity of 36 mgd at reduced speed and 42 mgd at full speed.

A new pump station building that will house the pump units and related mechanical and electrical equipment along with sewer pump for private bathroom.

Ancillary facilities, including seal water supply system with booster pumps, flowmeter, hoisting equipment, heating and air conditioning, and surge tank.

Electrical system and instrumentation and control ( I& C), including a 5- kilovolt ( kV) switchgear, a 5- kV variable frequency drive, a 208/ 120- volt transformer/ distribution, utility meter, utility transformer, main programmable logic controller( PLC), fiber optics, and ethernet radio.

A SCADA tower will be designed.

A new 42- inch- diameter pipeline to connect the new pump station to the existing 30- inch- diameter pipelines immediately east of the Site.

A new 16- foot- wide paved access road from Overhill Drive to the Site. The access road maximum grade will be 10 percent and designed for 15- mph vertical curves.

Utilities, including potable water, sewer, electric service, and fiber optics, that will be tied into existing utilities at Overhill Drive and routed underground along the new access road to the Site. It is assumed a separate electrical feed will be extended underground from the existing pump station. It is assumed the sewer will need to be pumped to Overhill Drive.

Jenny Creek fish passage improvements, including replacement of the culverts in accordance with modern fish passage criteria, an engineered fishway, and a clear- span bridge or other means for providing safe and effective fish passage.

Site civil improvements, including restoration of the River Trail within the Project to pre- project conditions.

Assumptions:

The City' s equipment tagging convention will be used.

The City' s standby generator will remain at the existing Site.

Utilities( water, sewer, fiber optics, and electrical) will be sourced from Overhill Drive.

The collector well design will be a separate design and contract.

The City will work with Contractor to facilitate short duration closures near the construction action area during pile driving and significant overhead/ crane activities that may require safety exclusions for noise or falling objects. It is assumed the Contractor will develop a pedestrian routing plan to provide for safe pedestrian and bicycle routing alternatives during construction at all other times.

The City or Contractor will apply and pay for construction permits.

The City will pay for permit application fees.

The City will prepare the front end legal documents.

Jacobs will prepare technical specifications.

The City will pay for cost to acquire property necessary for the Project.

The City will perform SCADA programing. Jacobs will provide functional descriptions.

Additional assumptions are provided through the scope of services. 2 Packet Pg. 174 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Scope of Additional Engineering Services in Amendment 5 Phase 2: Final Design and Bid & Construction Period Services The scope of engineering services to provide for the additional Phase 2 services are outlined by the tasks below.

Task 1 — Project Management and Meetings
Subtask 1. 1— Project Management
The purpose of this subtask is to provide for the initiation and overall management of Project activities.

An overall schedule, including preliminary construction milestones, and work plan will be implemented so that work activities are completed in a properly integrated and timely manner. In addition, this task includes those elements necessary to properly manage, lead, and control the Project.

Jacobs will furnish project management services for the Project, as follows:

Status Reporting, consisting of monthly status reports with the monthly invoices— Monitor budget, progress, and schedule. Monitor work efforts and evaluate actual versus planned progress. Update schedules for all tasks and subtasks. Changes in scope will be communicated and approved by the City. Prepare monthly invoices and Project status reports.

Administration— Maintain Project records, manage and process Project communications, and coordinate Project administrative matters.

Coordination— Coordinate tasks/ subtasks and staff, including coordination with the City, to complete authorized work on schedule and within budget. Coordinate with the City to support environmental documentation and permits for construction.

Staff Management— Supervise and control activities of staff assigned to the Project. Coordinate and schedule appropriate staffing to meet Project requirements in a timely manner.

Jacobs will manage the health, safety, and environmental activities of its staff. Jacobs will prepare a project- specific Health and Safety Plan. Jacobs will address safety in the office and during site visits.

Jacobs is not responsible for the health and safety of other Project participants.

Deliverables: Monthly invoices and progress reports. Schedule updates.

Subtask 1. 2— Meetings
The purpose of this subtask is to provide coordination of Project activities.

Jacobs anticipates the following meetings will be required during the Project:

Design kickoff meeting( assumed 2 hours) with City staff in Redding to reinforce the Project objectives, critical milestones, budget, critical success factors, and team roles and responsibilities assume Project Manager, Design Manager, and three key design team members).

Three design review meetings ( assumed 2 hours each review meeting) with City staff in Redding assume Project Manager, Design Manager, and three key design team members).

Monthly status conference calls ( assumed 1 hour) or meetings at City Hall between City and Jacobs.

Jacobs will prepare monthly agendas and summary minutes, including ongoing work, action items, and status of coordination items ( assume Project Manager, Design Manager, and other design members, as necessary).
3 Packet Pg. 175 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Jacobs assumes an average of 1. 5 person- days per meeting, plus miscellaneous minor technician and office support (total of 3 person- days per meeting), will be needed to meet the requirements of this task. Notes for each meeting sponsored by Jacobs will be prepared and distributed to attendees. When practical, meetings will be consolidated to occur on the same day. It is assumed that comments from regulatory agencies will be relatively minor and will not significantly impact the previously developed design or the design delivery schedule.

Deliverables: Meeting agendas and meeting minutes.

Task 2— Environmental Compliance and Permitting
This task identifies necessary technical evaluations and supporting documentation needed to support obtaining the permits and authorizations identified below to construct the Project. This task assumes USACE will remain the National Environmental Policy Act( NEPA) and overall lead federal agency. The Bureau of Reclamation ( Reclamation) is assumed to be Categorically Excluded from the NEPA process but will provide input under Task 3 ( Project Funding Assistance). The City will serve as the California Environmental Quality Act( CEQA) and lead state agency in support of obtaining the necessary environmental approvals identified below. It is assumed CEQA documentation will be required and prepared under a subsequent Subtask.

Assumptions: The City will pay all permit application fees.

Subtask 2. 1— Environmental Permit Applications
Subtask 2.1. 1 Environmental Permitting Agency Coordination Jacobs will initiate telephone calls and coordinate, as needed, with the applicable permitting agencies, USACE, Reclamation, and the City. Calls, public meetings, and coordination will be conducted to discuss Project status and progress, permit application requirements, review and approval schedules, and Project issues.

Deliverables: Notes from the phone calls and internal meetings prepared and distributed, as appropriate.

Subtask 2. 1. 2 USACE— Section 404/ Section 10 Permit
This subtask includes the preparation of an application for a Clean Water Act( CWA) Section 404 Department of the Army Nationwide Permit and Pre- Construction Notification ( PCN) based on the PDR.

The PCN will include reference of the need for the Project to comply with Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbor Act, An Aquatic Resources Delineation Report documenting impacts of the U. S., including wetlands, and an assessment of impacts to federally- listed species.

Assumptions:

One site survey will be conducted by a qualified biologist.

Up to three Jacobs staff will participate in one pre- application meeting with USACE in Redding.

The Project will be covered under a Nationwide Permit and will not require an Individual Permit.

Jacobs will submit the compiled Section 404 PCN application package to USACE; City will pay application fees.

Deliverables:

Aquatic Resources Delineation Report in electronic PDF format.

Biological Resources and Habitat Assessment.

Compiled Section 404 PCN application package.
4 Packet Pg. 176 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Subtask 2. 1. 3 Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board( RWQCB)— Section 401 Water Quality Certification
Given the Project requires a Section 404 authorization from USACE, a Water Quality Certification ( WQC) per Section 401 of the CWA must be obtained. A request for WQC for the Project will be prepared.

Assumptions:

Up to two Jacobs staff will participate in one in- person meeting with the Central Valley RWQCB in Redding.

Jacobs will submit the compiled Section 401 WQC application package to the Central Valley RWQCB; City will pay application fees.

Deliverables: Compiled Section 401 WQC application package.

Subtask 2. 1. 4 Central Valley RWQCB— NPDES Dewatering Permit and Fish Rescue This subtask includes preparation of an application to obtain a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System ( NPDES) discharge permit.

Assumptions:

Jacobs will submit application on SMARTs application using the City' s login information or a new account created on behalf of the City; City will pay application fees.

Up to two JACOBS fisheries biologists will participate in one one- day fish salvage and recovery event.

Deliverables:

Compiled NPDES discharge permit application package.

Completed 10A. 1. A fish rescue documentation.

Subtask 2. 1. 5 CDFW— Section 1602 Streambed Alteration Agreement and Section 2080.1 Incidental Take Permit Authorization
A Lake and Streambed Alteration Agreement ( LSAA) application on behalf of the City for submittal to the CDFW( Region 1) will be prepared. It is anticipated that identification of appropriate permit conditions for terrestrial and aquatic species will require coordination related percussive impacts, monitoring during pile driving, and water quality protection. Jacobs will also prepare and submit an application for Incidental Take Authorization under Section 2080. 1, if required. It may be possible for CDFW to issue a Consistency Determination ( CD) with the Federal Incidental Take Authorization from USFWS and NMFS.

Jacobs will apply for and obtain take coverage for the City relative to State of California listed species through one of these mechanisms under this task.

Assumptions:

One meeting with a CDFW representative at the Project Site to provide Project information and to discuss likely CDFW requirements for the Project will be required.

One additional meeting in Redding( two Jacobs team attendees) may be required.

Jacobs will submit the compiled Section 1602 LSAA and Incidental Take Authorization applications/ packages to CDFW; City will pay application fees.

Deliverables:

Compiled Section 1602 LSAA application package.

Compiled ITP package ( or CD request) as preferred by CDFW. 5 Packet Pg. 177 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Subtask 2. 1. 6 State Lands Commission— Land Lease
The State of California maintains ownership of the bed of the Sacramento River, and placement of any structure within their jurisdiction requires a public agency lease issued by the State Lands Commission. It is assumed that Public Resource Code 6327 will apply, and a State Lands Commission Land Lease will not be required for the fish screen but that a lease will be required to construct the fish ladder. This task will provide for coordination with the State Lands Commission to obtain the lease.

Assumptions:

No in- person meetings will be required.

A State Lands Commission Land Lease will not be required for the fish screen, but a lease will be required for the fish ladder.

Jacobs will submit the compiled Land Lease application package to the State Lands Commission; City will pay application fees.

Deliverables: Compiled Land Lease Application package.

Subtask 2. 1. 7 CVFPB— Encroachment Permit
The placement of any structures within the designated floodway of the Sacramento River, which is under the jurisdiction of the CVFPB, requires the issuance of a Floodplain Encroachment Permit. A Floodplain Encroachment Permit application will be prepared for submittal to the CVFPB.

Assumptions:

It is assumed that USACE has no Section 408 jurisdiction at this location.

One virtual meeting( two Jacobs team attendees) is assumed as part of this task.

Jacobs will submit the compiled Encroachment Permit application package to CVFPB; City will pay application fees.

Deliverables:

Compiled CVFPB Encroachment Permit application package, including final TM prepared under Task

8. 1.

Subtask 2. 1. 8 City—Encroachment Permit
This task will include the preparation of the City encroachment permit application. This permit is required to complete work within the City right-of-way areas during the design phase.

Assumptions:

No in- person meetings will be required.

Jacobs will submit the compiled Encroachment Permit application package to the City; City will pay application fees if not waived.

Deliverables: Compiled City Encroachment Permit application package.

Subtask 2. 1. 9 State Water Resources Control Board( SWRCB)— Change in Point of Diversion This Project includes moving an existing diversion structure, which requires a Change in Point of Diversion ( CPOD), per California Water Code Section 1700. This task will include preparation of the application and associated coordination with SWRCB.
6 Packet Pg. 178 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Assumptions:

Up to three virtual pre- application meetings( 2 JACOBS team attendees) with SWRCB are assumed as part of this task.

This subtask will be completed by a Subconsultant.

Jacobs will submit online application using the City' s login information or a new account created on behalf of the City; City will pay application fees.

Review of existing CalSim run published by DWR or Reclamation will be sufficient to verify impacts on downstream diversions.

No more than two opposition letters will be provided to the City by SWRCB following the public comment period.

Preparation for and participation in one in- person public hearing with the SWRCB is assumed as part of this task.

Application will be submitted no earlier than three months after the close of public comment period on the Draft EIR.

Deliverables: Compiled CPOD application package.

Subtask 2. 1. 10 Construction Permits
This task includes the preparation of applications and approvals for required non- discretionary construction permit.

Assumptions:

No in- person meetings will be required.

Jacobs will submit the compiled Building Permit application package to the City; City will pay application fees if not waived.

Deliverables:

Compiled City Building Permit application package. Including two ( 2) full size sets of applicable plans.

Subtask 2. 2— CEQA/ NEPA
Subtask 2. 2. 1 Preliminary CEQA Analyses
To determine the level of CEQA compliance that will be required to implement the Project, some preliminary analyses will need to be conducted. This subtask will include the analyses that will not be delivered under Subtask 2. 1, including preliminary noise modeling with results captured in a TM and the preparation of a CEQA Appendix G Environmental Checklist, which will be used as the foundation of subsequent CEQA documentation, either in the form of an Initial Study and Mitigated Negative Declaration ( IS/ MND) or an Environmental Impact Report( EIR).

Assumptions: No in- person meetings or field surveys will be required.

Deliverables:

Noise TM, documenting noise modeling results.

Completed CEQA Appendix G Environmental Checklist.
7 Packet Pg. 179 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Subtask 2.2.2 CEQA/ NEPA Documentation
The level of CEQA compliance required for the Project will not be determined until after the biological and cultural resources surveys conducted under Subtasks 2. 1. 2 and 2. 3. 3, respectively, are completed, and the analyses under Subtask 2. 2. 1 are conducted. However, it is anticipated that the Project will require the development of an EIR. This subtask therefore estimates the level of work required to develop an Administrative Draft EIR ( ADEIR) and Final EIR. Should it be determined that an IS/ MND or Categorical Exemption is sufficient, the scope of work and level of effort associated with this subtask will be reduced accordingly.

Assumptions:

The ADEIR will include evaluation of all resource areas identified in Appendix G of the CEQA Guidelines.

Each environmental resource chapter will include a description of the environmental setting, the regulatory setting, significance criteria that are used to determine the resource impacts, analysis methodology and assumptions, issues or potential impacts not discussed further, and detailed discussion of the potential environmental effects of the Project.

Impact conclusions will be based on substantial evidence, and mitigation measures will be recommended for impacts identified as significant.

The supporting technical studies prepared by Jacobs under Subtasks 2. 1 and 2. 2. 1 will be cited, as necessary, and included as appendices to the EIR.

The Project is assumed to be Categorically Excluded from the NEPA process, but if NEPA is determined to be required, this subtask will include development of a joint EIR/ Environmental Impact Study( EIS) document.

Jacobs will lead all public outreach efforts related to the EIR ( and EIS, if required). City will review meeting materials and participate as needed.

CEQA- Plus documentation is assumed to satisfy State Revolving Fund ( SRF) requirements.

Deliverables:

Notice of Preparation ( NOP).

Administrative Draft EIR and Final EIR.

Responses to comments received during the public review process.

Subtask 2. 3— Additional Environmental Clearance Support Subtask 2. 3. 1 NMFS— Endangered Species Act( ESA) Section 7 Consultation Support for Fisheries This subtask includes coordination and assistance( including with USACE, the federal lead agency) to obtain necessary federal ESA approvals related to potential impacts to federally- listed aquatic species.

Federal species anticipated to be addressed are federally- listed salmonids. This task assumes preparation of a draft and final Biological Assessment( BA) in close coordination with USACE based on an approved format assumed to be provided by USACE.

Assumptions:

Site survey will be conducted under Subtask 2. 1. 2; no additional field surveys will be required.

One meeting in Redding with NMFS, USACE, and City( two Jacobs team attendees) will be required.

City will pay fees associated with consultation.
8 Packet Pg. 180 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Deliverables: Biological Assessment for fisheries.

Subtask 2. 3. 2 USFWS— ESA Section 7 Consultation Support for Terrestrial Species Jacobs will assist the City( and the USACE, the federal lead agency) in completing the USFWS consultation process for terrestrial species. Federal species anticipated to be addressed are assumed to be limited to Valley elderberry longhorn beetle( VELB). This task assumes preparation of a draft and final BA in close coordination with USACE based on an approved format assumed to be provided by USACE.

Assumptions:

Site survey will be conducted under Subtask 2. 1. 2; no additional field surveys will be required.

One meeting in Redding with USFWS, USACE, and City( two Jacobs team attendees) will be required.

City will pay fees associated with consultation.

Deliverables: Biological Assessment for terrestrial species.

Subtask 2. 3. 3 State Historic Preservation Office( SHPO)— Section 106 Consultation This subtask provides for the preparation of an Archaeological Reconnaissance Report( ARR), which is assumed to be required by USACE and SHPO for Section 106 consultation. The ARR will require a desktop level review through the California Historical Resources Information System ( CHRIS) as well as a field survey.

Assumptions:

One site survey will be conducted by a Registered Professional Archaeologist( RPA).

No in- person meetings will be required.

City will provide expense reimbursement for CHRIS search fees and pay fees associated with consultation.

Deliverables: Archaeological Reconnaissance Report.

Subtask 2. 3. 4 Assembly Bill 52( AB- 52)— Tribal Consultation Jacobs will assist with the tribal consultation process required by AB- 52 by preparing Draft Tribal consultation letter.

Assumptions:

City will request list of Tribes for consideration from the Native American Heritage Commission.

City will circulate Tribal consultation letters.

One meeting in Redding with USACE, Reclamation, and City (two Jacobs team attendees) will be required.

Deliverables: Draft Tribal consultation letter.

Task 3 — Project Funding Assistance
This task will provide Project Funding Assistance to the City of Redding.

Subtask 3. 1 Funding Strategy
Jacobs will continue to identify potential outside funding opportunities for the Project and update such opportunities as shown in the PDR. This will include monitoring changes in the EPA, State, and other Federal agency opportunities. Funding opportunities change from year to year pending the scope and 9 Packet Pg. 181 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) size of a project. Jacobs will work with the City to understand the City' s demographic and financial context relevant to assessing opportunities to secure funding for this Project.

Jacobs will identify funding programs that align with the Project and City financing goals, City' s Capital Improvement Program ( CIP), and to prioritize opportunities for the Outside Funding Strategy for this Project.

Assumptions:

The City will provide information that relates to funding, financing, and demographic context to aid in understanding future opportunities for the City to qualify for principal forgiveness loans and other favorable elements of available funding programs. Examples would include the following:

Any information on the demographics of the City' s service area ( income, percent minority population) that can help identify if the City might qualify to be categorized as a disadvantaged community( either as a whole or for neighborhoods within the City' s service area) Any previous financial plans, summaries of financial context, or financial policies the City may have adopted, which would help assess how competitive the City might be for grant and loan programs that include reviews of the City' s financial strength ( for example, information on bond rating or levels of debt service coverage that the City could target and achieve) Any other general economic information on the City' s service area ( rate of growth, state of the local economy)
Redding is assumed to be a disadvantaged community.

Meeting will be held via Microsoft Teams or in Redding.

Jacobs will present the key attributes of the grant and loan programs, including application cycles, level of effort to apply, likely competitiveness for the available funds, reporting and compliance requirements, and specific benefits/ financing flexibilities available through the various programs.

Jacobs will develop recommended follow- up actions for the City, which may include the following:

Prioritization of the identified funding programs to pursue.

Research and technical analysis that may be needed to improve the City' s opportunity for success in project funding program applications.

Recommendations for completion of Project development milestones to submit funding applications.

Preliminary recommendation of when to submit applications for the Project based on competitiveness, readiness assessment, and other factors.

High- level assessment of financial and rate impacts for any recommended loans that need to be repaid and grants that require local matching shares by the City.

A separate TM or other documents will not be prepared for the findings of the workshops.

Deliverables: Meeting agendas, handouts, and minutes, as applicable. Work products to be incorporated into the Project Design Report.

Subtask 3. 2 Prepare Drinking Water SRF Planning Funding Applications Jacobs will support the City with each of the four packages in the California Drinking Water SRF Planning Financing Application:

General Information Package: This package includes basic Applicant and project information. 10 Packet Pg. 182 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Technical Package: This package includes project report that the applicant must submit an engineering report.

Environmental Package: This package includes information and documentation necessary to evaluate applicable state and federal environmental requirements.

Financial Security Package: This package includes information and certifications necessary to evaluate the financial security of the Applicant and the proposed Financing Agreement.

Assumptions:

City will review documents within 2 weeks of receiving applications.

City will pay for any application fees and is not included in this scope of work.

City will provide budget information and other financing plans and documents of debt and other requirements necessary for the Financial Security Package.

Deliverables: Jacobs will submit electronic application and supporting documents to the Agency.

Subtask 3. 3 Prepare Drinking Water SRF Construction Funding Applications Jacobs will support the City with each of the four packages in the California Drinking Water SRF Construction Financing Application:

General Information Package: This package includes basic Applicant and project information.

Technical Package: This package includes project report that the applicant must submit an. engineering report.

Environmental Package: This package includes information and documentation necessary to evaluate applicable state and federal environmental requirements.

Financial Security Package: This package includes information and certifications necessary to evaluate the financial security of the Applicant and the proposed Financing Agreement.

Assumptions:

City will review documents within 2 weeks of receiving applications.

CEQA Plus will be required for this application and will be provided in Task 2.

City will pay for any application fees and is not included in this scope of work.

City will provide budget information and other financing plans and documents of debt and other requirements necessary for the Financial Security Package.

Deliverables: Jacobs will submit electronic application and supporting documents to the Agency.

Subtask 3. 3 WIFIA Letter of Interest Funding Application Jacobs will assist the City in the development of a letter of interest ( LOI) to the EPA WIFIA Loan Program administered by the United States Environmental Protection Agency( EPA). The LOI phase of the WIFIA loan application process is the first, competitive part of the process. If the City is successful in being invited to submit a full WIFIA loan application, the second part of the application process, Jacobs will develop and submit a scope of work and fee estimate to support the City in that part of the process.

Subtasks are included below for the primary elements of the WIFIA LOI. Based on discussion with the City and the timing of most recent rating reports, it is assumed that the City will need to submit a pro forma financial model as part of the LOI process. The letter of interest is defined into the following sections:

Packet Pg. 183 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) LOl Section A— Key Loan Information
LOI Section B— Engineering and Credit
LOI Section C- Selection Criteria
LOI Sections D and E - Contact Information and Certifications Assumptions:

City will review documents within 2 weeks of receiving applications.

City will pay for any application fees and is not included in this scope of work.

One hour pre- application meeting with EPA that is permitted by WIFIA process that provides both an opportunity to ask questions but also to give the EPA WIFIA team an early opportunity to hear about the projects and City of Redding context ahead of their review of the LOI.

City will be available to respond to questions and help provide supporting information it may have related to the topics within the Selection Criteria Responses for Section C.

Jacobs will develop a Financing Plan, with the assistance of the City, for funding of improvements that will be partially financed or funded through the WIFIA loan program, for review by City, including the pro forma financial model that will need to be uploaded to the SharePoint site that EPA will provide to the City.

City will provide historical budget and financial information and input on financial assumptions for the projection of the pro forma financial model.

City staff will assist in coordinating obtaining certifications from City decision makers and City' s contractors for Section E.

Phases beyond the WIFIA letter of interest are not included in the scope and fee.

Deliverables: Jacobs will upload electronic application and supporting documents to the EPA SharePoint site for the WIFIA applicants.

Task 4— Survey and Mapping
The following surveying and mapping tasks will be performed to support design activities for the Project:

Control surveys to tie the Project design surveys to past City control, the Northwest Hydraulic Consultants ( NHC) survey, and to the U. S. Geological Survey( USGS) LiDAR data. A total of six semipermanent onsite control monuments will be established.

A bathymetry survey to collect and develop 1"= 20', 1- foot contour interval contours and an INROADS DTM for the 1. 1- acre area Pump Station Design Bathymetry Area shown on Figure 1 to support design activities for the pump house design. The bathymetry survey will include land side point data ties to the River Trail Area.

Up to six additional bathymetry cross sections across the Sacramento River to support hydraulic modeling.

A survey to collect and develop 1"= 20', 1- foot contour interval planimetric and topographic base mapping and an INROADS DTM for the 0. 9- acre River Trail Area shown on Figure 1. The DTM for this area will be primarily based on new field surveyed break line and spot elevation point data rather than the USGS LiDAR data. In addition to other planimetric features, special care will be taken to document the stairs and the location of the earthen carving wall in this area. Additionally, visible above ground utilities, and trees greater than 6" diameter will also be located. 12 Packet Pg. 184 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) A survey to collect and develop 1"= 20', 1- foot contour interval planimetric and topographic base mapping and an INROADS DIM for the 2. 3- acre Roadway Area shown on Figure 1. The DTM for this area will be a fusion of new break line and spot elevation data supplemented by ground data points from the 2018 USGS Class 2 LiDAR point data where the topography has not changed. In addition to planimetric features, visible above ground utilities, and trees greater than 6" diameter will also be located.

A survey for Jenny Creek to determine the thalweg profile ( x, y, z point/ line data) for 320 feet upstream from the upstream end of the existing Jenny Creek culvert. The hydraulic survey will also include nine 100- foot- wide cross sections centered along the Jenny Creek thalweg at 40- foot intervals from the upstream end of the culvert.

To facilitate repair of the river trail after construction has been completed, a survey will be performed to capture edge of pavement observations, and observations five feet outside of the edge of pavement, on both sides of the river trail at 50 foot intervals from the east end of the River Trail Area survey to Court Street. The length of River Trail for this area is approximately 2, 675 feet.

C e
n
t •-' `„` e } •. 0 1'
r
si•-' pis ' 3.-.'

4.,-•
r
r< "'"fir," _ ` .

A
1•••:y }
J
a ' b' 1, s.--- x
f
1 fi ' i r , " jx`. n`
d 1x7 i %:.,; 4,,
t` :,,,,, ,-,, T,74,,, ,,,,:-,,,::,...,•.,..- .:,` ).,
1 ly .,
f.'-‘,--`
kk
x
L,•
an... rc'
x.,-
ae '
0,
J
Y.;,
i--;410,
E
F- d
1 a°:
a.
t.-..""''"` '"
i 5a'
4r
4<
de .'. ` ' ' ."

3. . 77,A: J a'y --,/,.. k..414;t1 z +,' e
s a:
t.+
mr-- .
a '.:, i +. r . c^- {' r
r ,,..-
44,'„1, 4*.;-,
u
ii ! 1
4*.
1 a s.

J :,? : ',
r
til
i;'''-'''
1:1--:".,:,-
M
t ,
R
y,+
d ,.*,',
16,-,,:,;!:,'‘.
1,
3 ,,
g ` 4^ r r
R r
4,,,1,7t,' i'4'_".-:?,-,,, " i `=^
K' ` i
f:'-''g9-.3.44,N.1.1;
j: erg ra
i ,'
i.)-a';,/
e "
a R "
t rt ,.'* " :,
t
Z,:
ii {
wki, ry ' 2+ ty:: cam#'..:
ey, :
v
a Yx'
h"
t"' 7. S ,, K . 4 o-.
3 . x
4,. dt}` ", " s', t i°a' 1.-,,'•:; f::"...
i'. P a ,,* . ¢ 7 t` a
r 4 4x. £- A'
4! k a 6 4 L1 5n
4:1;:;',;/-
7,'-11
s , 1 t` t. t rF 3ta '`*'+ ' 4.
a ' a,,' i
r ,,.:'. 1-,'..,', 4:
7H.,', 441*--,,, t 5'. fir.
a i
ro r
t_
t r' r x
y
bz
r
e./4_,,,—; 7.

I -
f Y
41,...--, 1-.', ,+4 }
r ,"-
i' -.'-‘).=:: a 401,V,
18,
E 4
ro "
t ',-;:.'
s„ n
L3 X e '.., 4j".
3 ;.,
a, r: ,,,, km, ' ; S' J
Y3`'" ',,;.
1 5

7. w r, t
o \ 7. s
0-

1.-:„...—:' "...
5,,
4;: i
p' vC- E
a
8 3
r' \ FIGURE 1
r,-; ti ^
d
5^
f ''''.:::
t'::
y
y
Ym F -
1,. .
t..
a , v 4t . '
i a1;'-'', p w
LepenA
fl.
ab'
v. y. , .#, 3` 1,r'' SURVEY AREAS Y
i,," "' p
zt Fe:
v
S.,"; y,, t
q.,-g
yrs. Y0.,_
j1 s`, w . : k ,' '
stnsori'''',..-- 7.—
AD''
av, v++
r
y
C d"
r<.
i t
r1 T x- y f, M ,*.*::,•,"`',,, 7.

P1-

71..,-,--,
RrvER IAu iu ODiv YJMEr 4iEn d
s4`'"'."`..
t4
t ` a" '!'
4 +
L
Mr ;
r4:

P# d5'(`' moi s' • >. -
e
aomvx
rmar7
raJavfl nrscn ql ,S h
iii J, J Z MPRpk JLK GkELK llwuvnG
tea, v e ." 5.' '-.

0.,,‘
1%.,. 4-'
2-;1. 4:4 '.
1'+ '°''''''''.
2;&.'
C ';',;%' 4
ry t`
T',
5g, ayy z` ,, wexmm m ewalEce sxe rs
7'-'
4,
v„

1.1. Y ' Y 1 } y
Y
1 4 % —
cull/
t FRELLW'
Z'!Z "
CFNt RL. E r# . Y. ` F'
i
a L ...,,..,
7-.,'-‘-'
I,
2 f`.
r y
k
Ij ' ,-' n
R —
nPGR WiFLwwiRx RSrGI. y,; - . y
V
4r 7.
filly z a
i;
A total of six semi- permanent onsite project control monuments will be established, three along the River Trail Area and three along the proposed access road from Overhill Drive. Vertical control will be based on the National Geodetic Survey Benchmark— LU1871 previously used by NHC and published control used for the Carr Fire LiDAR acquisition. That control is based on the North American Datum of 1983 ( NAD83), 2011, California State Plan Zone 1 for the horizontal and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988 ( NAV- Geoidl8 for the vertical. These control monuments will also be used for conducting the survey tasks identified above and for confirmation surveys for the mapping conducted by NHC and the USGS Carr Fire LiDAR data ( for confirmation of the map content, and the horizontal and vertical accuracy, coordinate system, and horizontal and vertical datum).

The control will also be used during the construction phase of this Project, so they will be placed in areas that will not be disturbed by construction.
13 Packet Pg. 185 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) The Project area includes roughly 725 feet of river length with a river cross section of approximately 500 feet in width. River depth is approximately 14 to 16 feet during low flow( 3, 250 cubic feet per second [ cfs]) condition. The terrestrial topographic and planimetric surveys will be completed concurrently with the bathymetric survey to tie the new bathymetric data to the riverbank area and the terrestrial survey, including the Carr Fire LiDAR mapping within the floodplain. Special care will be taken to capture detail in the vicinity of the intake structure. The bathymetric and terrestrial surveys will utilize RTK GPS and will be based on the onsite control monuments. The final supplemental mapping files, INROADS DTM and CAD contour and planimetric mapping will be delivered as a single continuous mapping area, including the river and the floodplain area together with the proposed access road from Overhill Drive.

A survey report will be provided to document the control monuments found and used as the basis for the survey and the onsite control monuments established. The report will describe the survey methods used, and the horizontal and vertical accuracies attained. Furthermore, the report will document the coordinate system and the horizontal and vertical datum. The report will be stamped, dated, and signed by the California Licensed Land Surveyor in responsible charge. A quality assurance and quality control QA/ QC) statement will be included in the report to describe the QC checks made and procedures followed together with root mean square error( RMSE) accuracy calculations to document the map accuracy at the 95 percent confidence level.

Assumption: Jacobs intends to use a subconsultant for the bathymetry survey.

Deliverables: Results of the surveying and mapping tasks will be provided on the design drawings.

Task 5 — Geotechnical Investigation
Subtask 5. 1— Geotechnical Investigation
Jacobs contracted NorCal Geophysical to conduct a seismic refraction survey at the site of Alternative 2, which was completed in August 2020; this survey revealed that the soil underneath the Site is about 12 to 15 feet deep with Chico Formation bedrock underlying it.

A hand- auger boring was drilled near the Alternative 2 location along the riverbank when the water was low enough to expose the sandstone bedrock. The hand- auger boring was advanced to a depth of 9 feet into the bedrock before meeting refusal, indicating that the bedrock is soft or weathered rock in the upper portion. The bedrock is exposed in the bottom of the Sacramento River, and extends across the river to the north side of the river. The exposures of the bedrock on the north side of the river are similar in characteristics, in regards to rock type and degree of weathering, to the exposures on the south side, and conditions in the river are estimated to also be of similar characteristics.

Additional borings are required to collect information on the hardness of the bedrock to estimate feasibility of predrilling the rock for installation of a sheet pile cofferdam. These borings will be drilled on the Sacramento River trail. The borings will be drilled using rotary drilling methods through the soil.

After reaching bedrock, diamond core drilling will be performed to obtain continuous rock cores of the bedrock for testing and characterization. Two to three borings to a depth of up to 50 feet are proposed along the length of the proposed intake facility. If the first two borings at the upstream and downstream end of the intake facility show identical conditions, the third boring may be eliminated. Boring locations will be approximately recorded with measurements from existing Site features and use of handheld Global Positioning System devices.

Following the completion of the field exploration and preparation of boring logs, the number of lab tests to be performed will be selected by Jacobs in accordance with the materials encountered. The budget includes costs for gradation testing and Atterberg limit testing on the soil, and for uniaxial compressive strength, point load index, and density of the rock core samples. 14 Packet Pg. 186 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Soil samples will be classified in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System ( USCS) soil classification system, and the boring logs will be updated accordingly following laboratory testing. Rock materials will be classified in general accordance with Caltrans rock classification manual.

The geotechnical data collected should be sufficient to define the characteristics of the geologic subsurface units that would be penetrated by the proposed steel sheet piles at the Site to support the facilities to be constructed.

Assumptions: Shasta County Permit( assumed $ 800) and City Encroachment permit( fees paid by City) Deliverables: No specific deliverables; work products to be incorporated into the design.

Subtask 5. 2— Geotechnical Data Report
A Geotechnical Data Report ( GDR) will be prepared to document sample locations and depths, provide boring logs with geotechnical descriptions of soil and rock, document sample collection and handling methods, summarize the results of geotechnical testing, and provide laboratory reports. Jacobs will submit a draft and final version of the GDR to the City for review.

Deliverables: Geotechnical data report. Deliverables will be provided in electronic PDF format.

Subtask 5. 3— Geotechnical Interpretive Report
A Geotechnical Interpretive Report( GIR) will also be prepared to provide recommendations and design criteria for use by the design team.

Deliverables: Geotechnical Interpretive Report. Deliverables will be provided in electronic PDF format.

Task 6— Right of Way Support
Subtask 6. 1— Boundary Survey
This subtask includes the following:

Perform research of the Shasta County public records database for current deeds, parcel maps, tract maps, and records of survey impacting the Project area.

Prepare a preliminary boundary map of the Project area using the public record documents.

Generate search coordinates for boundary monuments and other boundary evidence.

Search for field boundary monuments and other property ownership evidence in the field.

Resolve preliminary boundary map with the found evidence and prepare a final boundary map with survey- accurate property and right- of-way locations.

Deliverables: Preliminary boundary map. Deliverable will be provided in electronic PDF format.

Subtask 6. 2— Legals and Plats
This subtask includes the following:

Prepare legal descriptions and exhibits ( a. k. a. " plats and legals") for up to six easement and/ or property acquisitions.

Address one set of comments and/ or modifications to the legal descriptions and exhibits.

Assumptions:

Right of entry will be provided to all areas and arranged by the City when necessary.

No boundary monuments will be set.
15 Packet Pg. 187 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) No record of survey will be filed.

An outline of the proposed property or easement acquisition areas will be provided in a CAD drawing.

Deliverables: Legal Descriptions. Deliverable will be provided in electronic PDF format.

Subtask 6. 3— Right of Way and Acquisition Services
It is anticipated that six( 6) parcels will be impacted: APNs 103- 280- 028- 000, 103- 730- 027- 000, 103- 730- 029- 000, 103- 730- 030- 000, 103- 780- 026- 000, and one unknown parcel number owned by United States Bureau of Reclamation ( USBR). This subtask includes the following:

Right of way management and coordination services.

Right of way acquisition cost estimates— review recent sales data and provide an estimate of total acquisition costs based upon the anticipated permanent and temporary impact areas.

Permit to enter documents to perform necessary field investigations. Exhibits will be shown and identify the activities that will take place on the property.

Obtain title reports/ title research.

Appraisal process— notice of intent to appraise letters along with acquisition policy brochures will be provided to all impacted property owners.

Appraisal review reports— will be completed by a Certified General Real Estate Appraiser.

Negotiation for right of way— prepare offer package and meet with all owners in person to present and explain the offer package details. Negotiate with the property owner to arrive at a mutually agreeable settlement and prepare necessary purchase agreements such as Grant Deeds, Easement Deeds, and Temporary Construction Easement Deeds.

Escrow coordination— assist in opening escrow.

Right of Way Certification— supply all required documents for the right of way certification.

Assumptions:

Any rights on or beyond the river will not be acquired as part of this project. It is assumed City holds the rights of the River.

All appraisals will be prepared by an appraiser licensed with the State of California and will comply with all laws applicable to the specific appraisal and the Uniform Standards of Professional Practice 49 CFR 24. 2( a)( 3).

The offer letter will include the offer letter, written summary of just compensation with supporting appraisal information, property owner exhibit showing property map with right of way take locations, Title VI information, and " Your Property— Your Transportation Project" booklet.

It is anticipated that early contact will be made with USBR to meet all environmental requirements associated with the acquisition of the parcel will be met during the environmental phase.

Deliverables: Documents listed below will be provided electronically.

Right of way acquisition cost estimates
Permit to Enter documents for up to six( 6) parcels and one unknown parcel number Preliminary title reports for up to six( 6) parcels and one unknown parcel number 16 Packet Pg. 188 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Appraisal reports and Appraisal Review reports for up to six( 6) parcels and one unknown parcel number
Right of way agreements, Grant and Easement Deeds, and any Administrative Settlements with diaries, written summary of acquisitions and any impasse letters for up to six( 6) parcels and one unknown parcel number
Escrow documents and closing statements
Right of way certification documentation
Task 7 — Final Design Services— Drawings, Specifications and Engineers Estimate Jacobs will follow a four- phase process for delivery of the final design and bid documents for the construction of the Project. This process includes producing design deliverables at four stages of the design ( 30 percent, 60 percent, 90 percent, and bid- ready). At the 30 percent, 60 percent, and 90 percent design stage, Jacobs will provide information for review and provide for resolution of key issues before proceeding to the next stage. The information collected, and the concepts defined in each consecutive stage will form the basis for subsequent work.

Each phase of design will include specific deliverables, which are identified in the following subtasks.

Submittal review workshops with the City and internal QC reviews will be conducted to monitor the quality of the Project at critical design milestones as identified in the following subtasks. The City staff review comments and resource agency comments are assumed to be consolidated into one comprehensive package and submitted to Jacobs before submittal review workshops identified herein.

The City and the resource agencies will provide comments to Jacobs within 4 weeks of receiving the documents.

Contract documents will be prepared assuming a single successful general contractor that will furnish all equipment, materials, and labor necessary to construct the Project. The contract documents will consist of bidding information and forms, conditions of the contract, general requirements, technical specifications, and drawings.

The technical specification sections will be based on Jacobs master specifications using Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) standards format and customized for the specifics of this Project.

Specifications will be produced using Jacobs standard Microsoft Word software and 8. 5- by 11- inch format. Drawings and technical specifications will be stamped in accordance with California law and signed by licensed engineers of the appropriate disciplines.

Jacobs assumes up to 171 drawings are required to show the work( refer to Attachment 1 for preliminary list of drawings). The drawings will show the level of detail deemed necessary by Jacobs to obtain reasonable bidder response and to limit change orders. Drawings will be produced using the Jacobs standard MicroStation software and 22- by 34- inch ( C size) drawing format.

Jacobs will prepare construction cost estimates at the 30 percent, 60 percent, and 90 percent submittal stages. Estimates will be prepared to the level of accuracy based on the information available within normal industry standards. Estimates will be formatted in accordance with the Project design CSI specification format and segregated by facility. Where sufficient detailed information is lacking to obtain reasonably accurate prices of materials, a contingency allowance may be applied. Escalation allowances will be used to provide an opinion of the estimated construction costs at the midpoint of construction.

Subtask 7. 1— 30 Percent Design ( Design Development)
Jacobs will prepare 30 percent complete design drawings and a table of contents of technical specifications for the Project. A draft Project Design Report will be prepared to document the major 17 Packet Pg. 189 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) design criteria used for the various Project components. This report is expected to be an incomplete working document at this stage of design.

Assumptions: The City requested at least two architectural design concepts/ renderings for the building.

The City will decide on architectural features early in the project phase and such features will be incorporated into the 30 percent design.

Deliverables: Electronic files( PDF format) and ten ( 10) hard copy sets of 11- by 17- inch drawings, a table of contents of technical specifications for the Project, construction cost estimate, and a draft Project Design Report.

Jacobs and the City will meet ( in- person workshop held in Redding) to discuss review comments on the 30 percent design submittal as outline in meeting subtask. City comments will be incorporated in the 60 percent design submittal.

Subtask 7. 2— 60 Percent Design ( Draft Bid/ Contract Document Preparation) Jacobs will prepare 60 percent complete design drawings and compile a draft version of technical specifications for the Project. The City will provide its boiler plate front- end specifications for Jacobs review and utilization. To assist with the City' s preparation of front-end specifications, Jacobs will provide a draft bid item list with measurement and payment clauses for all project bid items, as well as an estimate for the working days that will be required for the Construction. The Project Design Report will be revised as necessary to document the major design criteria used for the various Project components.

Deliverables: Electronic files ( PDF format) and ten ( 10) hard copy sets of 11- by 17- inch drawings, a draft version of the technical specifications, construction cost estimate, and draft Project Design Report.

Jacobs and the City will meet ( in- person workshop held in Redding) to discuss review comments on the 60 percent design submittal as outline in meeting subtask. City comments will be incorporated in the 90 percent design submittal.

Subtask 7. 3— 90 Percent Design ( Draft Bid- Ready Documents) Jacobs will prepare 90 percent complete bid documents for the Project. This will be the final review submittal. The 90 percent submittal will include the technical specifications, drawings, and City provided front- end specifications necessary for bidding the construction contract. The final engineer' s estimate of construction cost will also be included. The 90 percent review submittal is intended to be essentially bidready. The Project Design Report will be finalized to document the major design criteria used for the various Project components.

Deliverables: Electronic files ( PDF format) and ten ( 10) hard copy sets of 11- by 17- inch drawings, project specifications( complete bid documents), final construction cost estimate, and the final Project Design Report. Two ( 2) full size hard copy sets of 22- by 34- inch drawings to be provided to the City' s Building Department for review.

Jacobs and the City will meet ( in- person workshop held in Redding) to discuss review comments on the 90 percent design submittal as outline in meeting subtask. City comments will be incorporated in the bid- ready submittal.

Subtask 7. 4— Bid- Ready Design
This is the final phase of the detailed design delivery approach. City review comments from the 90 percent design submittal will be incorporated. Jacobs will prepare a Bid Document package suitable 18 Packet Pg. 190 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) for bidding the Project, consisting of final design drawings, specifications, and details for competitive bidding. Bid Documents will be stamped in accordance with California law and signed by the Jacobs licensed engineers of the appropriate disciplines.

Deliverables: Jacobs will prepare and submit to the City a USB drive containing electronic PDF full size 22- by 34- inch drawings, 8. 5- by 11- inch specifications, and all other full- size Bid Documents ( provisions and plans) complete with Engineer' s stamps and signatures. An Excel spreadsheet for the cost estimate summarizing unit and total costs for each bid item that will be provided in the project. This will assist the City with preparation of the bid proposal forms and bid evaluation.

Subtask 7. 5— Quality Control Review
The purpose of this subtask is to provide QA/ QC for the Project. Upon completion of the 30 percent, 60 percent, and 90 percent design phases, senior members of the Jacobs team will review design and construction methodology, drawings, calculations, Project Design Report, and the overall integrity of the design. Internal reviews by senior staff using quality review forms ( QRFs) will be performed on the deliverables.

Comments received from the QC reviewers will be reviewed and adjudicated by the design team, with changes and additions incorporated into the design documents prior to delivery to the City.

Assumptions: Jacobs internal quality control disciplines includes mechanical, electrical, geotechnical, site civil, hydraulics, structural, corrosion, instrumentation and controls, and overall project.

Deliverables: No specific deliverable; work products to be incorporated into the design deliverables.

Task 8— Supplemental Services
Subtask 8. 1— Sacramento River Hydrology and Hydraulics The Sacramento River Hydrology and Hydraulics will be required for this Project and information will be provided to CVFPB. This subtask includes the following:

Develop basis of design assumptions and references including regulatory criteria related to flow and stage.

Obtain existing hydrologic information or develop other estimates of flow rates in the Sacramento River at the Project Site for a range of return interval ( annual exceedance percentage) events.

Regulated releases from Shasta Dam hold the 10- year, 50- year, and 100- year flow events to 79, 000 cfs.

Develop site specific frequency duration curves, project rating curve, and related hydrologic design criteria from available local data.

Obtain effective 1- D HEC- RAS hydraulic model from FEMA or the City for the reach of the Sacramento River adjacent to the Project Site.

Modify the effective Baseline model to reflect changes to the river cross section associated with the proposed Project, based on the latest design drawings. Quantify any predicted changes in water level associated with Project features.

Perform scour analysis based on 1D hydraulic model developed for the Project and standard methods.

Develop draft and final TMs detailing the process and results of the hydraulic analyses.

Assumptions: Multi- dimensional modeling will not be conducted for this Project. 19 Packet Pg. 191 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Deliverables: Draft and final TMs encompassing evaluations of river hydrology, hydraulics, and scour potential at the Site. Deliverables will be provided in electronic PDF format.

Subtask 8. 2— Surge Analysis
Jacobs will perform a surge evaluation of the proposed pump station and existing conveyance pipelines to the Foothill Water Treatment Plant. This analysis will consist of various critical events and operational scenarios to determine the potential surge pressures associated with the pipeline system. This analysis will be performed for the maximum flow condition. If the initial analysis indicates that surge conditions may be leading to excessive positive or negative pressures, additional surge analysis will be performed to evaluate potential surge mitigation alternatives.

The following tasks are anticipated to complete the analysis:

Gather appropriate information on the system including pump station, transmission system alignment and profiles, pipe material, sizes, pump station data and operation modes, air and control valve locations and operation, and existing surge control devices.

Prepare node, pipe, and appurtenance ( pump, valve, reservoir) data for input into a pipe network model such as InfoWater to perform a steady- state analysis as the initial conditions for the surge analysis. Existing hydraulic system models can be utilized for developing the steady- state hydraulics model.

Prepare data such as acoustic wave speed and boundary conditions for input into the transient analysis models.

Perform a base surge analysis simulating power failure ( or other appropriate operating scenarios) with no additional surge protection using our proprietary SURGETM program ( hydraulic transient analysis).

Determine necessary surge control and mitigation alternatives and test them through analysis.

These may include the following:

Surge chambers ( hydropneumatic tank)
Surge relief valves
Air admission/ air release valves
Surge arrestor valves
Surge tanks( open to atmosphere)
Bypass lines
Flywheels
Consider mitigation alternatives related to operational considerations such as pump time delay and soft restarts related to both power failure and normal operation to reduce system wear and tear.

Develop a draft TM describing the system characteristics, boundary conditions, results, and conclusions including the advantages and disadvantages of proposed surge mitigation measures.

This will include valves or device locations, sizes, models, and types.

Refine the analysis based on review comments on the draft TM.

Prepare the final TM with recommendations plus tables and figures showing simulated system response. The final TM will include the following figures:
20 Packet Pg. 192 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Envelopes of maximum and minimum hydraulic grade lines and pressures for various alternatives
Pressure versus time plots at selected locations in the system for various alternatives A schematic showing system layout with labeled pipes and nodes that define locations described in previous figures
Deliverables: Draft and final TMs. Deliverables will be provided in electronic PDF format.

Subtask 8. 3— Computational Fluid Dynamic Modeling
Jacobs will develop a sequence of computational fluid dynamic ( CFD) models to evaluate the hydraulic flow characteristics of the proposed pump station. This information will help minimize risk and improve the design for the approach flow conditions related to pump station performance. This analysis will assist with understanding the approach flow patterns, velocities, identifying potential inefficiencies, and developing proposed improvements for the design. The models will be used to accomplish the following:

Characterize the hydraulics for pump approach conditions and suction piping layout as compared to the Hydraulic Institute ( HI) standards.

Evaluate the pump intake hydraulics to determine the potential for inefficiencies and poor performance resulting from poor velocity distribution, pump swirl angle, and potential zones of vortex activity.

Identify potential improvements to the design configuration.

The following tasks are anticipated to complete the analysis:

Review data, generate model geometry and mesh.

Create a three- dimensional model of the overall model domain of the pump station. This will include key hydraulic features such as the suction piping, header, cans, and pumps. Specific boundaries and size of flow domain will be refined during the modeling effort.

Develop the CFD model, including appropriate mesh to capture overall hydraulic performance and spatial variation within the model and appropriate boundaries based on the agreed scenarios.

Model initial configuration scenario, generate results, review, and discussion.

The initial model will be evaluated at the maximum flow to determine level of convergence of the solution and overall hydraulics. The mesh will be updated and refined to ensure accuracy of results appropriate to describe the hydraulic features.

The pump hydraulic investigation will focus on analyzing swirl angles and average velocity distribution in the pump bell as defined by the HI standards. General flow distribution in the suction piping will also be reviewed to identify areas of poor approach flow conditions that may lead to solids deposition, and development of free surface and submerged vortices. The results will include graphical representations of the flow patterns along with distributions of velocity.

The pump station performance will be compared against the HI acceptance criteria to identify undesirable pump approach flow conditions.

Model alternative pump station configurations, generate results, review, and discussion.

The initial model results will be used to identify proposed improvements to the standard design.

The performance can be compared against parameters consistent with HI standards evaluations. 21 Packet Pg. 193 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) The pump station investigation will focus on improving swirl angles and average velocity distribution in the pump bell as defined by the HI standards. This includes modifications of piping arrangement related to approach conditions. The results will include similar graphical representations of the flow patterns along with distributions of velocity. The pump station performance will be compared against the HI acceptance criteria to identify undesirable pump approach flow conditions.

This portion of the work includes evaluation of up to three pump station modifications.

Note: in order to maintain efficient scope and schedule, all combinations of flow scenarios and configurations may not be modeled.

Develop a TM summarizing the analysis, results, and conclusions. This will include description, figures, graphs, and discussion related to the analysis.

Assumptions:

The pump station flow rates will be evaluated as a steady inlet and outlet condition.

Small features that do not significantly impact the analysis will not be included.

Moving mechanical parts may be simplified or omitted from the model.

Deliverables: Draft and final TMs. Deliverables will be provided in electronic PDF format.

Subtask 8. 4— Physical Modeling
Jacobs will subcontract physical hydraulic modeling services for the pump inlet conditions to Clemson Engineering Hydraulics, Inc. A summary of of the Physical Hydraulic Modeling work to be performed is as follows:

Initial model proposal and approval
Creation of physical model geometry
A series of tests, observations, data collection, and alternatives evaluation Comparison to acceptance criteria ( HI standards)
Presentation and reporting of relevant information
Witness testing to demonstrate physical model performance and results, attended virtually via video conference
Assumptions:

The physical modeling will be conducted after the 30% design and results will be incorporated into subsequent design phases.

Subtask 8. 5— Utility Investigation and Coordination
Jacobs will coordinate with utility companies during the design of the Project. Jacobs will request asbuilt drawings indicating the approximate location of existing utilities in the vicinity of the proposed Project. Digital files on parcels, rights of way, water, sewers, and storm drains will be requested from the City. In addition, Jacobs will locate the existing utility lines and structures on the drawings based on site visits and information received by the utility owners and available as- built drawings. Visible utility features such as manholes, drain inlets, valves, and meter boxes will be identified on the plans.

Jacobs will attempt to design the Project to have minimal disruption to existing utilities; however, some conflicts may be inevitable. Jacobs will submit one set of 60 percent drawings to each known utility 22 Packet Pg. 194 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) owning facilities within the Project limits. It is assumed that each utility will provide review comments within 2 weeks of receiving the drawings.

It is assumed that relocation and design of the utilities in conflict with the Project( i. e., water, sewer, storm drain, telephone, electrical, cable, fiber optic, or gas lines) will be completed by the owners of the utility.

Jacobs will develop and maintain a utility log documenting the delivery and receipt of information from the utility companies. The utilities that may be contacted include gas, electric, water, sewer, storm drain, telephone, and fiber optics.

Assumptions:

Jacobs will use the City' s GIS system and Record Drawing Manager to obtain existing City Utilities.

Assumes up to 60 hours for this subtask.

Utility investigations such as potholing or ground penetrating radar are not included.

If pothole information is necessary, it is assumed that the City will perform task and Jacobs will provide pothole list and map of requested potholes.

Deliverables: Utility log; utility information will be incorporated into the design.

Subtask 8. 6— Public Outreach Technical Assistance
Assist City by providing technical information related to the Project. This information will be used by the City, in discussions with stakeholders, property owners, and general public impacted by the Project.

Jacobs will attend public meetings as requested by the City. Jacobs has assumed attendance at up to six public meetings ( 1 hour each) and four City of Council Board Meetings ( 2 hours each). It is assumed that these meetings will be attended in Redding.

Assumptions: Assumes up to 60 hours for this subtask.

Deliverables: Technical materials and drawings as needed.

Task 9— Bid Phase Services
Jacobs will provide services to assist the City during the bidding phase. These services will consist of the following:

Coordinate and as directed by the City to respond to bidders' technical questions and requests for additional information. Jacobs will furnish technical interpretation of the Bid Documents and provide revised drawings and/ or specifications, modifications, and clarifications, as needed. Jacobs has assumed 80 hours for technical review.

Jacobs will attend a pre- bid conference ( assumes 2 hours) with the City and potential contractors assumed Project Manager and Design Manager). It is assumed the City will lead and prepare the agenda, materials, and meeting minutes for the pre- bid conference.

Jacobs will provide Conformed Documents for use during construction of the Project. Technical specifications, standard details, and drawings changed by addenda will be updated. Jacobs has assumed 80 hours for the conformed documents.

Assumptions: City will distribute bid documents for advertising bids, conduct and develop the agenda and contents of the pre- bid conference, incorporate changes made by addendum during the bid period into the contract documents, and evaluate the bids.
23 Packet Pg. 195 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Deliverables: Technical assistance as needed. Ten ( 10) half- size copies of the Conformed Documents plans and specifications) and an electronic PDF for record purposes.

Task 10— Engineering Services During Construction
Jacobs will provide engineering services during construction ( SDC) in support of City during the construction of the Project. As described below, office SDC will generally include providing the engineering support required to administer the construction contract between City and the Contractor.

Subtask 10. 1— Pre- Construction Conference
Jacobs will participate in a pre- construction conference with City and Contractor to review the Project communication, coordination, and other procedures; discuss the Contractor' s work plan and requirements of the Contract Documents; and discuss the Contractor' s schedule. It is assumed the City will lead the pre- construction conference as the Construction Manager and prepare the agenda, materials, and meeting minutes.

Subtask 10. 2— Review of Shop Drawing, Samples, and Submittals Submittal Schedule: Jacobs will review Contractor' s construction submittal schedule, which should identify all shop drawings, samples, and submittals required by the Contract Documents, along with anticipated dates for submission. Upon receipt, Jacobs will provide timely reviews of submittals to assist with maintaining the approved schedule, when feasible.

Coordination and Tracking: Coordination services for construction shop drawings, samples, and submittals, including preparation of a tracking system, which cross- references submittal status to the Contract Document requirements, will be performed by the Contractor. Jacobs will establish a separate internal system and set of procedures for managing, tracking status, and storing all submittals transmitted by Contractor.

Review: As requested by the City, Jacobs will review technical submittals transmitted by the Contractor as part of the Contract Documents requirements. Jacobs' review will be for conformance with the design concept and compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Such review will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility for performance in accordance with the Contract Documents, nor is such review a guarantee that the Contractor performed work covered by the shop drawings, samples, or submittals is free of errors, inconsistencies, or omissions.

The budgetary amount established for submittal review assumes the processing of approximately 150 submittals( total includes re- submittals).

Deliverables: Jacobs will review and process technical submittals transmitted by the Contractor and provide review comments/ markups and statuses for each submittal to the City, in conformance with the Construction Contract Document requirements.

Subtask 10. 3— Construction Contract Requests for Information Jacobs will review and provide responses for Contractor' s requests for information( RFIs) or clarification of technical requirements of the Contract Documents. Jacobs will log and track RFIs received from the Contractor. When necessary, Jacobs will provide design clarifications and/ or revised drawings to clarify the design intent.

The budgetary amount established for RFI review assumes the processing of approximately 100 RFIs, each requiring an average of about 4. 5 hours of review and processing time.

Deliverables: Jacobs will prepare responses to RFIs for issuance by the City. 24 Packet Pg. 196 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Subtask 10. 4— Change Requests
Jacobs will review and evaluate Contractor- requested changes to the contract documents. Jacobs will make recommendations to City regarding the acceptability of the Contractor' s request and, upon approval of City, assist with preparing information to negotiate the requested change. Upon agreement and approval, Jacobs will prepare final change order documents for issuance by City.

The budgetary amount established for evaluating these requests assumes 150 hours of evaluation and processing.

Deliverables: Jacobs will prepare change order documents for issuance by the City.

Subtask 10. 5— Progress Meetings
Jacobs' project engineer will periodically participate in weekly construction progress meetings by conference call ( assume 1 hour each and 1 hour to prepare), as requested by City, to provide technical input and support related to construction activities.

The budgetary amount established for progress meetings assumes Jacobs' project engineer will be required to participate in up to 76 construction progress meetings.

Subtask 10. 6— Periodic Engineering Field Inspection
Construction Observation: During the course of construction, Jacobs' project engineer will make up to 20 onsite visits. Each onsite visit will include 1/ 2 day of construction observation during regular working hours including start- up of major equipment, commissioning of equipment, and final inspection at substantial completion. Observation of the Contractor' s work is intended to review the general conformance of the work with the design intent and the requirements of the contract documents. These periodic onsite observations will supplement onsite inspection performed by City construction management.

Documentation and Reporting: Jacobs will provide the City with a report of onsite field observations, including but not limited to a summary of the Contractor' s execution and progress of the work, work deficiencies identified, and other matters not in conformance with the Contract Documents.

Scheduling: The City will coordinate with Jacobs to determine the appropriate timing and schedule for the onsite field visits based on the Contractor' s approved construction schedule.

Deliverables: Jacobs' project engineer will document and submit to the City reports of onsite field observations.

Subtask 10. 7— Record Drawings
Jacobs will revise the Conformed Drawings to reflect available as- built record drawing information provided by the Contractor. The City will provide Jacobs with a single marked- up set of drawings showing all record information. Such marked- up drawings will be prepared using a color coded insert/ delete/ explanation code to facilitate Jacobs revisions. Jacobs will only make the revisions shown on the markup. Contractor and City will be responsible for reviewing the information for accuracy and completeness prior to delivering to Jacobs. Jacobs will not be responsible for any errors or omissions in the information provided and incorporated into the record drawings.

The budgetary amount established for record drawings assumes minimal changes and anticipating 2 hours of CAD technician time and 1/2 hour of engineering time per sheet.

Deliverables: Jacobs will prepare and submit one electronic PDF of the Record Drawings to the City within 1 month after receipt of markups.
25 Packet Pg. 197 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Schedule
The Scope of Engineering Services and activities are anticipated to commence in January 2023 and will be completed no later than December 2027. The Scope of Engineering Services and activities associated with this Project will be completed in accordance with the following estimated durations for the milestones:

Project Authorized and Notice to Proceed ( NTP) by the City Complete 30% Design— 8 months after NTP
Complete 60% Design—8 months after receive agency comments Complete Environmental Compliance and Permitting— 18 months after 30 Percent Design Complete 90% Design— 8 months after receive agency comments Complete Final Design— 4 months after receive agency comments Complete Bid Services— 3 months
Complete Services during Construction— 18 to 36 months
The Scope of Engineering Services will be considered complete when final deliverables are deemed acceptable by the City. Jacobs will exercise diligence in the performance of its services, consistent with this schedule and the generally accepted standard of care for performing such services. It is agreed that Jacobs cannot be responsible for delays occasioned by factors beyond Jacobs' control, or factors which would not reasonably have been foreseen at the time this Scope of Engineering Services was executed.

Modifications to the schedule may be made to accommodate changing project demands, so long as they are agreed to by both parties. Jacobs will modify the schedule to account for schedule delays due to influences outside of its control and report the modified schedule to the City.

Budget
The budgetary not-to- exceed amount for professional services and expenses is provided in Exhibit B- 1.

Jacobs will make reasonable efforts to complete the work within the budget. Jacobs is not obligated to incur costs beyond the indicated budget, as may be adjusted, and the City is not obligated to pay Jacobs beyond these limits.

The rates as shown in Exhibit B- 1 will be escalated for subsequent years, while not exceeding the authorized total amount.

In the event that a task or subtask is complete and the task or subtask budget is not fully spent, upon City approval, remaining funds may be transferred to other tasks that might require additional budget, while not exceeding the authorized total amount.

Additional Services Not Included
The services described below are not included in this Scope of Engineering Services but can be performed if requested and approved by the City and Jacobs. Time, scope, and fee have not been budgeted for the tasks listed hereunder. Authorization to proceed will be in the form of an amendment to this Scope of Engineering Services specifying the work to be performed and the additional payment for such services rendered.

Design services for environmental mitigation exceeding those restoration listed above Design services for landscaping
26 Packet Pg. 198 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Construction permitting support required from Contractor( SWPPP, preconstruction surveys, etc.) Environmental mitigation support( including construction monitoring as determined necessary) Environmental permitting support exceeding those listed above Support or participation in Value Engineering Studies or analysis for the Project Procurement of materials or equipment
More than one construction contract
Operations assistance and performance monitoring services Survey and mapping exceeding those listed above
Printing of deliverables beyond the quantity listed
Investigation and analysis of water rights and fishery issues Preparation of additive, deductive, or alternate design and construction scope Potholing utilities
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
Commissioning and/ or start- up of the equipment
Additional workshops not listed above
Construction management services
Materials testing or special inspection services
Litigation or construction claims support
Additional items noted to be excluded within the Scope of Engineering Services If you have any questions or require further information do not hesitate to contact Kimberly Hein at 530. 355. 8488.

Sincerely,
Kimberly Hein, P. E. John Schoonover
Project Manager Manager of Projects
27 Packet Pg. 199 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) City of Redding Pump Station 1
12/ 20/ 22 EXHIBIT B- 1
Subcontractor
Task Number and Name Labor Fee Fee Expenses Fee Task Totals Task 1- Project Management and Meetings
Subtask 1. 1- Project management 252, 095 0 2, 100 254, 195 Subtask 1. 2- Meetings 126, 253 0 0 126, 253
Task 1 SubTotal $ 380, 448_
Task 2- Environmental Compliance and Permitting
Subtask 2. 1- Environmental Permit
Application 232, 389 105, 000 9, 975 347, 364
Subtask 2. 2- CEQA/ NEPA 873, 640 0 0 873, 640
Task 2 SubTotal $ 1, 221, 003
Task 3- Project Funding Assistance
Subtask 3. 1- Funding Strategy 31, 240 0 6, 300 37, 540 Subtask 3. 2- Prepare Drinking Water SRF
Planning Funding Application 34, 304 0 0 34, 304
Subtask 3. 3- Prepare Drinking Water SRF
Construction Funding Application 73, 634 0 0 73, 634
Subtask 3. 4- Prepare WIFIA Leter of
Interest Funding Application 68, 354 0 0 68, 354
Task 3 SubTotal $ 213, 832
Task 4- Survey and Mapping
Task 4- Survey and Mapping 77, 628 15, 750 11, 025 104, 403 Task 4 SubTotal $ 104, 403
Task 5- Geotechnical Investigation
Subtask 5. 1- Geotechnical Investigation _ $ 23, 320 63, 000 6, 773 93, 093 Subtask 5. 2- Geotechnical Data Report 18, 194 0 0 18, 194 Subtask 5. 3- Geotechnical Interpretive
Report 18, 194 0 0 18, 194
Task 5 SubTotal $ 129, 481
Task 6- Right of Way Support
Subtask 6. 1- Boundary Survey 34, 092 i 0 0 34, 092
Subtask 6. 2- Legal and Plats 17, 407 0 0 17, 407
Subtask 6. 3- Right of Way and Acquistion
Services 14, 700 164, 378 0 179, 078
Task 6 SubTotal $ 230, 577
Task 7- Final Design Services- Drawings, Specifications, and Engineers Estimate Subtask 7. 1- 30 Percent Design 414, 914 0 3, 938 418, 851 Subtask 7. 2- 60 Percent Design 883, 769 0 3, 938 887, 706 Subtask 7. 3- 90 Percent Design 735, 101 0 3, 938 739, 039 Subtask 7. 4- Bid Ready Design 280, 292 0 3, 938 284, 229 Subtask 7. 5- Quality Control Review 155, 173 0 0 155, 173 Task 7 SubTotal $ 2, 484, 998
Packet Pg. 200 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) City of Redding Pump Station 1
12/ 20/ 22 EXHIBIT B- 1
Subcontractor
Task Number and Name Labor Fee Fee Expenses Fee Task Totals Task 8- Supplemental Services
Subtask 8. 1- Sacramento River Hydrology
and Hydraulics 33, 052 0 0 33, 052
Subtask 8. 2- Surge Analysis 29, 540 0 0 29, 540
Subtask 8. 3- Computational Fluid Dynamic
Modeling 51, 232 0 5, 250 56, 482
Subtask 8. 4- Physical Modeling 21, 812 89, 250 0 111, 062 Subtask 8. 5- Utility Investigation and
Coordination 10, 148 0 0 10, 148
Subtask 8. 6- Public Outreach Assistance 14, 605 0 0 14, 605 Task 8 SubTotal $ 254, 888
Task 9- Bid Phase Services
Task 9- Bid Phase Services 31, 868 0 10, 500 42, 368
Task 9 SubTotal $ 42, 368
Task 10- Office Services During Construction
Subtask 10. 1- Pre- Construction
Conference 5, 630 0 0 5, 630
Subtask 10. 2- Review of Shop Drawings,
Samples, and Submittals 163, 156 0 0 163, 156
Subtask 10. 3- Construction Contract
Request for Information 93, 831 0 0 93, 831
Subtask 10. 4- Change Requests 31, 574 0 0 31, 574
Subtask 10. 5- Progress Meetings 35, 655 0 0 35, 655
Subtask 10. 6- Periodic Engineering Field
Inspections 16, 386 0 0 16, 386
Subtask 10. 7- Record Drawings 76, 787 0 10, 500 87, 287 Task 10 SubTotal $ 433, 519
TOTAL 4, 979, 968 $ 437, 378 78, 173 5, 495, 518 $ 5, 495, 518 Packet Pg. 201 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) City
of
Redding
Pump
Station 1
Estimated
Labor
Hours
12/
20/
22 Sr.

Engineer
Project
Principal/
Technologist/
Specialist/
Staff
Staff
Staff
SeniorLevel
MidLevel
JuniorLevel
Office/
Clerical/
Hydrologist
Principal
Sr.

Project
Project
Engineer/
Staff
Engineer 3
Engineer 2
Engineer 1
Technician
Technician
Technician
Accounting
Total
Labor
Hours
Project
Manager
Manager .

Manager
Engineer 4
Subtask 1.
1-
Project
management
1,
150
1036
114
Subtask 1.
2-
Meetings
541
47 447
47 Subtask 2.
1-
Environmental
Permit
Application
1,
212 8
134
114
296
496
88 64
12 Subtask 2.
2-
CECA/
NEPA
4,
638 8
486
382
864
2350
316
232
Subtask 3.
1-
Funding
Strategy
136
24 112
Subtask 3.
2-
Prepare
Drinking
Water
SRF
Planning
Funding
Application
152
24 104
24 Subtask 3.
3-
Prepare
Drinking
Water
SRF
Construction
Funding
Application
338
48 216
488
108
Subtask 3.
4-
Prepare
WIFIA
Leter
of
Interest
Funding
Application
314
48 192
488
108
Task
4-
Survey
and
Mapping I
424 I
12 I
32 I
40 I
138 I
16 I
186
I -
I -
I -
I -
I -
Subtask 5.
1-
Geotechnical
Investigation
104 8
96 Subtask 5.
2-
Geotechnical
Data
Report
90 _ 8
604
126
Subtask 5.
3-
Geotechnical
Interpretive
Report
908
604
126
Subtask 6.
1-
Boundary
Survey
152
28 88 _
18 _ -
18 Subtask 6.
2-
Legal
and
Plats
80 28
12 40
Subtask 6.
3-
Right
of
Way
and
Acquistion
Services
56 28
28 Subtask 7.
1-
30 Percent
Design
2,
355 _
28 493 _
181
142
121
378
730
165
88 29
Subtask 7.
2-
60 Percent
Design
4,
942
74 1046
305
321
194
817
1602
271
230
84 Subtask 7.
3-
90 Percent
Design _
4,
002
56 1027
203
198
97 707
1284
162
172
96 Subtask 7.
4-
Bid
Ready
Design
1,
527
28 304
92 40
40 278
517
106
86 36
Subtask 7.
5-
Quality
Control
Review
560
300
60 200
Packet Pg. 202 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) City
of
Redding
Pump
Station 1
Estimated
Labor
Hours
12/
20/
22 Sr.

Engineer
Project
Principal/
Technologist/
Specialist/
Staff
Staff
Staff
SeniorLevel
MidLevel
JuniorLevel
Office/
Clerical/
Hydrologist
Principal
Sr.

Project
Project
Engineer/
Staff
Engineer 3
Engineer 2
Engineer 1
Technician
Technician
Technician
Accounting
Total
Labor
Hours
Project
Manager
Manager _
Manager
Engineer 4
Subtask 8.
1-
Sacramento
River
Hydrology
and
Hydraulics
184
32 _
20 80
44 _ - 8
Subtask 8.
2-
Surge
Analysis
148
16 32
60884
164
Subtask 8.
3-
Computational
Fluid
Dynamic
Modeling
256
24 48
112
4084
164
Subtask 8.
4-
Physical
Modeling
100
12 48
24 16
Subtask 8.
5-
Utility
Investigation
and
Coordination
60 24
36 Subtask 8.
6-
Public
Outreach
Assistance
60 14
46 Task
9-
Bid
Phase
Services I
164 II8I
76 I0I8
I - I
16 I
36 I - I
20 I -
Subtask

10. 1-
PreConstruction
Conference
24 24
Subtask

10. 2-
Review of
Shop
Drawings,
Samples,
and
Submittals
860
24 60
256
40 60
40 280
24 16
60 Subtask

10. 3-
Construction
Contract
Request
for
Information
450
24 40
184
12 _
30 20
80 20
20 20
Subtask

10. 4-
Change
Requests
158 22
70 248
28888
Subtask

10. 5-
Progress
Meetings
152
152
Subtask

10. 6-
Periodic
Engineering
Field
Inspections
80 56
24 Subtask

10. 7-
Record
Drawings
430 4
88 1688
40 160
12 904
25,
989 I
518
1,
269 I
7,
181
2,
529
3,
820
796
3,
144
4,
400 I
1,
139 I
695
498
Packet Pg. 203 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) City of Redding Pump House 1
2023 Billing Rates
Professionals and Technicians*
Classification 2023 Rate
Principal/ HydrologistPrincipal Project Manager 305
Sr. Technologist/ Sr. Project Manager 275
Engineer Specialist/ Project Manager 220
Project Engineer/ Staff Engineer 4 201
Staff Engineer 3 165
Staff Engineer 2 143
Staff Engineer 1 127
Senior- Level Technician 193
Mid- Level Technician 133
Junior- Level Technician 86
Office/ Clerical/ Accounting 115
Includes Engineering, Consultants, Planners, Scientist, Surveyors, etc.

Notes:
1) A markup of 5 percent will be applied to all Other Direct Costs and Expenses. 2) Direct expenses are those necessary costs and charges incurred for the PROJECT including, but not limited to:
a) The direct costs of transportation, meals and lodging, mail, subcontracts, outside services, and equipment and supplies. b) Consultant' s current standard rate charges for direct use of Consultant' s vehicles, laboratory test and analysis, printing and reproduction services, and certain field equipment; and c) Consultant' s standard project charges for special health and safety requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
3) Consultant' s current standard rates for direct expenses shall be used. These rates are subject to change following internal audits and reviews.
4) These rates are effective January 1, 2023, through December 31, 2023. Rate schedule is subject to annual revision to reflect current rates and not to exceed 4 percent per year for subsequent years of the contract.

Packet Pg. 204 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) Attachment 1

DRAWING LIST
Count Drawing Title
1 COVER, LOCATION MAP, AND VICINITY MAP
2 INDEX TO DRAWINGS
3 ABBREVIATIONS
4 SYMBOLS LEGEND
5 GENERAL NOTES
6 CIVIL LEGEND
7 ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES, MATERIAL SYMBOLS, AND LEGEND 8 PUMP STATION BUILDING LIFE SAFETY PLAN AND CODE DATA
9 STRUCTURAL NOTES 1
10 STRUCTURAL NOTES 2
11 SPECIAL INSPECTION PLAN 1
12 SPECIAL INSPECTION PLAN 2
13 SPECIAL INSPECTION PLAN 3
14 PROCESS MECHANICAL LEGEND
15 PIPING SCHEDULE
16 HVAC LEGEND
17 PLUMBING LEGEND
18 HVAC AND PLUMBING SCHEDULE
19 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL LEGEND 1
20 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL LEGEND 2
21 ELECTRICAL LEGEND 1
22 ELECTRICAL LEGEND 2
23 SECURITY LEGEND
24 HYDRUALIC PROFILE
25 BORING SITE MAP
26 _ BORING LOGS 1
27 BORING LOGS 2
28 OVERALL DEMOLITION PLAN
29 EXST INTAKE DEMOLITION PLAN
30 EXST INTAKE DEMOLITION SECTION
31 EXST PUMP STATION BUILDING DEMOLITION PLAN
32 EXST PUMP STATION BUILDING DEMOLITION SECTION
33 SITE DEMOLITION PLAN ( CONC STRUCT& JENNY CRK CULVERTS) 34 TREE REMOVAL PLAN
35 DEMOLITION PHOTOGRAPHS
36 DEMOLITION PHOTOGRAPHS
37 NETWORK BLOCK DIAGRAM
38 PLC BLOCK DIAGRAM
39 OVERALL P& ID
40 FISH SCREEN P& ID 1
41 FISH SCREEN P& ID 2
42 PUMP STATION P& ID 1
43 PUMP STATION P& ID 2
Packet Pg. 205 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) 44 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
45 SURGE TANK, FLOW METER
46 OVERALL SITE PLAN AND KEY PLAN
47 SURVEY CONTROL AND LAYOUT DATA
48 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS AND STAGING PLAN
49 SITE PLAN ( EXST SITE)
50 GRADING PLAN ( EXST SITE)
51 SECTIONS ( EXST SITE)
52 DETAILS( EXST SITE)
53 PUMP STATION SITE PLAN
1 54 PUMP STATION SITE PLAN2
55 PUMP STATION GRADING PLAN
1 56 PUMP STATION GRADING PLAN2
57 SECTIONS
58 SECTIONS
59 DETAILS
60 YARD PIPING PLAN
1 61 YARD PIPING PLAN
2 62 YARD PIPING PLAN
3 63 YARD PIPING PLAN
4 64 YARD PIPING SECTIONS
65 YARD PIPING DETAILS
66 JENNY CREEK PLAN
1 67 JENNY CREEK PLAN2
68 JENNY CREEK PROFILE
1 69 JENNY CREEK PROFILE2
70 JENNY CREEK SECTION
71 JENNY CREEK DETAILS
72 JENNY CREEK PLAN
73 JENNY CREEK SECTIONS
74 JENNY CREEK DETAILS
75 ACCESS ROAD PLAN AND PROFILE
1 76 ACCESS ROAD PLAN AND PROFILE2
77 ACCESS ROAD ENLARGED PLAN
78 ACCESS ROAD TYPICAL SECTION AND DETAILS
79 ACCESS ROAD SECTIONS
1 80 ACCESS ROAD SECTIONS2
81 RIVER TRAIL CLOSURE PLAN
82 RIVER TRAIL RESTORATION PLAN
1 83 RIVER TRAIL RESTORATION PLAN
2 Packet Pg. 206 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) 84 RIVER TRAIL RESTORATION PLAN
3 85 RIVER TRAIL RESTORATION TYPICAL SECTION AND DETAILS 86 PUMP STATION RENDERING
87 PUMP STATION RENDERING
88 PUMP STATION FLOOR PLAN
89 PUMP STATION ROOF PLAN
90 PUMP STATION ELEVATIONS
91 PUMP STATION SECTIONS
92 PUMP STATION SCHEDULES
93 PUMP STATION FOUNDATION PLAN
94 PUMP STATION ROOF PLAN
95 PUMP STATION BRIDGE CRANE PLAN
96 PUMP STATION SECTIONS
97 PUMP STATION SECTIONS
98 PUMP STATION DETAILS
99 PUMP STATION DETAILS
100 INTAKE FOUNDATION KEY PLAN
101 INTAKE FOUNDATION PLAN1
102 INTAKE FOUNDATION PLAN2
103 INTAKE DECK KEY PLAN
104 INTAKE DECK PLAN1
105 INTAKE DECK PLAN
2 106 INTAKE SECTIONS
107 INTAKE SECTIONS
108 INTAKE DETAILS
109 INTAKE EAST TRAINING WALL PLAN
110 INTAKE WEST TRAINING WALL PLAN
111 INTAKE EAST TRAINING WALL ELEVATION
112 INTAKE WEST TRAINING WALL ELEVATION
113 TRAINING WALL SECTIONS
114 TRAINING WALL DETAILS
115 FLOWMETER VAULT PLAN
116 FLOWMETER VAULT SECTIONS AND DETAILS
117 SURGE TANK PLAN, SECTION, AND DETAILS
118 PUMP STATION FLOOR PLAN
119 PUMP STATION SECTIONS
120 PUMP STATION DETAILS
121 INTAKE SUCTION PIPING PLAN
1 122 INTAKE SUCTION PIPING PLAN2
123 INTAKE DECK PLAN1
124 _ INTAKE DECK PLAN2
125 INTAKE SECTIONS
126 INTAKE SECTIONS
127 INTAKE DETAILS
128 FLOWMETER VAULT PLAN
129 FLOWMETER VAULT SECTIONS
Packet Pg. 207 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541) 130 SURGE TANK PLAN, SECTION, AND DETAILS
131 PUMP STATION FLOOR PLAN
132 PUMP STATION SECTIONS AND DETAILS
133 PUMP STATION PLAN
134 PUMP STATION SECTION
135 PUMP STATION HVAC AIRFLOW AND CONTROL SCHEMATICS
136 ONE- LINE DIAGRAM
137 ONE- LINE DIAGRAM
138 SITE PLAN
139 SITE PLAN
140 SITE PLAN
141 SITE PLAN
142 EXISTING GENERATOR
143 SITE LIGHTING PLAN
144 PUMP STATION POWER PLAN
145 PUMP STATION LIGHTING PLAN
146 CABLE BLOCK DIAGRAMS1
147 CABLE BLOCK DIAGRAMS2
148 SWITCHGEAR POWER PLAN
149 SWITCHGEAR ELEVATIONS
150 MOTOR CONTROL DIAGRAM
151 LUMINAIRE AND PANEL SCHEDULE
152 RACEWAY SCHEDULE
153 STANDARD DETAILS
154 STANDARD DETAILS
155 STANDARD DETAILS
156 STANDARD DETAILS
157 STANDARD DETAILS
158 STANDARD DETAILS
159 STANDARD DETAILS
160 STANDARD DETAILS
161 STANDARD DETAILS
162 STANDARD DETAILS
163 STANDARD DETAILS _
164 STANDARD DETAILS
165 STANDARD DETAILS
166 STANDARD DETAILS
167 STANDARD DETAILS
168 STANDARD DETAILS
169 STANDARD DETAILS
170 STANDARD DETAILS
171 STANDARD DETAILS
Packet Pg. 208 Attachment: Fifth Amendment to C-8541 (4.11(b)--Authorize Seventh Amendment to Consulting and Professional Services Contract C-8541)

CITY OF REDDING

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
Recommendation
Conduct a public hearing and, upon conclusion, authorize and approve the following:
(1) Introduce Ordinance amending Title 18 (Zoning), all relating to clean-up and updating of the Zoning Code, for first reading by title only and waive the full reading:
(a) Section 18.15.030: Remove lot size requirements that pertain to creation of accessory dwelling units;
(b) Section 18.30.20: Incorporate accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units as permitted uses within the Use Classification table; (c) Section 18.31.020; Incorporate accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units as permitted uses within the Use Classification table; (d) Section 18.32.020; Incorporate accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units as permitted uses within the Use Classification table; (e) Section 18.33.020; Incorporate accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units as permitted uses within the Use Classification table; (f) Section 18.33.050; Update related text to ensure compliance with objective development standards relating to accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units;
(g) Section 18.40.120; Modify trash enclosure requirements to address organic waste recycling and comply with State law;
(h) Section 18.41.040: Update parking requirements relating to accessory dwelling units;
(i) Section 18.41.100; Correct previous deletion of alternative screening and revise height of vegetation within vision triangle for consistency; (j) Section 18.42.030: Correct reference regarding temporary on-site real estate development signs;
(k) Section 18.43.020; Eliminate tents as an accessory structure; (l) Section 18.43.140: Amend regulations relating to accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units to bring the ordinance into compliance with State law;
MEETING DATE: December 2, 2025
ITEM NO. 6.1
FROM:
***APPROVED BY***
[email protected] [email protected]
SUBJECT: 6.1--Consider Rezoning Application (RZ-2025-01027), by the City of Redding, regarding proposed amendments to the City of Redding’s Zoning Ordinance.

Jeremy Pagan, Development
Services Director/Bldg
Official
Packet Pg. 209
Report to Redding City Council November 25, 2025
Re: 6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding Page 2 (m) Section 18.60.020: Add junior accessory dwelling unit as a new residential housing type;
(n) Section 18.61.020: Add definitions for “living area” and “primary dwelling”; (2) Authorize the City Attorney to prepare, and the City Clerk to publish the summary ordinance according to law; and
(3) Find that adoption of the ordinance is, pursuant to 14 CCR 15378, exempt from environmental review, because the passage of the proposed ordinance is not a “project” according to the definition in the California Environmental Quality Act and, therefore, is not subject to the provisions requiring environmental review.

Fiscal Impact
There is no fiscal impact related to the proposed Redding Municipal Code amendments.

Alternative Action
The City Council (Council) could choose not to adopt the ordinance as recommended by staff and provide direction to continue the public hearing to a future Council meeting. However, it should be noted that the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) is reviewing the status of the 2020-2028 Housing Element for compliance with state law regarding the City’s Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) ordinance and any alternate considerations would need to be identified and reported to HCD for approval.

The following alternatives are also available to Council:

1. Approve the zoning ordinance text amendment with minor revisions to the draft ordinance that would not materially alter its compliance with state law; or

2. Direct staff to revise the draft ordinance that would not materially change the outcomes required by state law and bring the item back before City Council for further review. Given the state’s emphasis on timely implementation of this Housing Element Activity, staff recommends that any continuance for revisions be scheduled to a specific date as soon as possible to avoid delay.

Background/Analysis
Under consideration are “cleanup” amendments to the text of Title 18, Zoning, of the Redding Municipal Code (RMC). Similar minor text cleanup amendments are typically processed on an annual basis; the most recent amendments were adopted by Council in November 2024. The proposed amendments are intended to clarify the intent of the existing regulations and comply with state law.

On October 14, 2025, the Planning Commission recommended that the Council adopt the proposed amendments. The associated Planning Commission staff report is available to view online.

The proposed text amendments are summarized below:
(1) Section 18.43.140, Accessory Dwelling Units: On December 1, 2020, the City Council considered and approved necessary amendments to Title 18, Accessory Dwelling Units, of the Redding Municipal Code, in order to bring the ordinance into compliance with Packet Pg. 210
Report to Redding City Council November 25, 2025
Re: 6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding Page 3 California State Law at that time. However, ongoing changes in state legislation since 2020 have significantly expanded upon ADU rights and regulations, rendering the current ordinance noncompliant. Staff forwarded the proposed code amendments relating to ADUs to HCD to review for compliance with state law. Under consideration are proposed amendments that are necessary to comply with current state legislation affecting ADUs. A summary of all the changes is attached for reference; however, the following items are of note:
• Number and type of units – Creation of ADUs and Junior ADUs per Government Code Sections (GCS) 66311.7, 66314, and 66323 may overlap; however, a property may only have one Junior ADU;
• Front yard setbacks – ADUs with a floor area of 800 square feet or less are exempt from front yard setbacks;
• Architectural compatibility – Development or design standards applied to ADUs must be based on objective, measurable criteria. Removing subjective language like “similar” ensures compliance and consistency. The Planning Commission also recommended striking out color as a design criterion; and • Owner occupancy and deed restrictions – ADUs are no longer subject to occupancy restrictions. Junior ADUs are still subject to a deed restriction, however, owner occupancy is only required if sanitation facilities are shared with the primary dwelling.
(2) Section 18.15.030(Q), Zoning Exceptions: Remove lot size requirements that pertain to creation of ADUs.
(3) Section 18.30.020-A, Rural Lands District; Section 18.31.020-A, Residential Districts; Section 18.32.020-A, Office Districts; Section 18.33.020-A and Section 18.33.050, Commercial Districts: Incorporate ADUs and Junior ADUs as permitted uses within the Use Classification table in the applicable zoning districts and update related text to ensure compliance with objective development standards.
(4) Section 18.41.040-A, Off-Street Parking: Update parking requirement to allow option of a covered or uncovered space and clarifying the need to provide for such space for a new, detached ADU on a lot with an existing dwelling.
(5) Section 18.60.020, Use Classifications: Add Junior ADU as a new residential housing type.
(6) Section 18.61.020, List of Terms and Definitions: Add and define “living area” and distinguish a dwelling as “primary,” clarifying that a primary dwelling does not include an ADU or Junior ADU.
(7) Section 18.40.120, Trash Container Enclosures: Modify trash enclosure requirements to address organic waste recycling and comply with state law.

Packet Pg. 211
Report to Redding City Council November 25, 2025
Re: 6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding Page 4 (8) Section 18.41.100, Off-Street Parking Screening and Landscaping: Add in alternative to use of plants for screening, which was inadvertently deleted, and revise height of vegetation within vision triangle for consistency.
(9) Section 18.42.030-B, Signs: Correct reference regarding temporary on-site real estate development signs.
(10) Section 18.43.020, Accessory Uses and Structures: Eliminate tents as an accessory structure.

Environmental Review
The passage of the proposed ordinance is not a “project” as defined in the California Environmental Quality Act, and therefore is not subject to the provisions requiring environmental review.

Council Priority/City Manager Goals
• Government of the 21st Century – “Be relevant and proactive to the opportunities and challenges of today’s residents and workforce. Anticipate the future to make better decisions today.”
• Economic Development – “Facilitate and become a catalyst for economic development in Redding to create jobs, retain current businesses and attract new ones, and encourage investment in the community.”
Attachments
^Summary of ADU changes 2025
^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance October 14, 2025, Planning Commission Staff Report - RZ-2025-01027 Packet Pg. 212
Accessory Dwelling Units (ADU)
Summary of Ordinance Changes – 2025

CRITERIA STATE REGULATION EXISTING PROPOSED
RMC Section 18.43.140 – Accessory Dwelling Units
Number and Type of Units Creation of ADUs and Junior ADUs from all Government Code Sections may
overlap.
66311.7 Units
• In addition to the provisions below, a
permit will not be denied to an
unpermitted ADU and/or Junior ADU
built prior to January 1, 2020, unless
deemed a health and safety hazard.
66314 Units
• One ADU
66323 Units
• Single-family
o One new attached or conversion
of existing space to the main
dwelling or detached structure
o One new detached ADU
o One Junior ADU
• Multiple-family (MF)
o One ADU within the multiplefamily dwelling or up to 25% of the existing MF units, whichever
is greater.
o Up to 8 detached ADUs or up to
the existing MF units, whichever
is less.

One ADU and one Junior ADU (Comply with State Law)
Allow overlap of ADU types per
Government Code Sections 66311.7,
66314, and 66323.

Development Standards
Height Limitations Detached ADUs
• 16 feet with 4-foot setbacks from
rear and side property line.
• 18 feet with 4-foot setbacks from
rear and side property lines for
properties within 0.5-mile walking
distance of a major transit stop or a
high-quality transit corridor.
• 16 feet with 4-foot setbacks from
rear and side property lines.
• Over 16 feet – Shall maintain the
same setbacks as an accessory
structure.
o 15 feet corner side
o 10 feet side
o 15 feet rear
(Comply with State Law)
Verbatim with State Law.

Packet Pg. 213 Attachment: ^Summary of ADU changes 2025 (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of

CRITERIA STATE REGULATION EXISTING PROPOSED
• 18 feet with 4-foot setbacks from
rear and side property lines for
properties with a multi-story
dwelling.
• Notwithstanding the above limits, an
increase of 2 feet in height is
allowed for alignment of roof pitch
to the main dwelling.

Attached ADUs
• 25 feet or the height limit of the
zoning district, whichever is less.

Setbacks Allow four-foot (4’) side and rear yard
setbacks for ADUs built to height
limitations above. Also, for a unit of at
least 800 square feet, cannot restrict
limits on lot coverage, floor area ratio,
open space, front setbacks, and
minimum lot size
ADUs with a max height of 16 feet may
be permitted at four-foot side and rear
yard setbacks.
(Comply with State Law)
• Detached and attached ADUs subject
to height limitations listed in Section

18.43.140(F)(4) are permitted fourfoot side and rear yard setbacks, but must maintain the front yard setback
of the zoning district.
• Detached ADUs over height limitations
listed in Section 18.43.140(F)(4) shall
maintain the front yard setback of the
zoning district, 10-foot side yard
setback, and 15-foot rear yard setback.
• Attached ADUs subject to height
limitations listed in Section

18.43.140(F)(4) are permitted at four
feet side/rear yard setbacks.
• ADUS in the downtown specific plan
districts are permitted at zero-foot
setbacks.

Architectural Compatibility Impose objective design review standards.

Incorporate same or similar
architectural features of main dwelling.
(Comply with State Law)
Incorporate same architectural features of
main dwelling, but remove color
requirement.

Deed Restrictions • ADUs: Not required.
• Junior ADUs: Required.
• ADUs: Waived from January 1,
2020 to January 1, 2025.
• Junior ADUs: Not addressed.
(Comply with State Law)
Removed requirement for ADUs and
revised language to address Junior ADUs.

Use
Separate Sale Limitations ADUs may be separately conveyed through Government Code Section
66341 or jurisdiction may adopt
Not addressed. ADUs cannot be sold separately, except as provided by Government Code Section
66341.

Packet Pg. 214 Attachment: ^Summary of ADU changes 2025 (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of

CRITERIA STATE REGULATION EXISTING PROPOSED
ordinance to allow separate conveyance
of ADUs.

Occupancy Limitations • ADUs: Not required.
• Junior ADUs: Required.
• ADUs: Waived from January 1,
2020 to January 1, 2025.
• Junior ADUs: Not addressed.
(Comply with State Law)
Removed requirement for ADUs and
revised language to address Junior ADUs.

Certificate of Occupancy C of O for ADU/Junior ADU will not be issued prior to C of O for main dwelling.

Not addressed. (Comply with State Law)
C of O will not be issued to ADU/Junior
ADU prior to C of O for main dwelling.

Nonconformities Properties receiving notice of violations for an ADU or Junior ADU built prior to
January 1, 2020, without a building
permit may request a delay for five (5)
years in enforcement, provided the
violation is not a health and safety issue.

Nonconforming situations at time of
permit submittal for an ADU or Junior
ADU may be continued, not subject to
Chapter 18.46.
(Comply with State Law)
Added language to address unpermitted
ADUs built prior to January 1, 2020.

Packet Pg. 215 Attachment: ^Summary of ADU changes 2025 (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of

DRAFT ORDINANCE
ORDINANCE NO. ________________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF REDDING AMENDING TITLE 18
(ZONING), CHAPTER 18.15 (ZONING EXCEPTIONS) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.15.030 (STANDARDS FOR WHICH EXCEPTIONS MAY BE CONSIDERED), CHAPTER 18.30 (“RL” RURAL LANDS DISTRICT) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.30.020 (LAND USE REGULATIONS),
CHAPTER 18.31 (RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS: “RE” RESIDENTIAL
ESTATE, ‘RS” RESIDENTIAL SINGLE FAMILY, AND “RM”

RESIDENTIAL MULTIPLE FAMILY) BY AMENDING SECTION

18.31.020 (LAND USE REGULATIONS), CHAPTER 18.32 (OFFICE DISTRICTS; “LO” LIMITED OFFICE AND “GO’ GENERAL OFFICE) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.32.020 (LAND USE REGULATIONS),
CHAPTER 18.33 (COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS: “NC” NEIGHBORHOOD
COMMERCIAL, “SC” SHOPPING CENTER, “RC” REGIONAL
COMMERCIAL, “GC” GENERAL COMMERCIAL, AND “HC” HEAVY
COMMERCIAL) BY AMENDING SECTIONS 18.33.020 (LAND USE
REGULATIONS) AND 18.33.050 (RESIDENTIAL USES IN “OFFICE” AND “COMMERCIAL” DISTRICTS), CHAPTER 18.40 (DEVELOPMENT AND SITE REGULATIONS) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.40.120 (TRASH
ENCLOSURE CONTAINERS), CHAPTER 18.41 (OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING) BY AMENDING SECTIONS 18.41.040 (OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES REQUIRED) AND 18.41.100 (SCREENING AND
LANDSCAPE), CHAPTER 18.42 (SIGNS) BY AMENDING SECTION

18.42.030 (GENERAL STANDARDS), CHAPTER 18.43 (STANDARDS FOR SPECIFIC LAND USES) BY AMENDING SECTIONS 18.43.020
(ACCESSORY USES AND STRUCTURES) AND 18.43.140 (ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS), CHAPTER 18.60 (USE CLASSIFICATIONS) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.60.020 (RESIDENTIAL USE
CLASSIFICATIONS), AND CHAPTER 18.61 (LIST OF TERMS AND
DEFINITIONS) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.61.020 (DEFINITIONS) THEREBY UPDATING THE ZONING CODE.

WHEREAS, the City of Redding Planning Commission held a duly-noticed public hearing pertaining to proposed amendments to Redding Municipal Code Title 18, Zoning, on October 14, 2025, and recommended that the City Council adopt said amendments; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Redding held a duly noticed public hearing on November 4, 2025, prior to the first reading of this Ordinance;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED THAT THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDDING DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

Packet Pg. 216 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Section 1
. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.15(Zoning Exceptions), Section 18.15.030 (Standards for Which Exceptions May Be Considered) is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.15.030 Standards for Which Exceptions May Be Considered An exception may be considered for the following standards. Additional exceptions may be allowed if, in the opinion of the director, they are of a similar nature or magnitude to those listed below:

A. Accessory Structure Front Yard Setbacks. Provided that the minimum front yard setback will be maintained and where adjacent residences will not be adversely affected, the director may allow an accessory structure to be located closer to the street than the existing or proposed residence on the site.

B. Buffer Yards, Alternative. The minimum width of a buffer yard required by Schedule

18.40.020-A: Buffer Yards, may be reduced by up to twenty-five percent (25%) provided that the reduction will not increase the potential for land use impacts between adjoining properties given the circumstances of a particular site.

C. Building Separation. The Director may authorize a reduction in minimum building separation of up to twenty percent (20%) between buildings if the reduction will maintain compliance with the California Building Code.

D. Exceptions to Height Limits. Towers, spires, cupolas, chimneys, elevator penthouses, water tanks, monuments, theater scenery lofts, and similar structures and mechanical appurtenances covering no more than twenty percent (20%) of the top-floor roof area of the structure to which they are attached may exceed height limits by no more than ten feet (10’) with no discretionary review. The director may approve greater height upon making the findings required by Section 18.15.040 (Required Findings) of this chapter.

E. Fence Height. In any district, the maximum height of any fence, wall, hedge, or equivalent screening may be increased by a maximum of two feet (2’) where the topography of sloping sites or a difference in grade between adjoining sites warrants such increase in height to maintain a level of privacy or to maintain effectiveness of screening as generally provided by such fence, wall, hedge, or screening in similar circumstances.

F. Front-Yard Setback (Increase). In the “RS” and “RE” districts, the Director may increase the maximum front-yard setback where it is determined that the increase will not unreasonably affect abutting sites.

G. Front-Yard Setback (Decrease). In any district, the director may decrease the minimum setback by ten percent (10%) where the decrease will not unreasonably affect abutting sites provided that no exception shall be granted for a garage that is designed to have vehicles back directly out into the street. In addition, the director is authorized to grant a five percent (5%) reduction in any setback requirements where construction has commenced and a mistake was made in the surveying or plans preparation.

Packet Pg. 217 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) H. Garage Setback/Sloped Lots. Where the elevation of a lot at a point twenty feet (20’) behind the entire frontage of a lot (as measured from the back of curb) is seven feet (7’) above or below the level of the curb, a private garage (attached or detached) for a single-family residence may have a minimum front yard setback of ten feet (10’) from the front property line of the lot provided that a third open parking space is provided on the site.

I. Lot Size. In any “RE” or “RS” zone, the Director may authorize a maximum ten percent (10%) reduction in parcel area on parcels created by parcel map if two or more existing parcels within two hundred feet (200’) of the proposed parcel map are less than the minimum parcel size.

J. Multi-story Limitations; Transitional Building Height; Skyplane. The Director may reduce the higher or second-story setbacks required by Section 18.31.030, and/or reduce the building-height limitations established by Sections 18.32.040 and 18.33.040, and/or skyplane requirements by up to twenty percent (20%) upon determining that any of the following are in evidence:

1. Existing rear or side yard setbacks in the abutting “RE” or “RS” district are sufficient to ensure that the intent of the multistory, transitional height or skyplane limitations are met.

2. The difference in existing or proposed finished grade between building sites is such that privacy, height, or bulk impacts to any residential district would not be present if requirements are reduced.

3. The size or configuration of the developing property is such that it is infeasible to meet the limitations of these sections.

K. Reserved.

L. Parking—Space and Aisle-Dimension Reductions. Because of circumstances unique to a property, such as size, shape, topography, location of easements, or desirable trees, the Director may authorize up to a ten percent (10%) reduction in open parking-space or aisle- width dimension for commercial and multiple-family residential uses with four or more units.

Such exception may be allowed only when it is proven that the reduction will not result in a traffic hazard or impact the necessary parking for the use.

M. Parking—Reduction in Covered Spaces. For single-family residences in existing neighborhoods, one covered parking space may be permitted by zoning exception when at least one additional off-street parking space is provided on the building site, the subject property is an existing, legally created lot the director determines that the predominate offstreet parking arrangement in the immediate vicinity is a single covered space, and that granting the exception would not contribute to an existing on-street parking problem.

Packet Pg. 218 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) N. Recreational Vehicle Storage/Parking.

1. Recreational Vehicle Storage. In the “RE” and “RS” districts, the director may approve a zoning exception to allow not more than one recreational vehicle, as defined in Schedule 18.31.030-C, Note (8), to be parked within the front or street side-yard setback area subject to the following findings and requirements:
a. The Director finds that the applicant has submitted an affidavit and related materials that affirm the following:
i. There is no physical space available to access and/or store the vehicle within an interior side or rear yard. These site conditions include, but are not limited to, such things as:
(A) Existing building setbacks and eaves and other building projections (does not include the location of buildings with a size of one-hundred- twenty (120) square feet or less);
(B) Location of mature tree(s);
(C) Location of HVAC or similar equipment;
(D) Existence of substantial slopes.
ii. Notices of the zoning exception application shall be sent to all owner(s) of real property sharing a common street frontage within three hundred feet (300’) of the applicant’s property. Should two (2) or more owners of real property within the notification area object in writing to the approval of the zoning exception or appeal the approval by the Director, the zoning exception shall not be granted.
iii. The parking of such vehicles is not prohibited by any conditions, covenants, and restrictions (CC&Rs) applied to the property. The applicant shall provide either: (1) a copy of the CC&Rs applicable to the property or (2) if no CC&Rs have been recorded, a title report for the subject property sufficiently current to determine whether the property is subject to CC&Rs. iv. The vehicle is operable and is owned by and registered to the occupant of the premises upon which it is parked.

b. Vehicle Parking Conditions.
i. Vehicles shall be parked generally perpendicular to the front property line. ii. Storage shall be allowed only on areas surfaced with all-weather materials, such as concrete, asphalt, brick, stone, gravel, or similar material, and shall Packet Pg. 219 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) not obstruct the ingress or egress to and from existing garage doors. Storage shall not occur within a lawn or other landscaped area. iii. The vehicle shall not be parked closer than two feet (2’) to a side property line.
iv. No part of the vehicle may extend more than three feet (3’) into the public or private right-of-way or be closer than two feet (2’) to a public sidewalk. v. Vehicles shall not be occupied for living purposes.
vi. The vehicles shall be maintained in a clean and inoffensive manner.

Offensive includes, but is not limited to, unrepaired collision damage; broken glass; flat tires; discharge of effluent; discarding of litter or other materials; or a general unsightly exterior appearance as exhibited by peeling paint, rust, or attachment of siding materials not original to the recreational vehicle.

Covering of the vehicle by tarp or similar material is not allowed. The use of custom covers made specifically for the type and size of vehicle is permitted. vii. The zoning exception shall not be transferable to a subsequent owner of the property.
viii. Registration shall remain current throughout the term of the zoning exception. Note: Vehicles registered with the Department of Motor Vehicles as “Non-Op” are not considered to be registered vehicles for the purpose of this section.
ix. Zoning exceptions shall be valid for a period not to exceed three (3) years.

Upon application, the director may grant one or more renewals not to exceed a time period of three (3) years for each renewal. Noticing, property owner objection/appeal, and other provisions and requirements pertaining to the original approval shall apply to renewal requests.

2. Parking for Affordable or Disabled Housing Projects. The requirement to provide parking for recreational vehicles for multiple-family units may be waived, provided that the project qualifies as an affordable housing project as defined by the State Government Code and provided that the necessary area for providing the required spaces is set aside and maintained in landscape to allow conversion to parking should the use convert from affordable or disabled housing to standard multiple-family use.

O. Reversing the Frontage of a Corner Lot. The front yard and street side yard setbacks on a corner lot that were established at the time of issuance of a building permit for the original structure may be reversed for the purpose of establishing yard requirements provided that:
1) the reversal will not result in the placement of structures that are inconsistent with the Packet Pg. 220 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) general nature of the neighborhood and 2) vehicular and pedestrian safety will not be jeopardized.

P. Roof-Mounted Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment. The Director may approve installation of roof-mounted residential heating and air-conditioning equipment provided that the equipment cannot be seen from any existing or future public street, park, school, open space, or other public area for a distance of at least six hundred feet (600’). In making such a determination, the Director shall consider such factors as the method of screening proposed, topography of the site and surrounding sites, and allowable height of existing and future buildings within six hundred feet (600’) of the proposed equipment.

Q. Accessory Dwelling Units. Size Increase— The Director may authorize up to a twenty percent (20%) increase in the allowable size of an accessory dwelling unit provided that the Director determines that the exception is necessary to provide for the reasonable accommodation for one or more disabled persons who will reside in the accessory dwelling unit.

R. Shade Trees in Parking Lot. The Director may authorize a maximum twenty-five percent (25%) reduction in the number of shade trees required in a parking lot provided that the total number of trees required is provided in alternate locations on the site adjacent to the parking area.

S. Side Yard and Rear Yard Setbacks. In any district, the Director may decrease the minimum setback by not more than twenty percent (20%) where the proposed setback area or yard is in character with the surrounding neighborhood and is not required as an essential open-space or recreational amenity to the use of the site, where such decrease will not unreasonably affect abutting sites. In the “GO” district, one side yard other than a street side yard may be decreased to that established for an adjacent existing building provided that one side yard has a minimum setback of ten feet (10’) (fifteen feet (15’) if adjacent to an “R” District).

T. Sign Height, Increased. The Director may authorize an increase in pole sign height not to exceed thirty-five feet (35’) when necessary for sign visibility due to topography; surrounding buildings; existing trees to be preserved, except City street trees; or similar circumstances. The Director shall consider, in addition to visibility or sight obstructions, vehicle speed, visibility/readability from freeway off-ramp locations, or other factors which may negate the benefit otherwise gained by increased sign height.

U. Surfacing. The requirement for paving driveways over one-hundred-fifty feet (150’) in length may be waived provided that: 1) the first thirty feet (30’) from the paved street or back of the sidewalk shall be paved, 2) the driveway-surfacing requirements of the Fire Marshal shall be met, and 3) the driveway is not located within seventy-five feet (75’) of an existing or future residence.

V. Unique Parking Demand Uses. The Director may authorize up to a ten percent (10%) reduction in the off-street parking requirement upon an adequate showing that parking Packet Pg. 221 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) demand for a use is less than that required by Chapter 18.41, (Off-Street Parking and Loading) of this title.

Section 2. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.30 (“RL” Rural Lands District), Section

18.30.020 (Land Use Regulations) is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.30.020 Land Use Regulations
Schedule 18.30.020-A below prescribes the land use regulations for the “RL” Residential Districts.

The regulations for the district are established by letter designations as follows:
“P” designates permitted use classifications.
“L” designates use classifications that are permitted, subject to certain limitations prescribed by the additional use regulations contained in this chapter. “S” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Board of Administrative Review. “Sd”designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Director.
“U” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a use permit by the Planning Commission.

Use classifications are defined in Chapter 18.60, Use Classifications. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications not listed or not substantially similar to the uses in the schedule below are prohibited. The schedule also notes additional use regulations that apply to various uses.

Schedule 18.30.020-A: Use Regulations—”Rural Lands” District Use Classifications “RL” Additional Regulations
Residential Uses
Single Family P
Family Day Care, 6 or fewer P
Accessory Dwelling Units P See Section 18.43.140
Junior Accessory Dwelling Units P See Section 18.43.140 Residential Care, Limited P
Supportive Housing Facilities P
Transitional Housing Facilities P
Residential Cannabis Cultivation L19 P See Chapter 6.12 Public and Semipublic Uses
Cemetery U
Packet Pg. 222 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Park & Recreation Facilities
S
Public Safety FacilitiesS
Religious FacilitiesS Use permit required if over 10,000 sq ft Residential Care, SeniorS
Must demonstrate provision of high level
of care and services
Residential Care, GeneralS
Must demonstrate provision of high level
of care and services
Schools, Public or PrivateU
Commercial Uses
Bed and Breakfast Establishments Sd See Section 18.43.060 Commercial RecreationU
Utilities, MajorU
Utilities, MinorP
Retail Cannabis Sales -- Not permitted
Commercial Cannabis Cultivation -- Not permitted
Industrial Uses
Cannabis Microbusinesses, Distribution,
Manufacturing, Processing,
Testing, and Storage
-- Not Permitted
Agriculture and Extractive Uses
Crop and Animal Raising Sd
Goat Grazing for fire fuel management Sd
Mining and QuarryingU See Chapter 18.44
Nurseries Sd
Accessory Uses and Structures See Section 18.43.020
Temporary Uses See Chapter 18.17
Nonconforming Uses See Chapter 18.46
L19 Indoor cannabis cultivation permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity.

Section 3. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.31 (Residential Districts: “RE” Residential Estate, ‘RS” Residential Single Family, and “RM” Residential Multiple Family), Section

18.31.020 (Land Use Regulations), is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.31.020 Land Use Regulations
Schedule 18.31.020-A below prescribes the land use regulations for the “RE,” “RS,” and “RM” Residential Districts. The regulations for each district are established by letter designations as follows:
“P” designates permitted use classifications.
“L” designates use classifications that are permitted, subject to certain limitations prescribed by the additional use regulations contained in this chapter. “Sd”designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Director.

Packet Pg. 223 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) “S” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Board of Administrative Review. “U” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a use permit by the Planning Commission.

Use classifications are defined in Chapter 18.60, Use Classifications. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications not listed in the schedule or not substantially similar to the uses below are prohibited. The schedule also notes additional use regulations that apply to various uses.

Schedule 18.31.020-A: Use Regulations—Other “Residential” Districts Use Classifications “RE” “RS” “RM” Additional Regulations Residential Uses
Single Family P P P (4)
Two-Family Dwelling — L1 P (3) (6)
Residential Condominium and
Condominium Conversions — — P (9)
Manufactured Home Park — — U RM-6 through RM-10 districts only Multiple Family (Apartments) — — P
Site development permit required for 5 or more
dwelling units on a parcel. See Schedule 18.31.030-B
for maximum allowable densities. (3) (6)
Dwelling Group — — S
Group Residential — — S
Family Day Care, 6 or fewer P P P
Family Day Care, 7–14 P P P
Accessory Dwelling Units P P P See Section 18.43.140
Junior Accessory Dwelling Units P P — See Section 18.43.140 Residential Care, Limited P P P
Supportive Housing Facilities P P P (8)
Transitional Housing Facilities P P P (8)
Residential Cannabis Cultivation L19 P L19 P L19 See Chapter 6.12 Public and Semipublic Uses
Clubs & Lodges — — S
Community Centers — S S
Day Care Center (15 or more) U U S See Section 18.43.070 Park & Recreation Facilities S S S
Parking Lots S S S
For adjacent office or commercial use only; covered
parking must be at a residential scale.

Public Safety Facilities U U S
Religious Facilities S S S
Residential Care, General S S S (1), (2)
Residential Care, Senior S S S (1), (2)
Schools, Public or Private U U U
Commercial Uses
Bed and Breakfast Establishments Sd Sd Sd See Section 18.43.060 Commercial Recreation L2 L2 —
Packet Pg. 224 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “RE” “RS” “RM” Additional Regulations Food and Beverage Sales U U U
Not to exceed 3,500 sf; no gasoline sales or liquor
stores
Offices, Business & Professional — — S (5), (7)
Retail Cannabis Sales — — — Not permitted
Commercial Cannabis Cultivation — — — Not permitted
Transportation, Communication, and Utilities Uses
Utilities, Minor P P P
Industrial Uses
Cannabis Microbusinesses,
Distribution,
Manufacturing, Processing,
Testing, and Storage
— — — Not Permitted
Agriculture and Extractive Uses
Goat Grazing for fire fuel management Sd Sd Sd
Accessory Uses and Structures See Section 18.43.020
Temporary Uses See Chapter 18.17
Nonconforming Uses See Chapter 18.46
Specific Limitations
L1 Only in RS-3.5 and RS-4 with approval of a site development permit and when in character with the existing or proposed neighborhood and consistent with the general plan density for the subject property.

L2 Golf courses, racquet clubs, health and fitness clubs (public and private) allowed in these residential districts on parcels 5 acres and larger with approval of a use permit.

L19 Indoor cannabis cultivation permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity (1) Residential Care Facilities in the “RE” and “RS” Districts shall not exceed the population density that would otherwise result from typical residential development based on the standard of 2.47 persons per household. For example, a two-acre parcel in a “RS-3” District would be limited to fifteen (15) persons receiving care (2x3x2.47=15 persons).
(2) In the “RE” and “RS” Districts, any facility over five thousand square feet (5,000 ft2) shall be developed in accordance with the “RM-10” District, except that building height shall not exceed thirty-five feet (35’). (3) Site development permit issued by the Director shall be required for development on all parcels within an “RM” District where said parcel was created by a subdivision of five (5) or more parcels. (4) Single-family prohibited in “RM” District on lots created after adoption of this section except in a “PD” Planned Development District and for small-lot subdivisions.
(5) The Director may require buffer yards on side and rear property lines of the office development as specified in Section 18.40.020.
(6) Site development permit issued by the Director shall be required for construction of any units on a parcel without public-street access.
(7) Size limit: five thousand square feet (5,000 ft2). Limited to conversion of existing structures in “RM-12” through “RM-30” Districts; new construction is allowed in “RM-6” through “RM-10” Districts.
(8) Permitted use subject to consistency with the definition of the use contained in Chapter 18.60. Proposed transitional and supportive facilities that are inconsistent with Chapter 18.60 may be allowed only in the “RM” District subject to first obtaining a site development permit approved by the Board of Administrative Review.

Packet Pg. 225 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) (9) Permitted use subject to the requirements of Section 18.43.170 and the condominium subdivision requirements of Chapters 17.30 and 17.34; see Schedule 18.31.030-B for maximum allowable densities.

Section 4. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.32 (Office Districts: LO” Limited Office and “GO’ General Office), Section 18.32.020 (Land Use Regulations), is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.32.020Land Use Regulations
Schedule 18.32.020-A and Section 18.32.030 below prescribe the land use regulations and discretionary permit requirements for “Office” Districts. The regulations for each district are established by letter designations as follows:
“P” designates permitted use classifications subject to the provisions of Schedules

18.32.030-A and 18.32.030-B.
“L” designates use classifications that are permitted, subject to certain limitations prescribed by the additional use regulations or standards for specific uses in Chapter

18.43, Standards for Specific Land Uses.
“Sd” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Director.
“S” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Board of Administrative Review. “U” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a use permit by the Planning Commission.

Use classifications are defined in Chapter 18.60, Use Classifications. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications not listed or not substantially similar to the use in the schedule below are prohibited. The schedule also notes additional use regulations that apply to various uses.

Schedule 18.32.020-A: Use Regulations—”Limited Office” and “General Office” Use Classifications “LO” “GO” Additional Regulations
Residential Uses L7 S See Section 18.33.050
Accessory Dwelling Units — L23 P See Section 18.43.140
Residential Cannabis Cultivation L19 P L19 P See Chapter 6.12 Public and Semipublic Uses
Clinics Sd P
Clubs & Lodges — P
Colleges and Trade Schools, Public or Private — P
Community Centers — U
Cultural Institutions — P
Day Care Center (14 or more) S P
Government Offices P P
Packet Pg. 226 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “LO” “GO” Additional Regulations
Hospitals (including emergency care)—P
Park & Recreation FacilitiesUU
Public Safety FacilitiesSS
Religious FacilitiesSP
Residential Care, GeneralSP
Residential Care, SeniorSP
Schools, Public or PrivateSP
Commercial Uses
Ambulance ServicesSS
Animal Sales and Services L6 L6
Banks and Savings & Loans L3 L4
Business Services PP
Eating and Drinking Establishments
Restaurants, Full ServicePP
Drive-up/Drive-through Service——
Hotels and Motels—S
LaboratoriesPP
Maintenance and Repair Services ——
Offices, Business & ProfessionalPP
Offices, Medical & DentalPP
Parking, Office Sd Sd
Parking, StructuresUU
Personal ServicesPP
Retail Sales L5 L5
Neighborhood Retail L5 L5
Community Retail——
Travel ServicesPP
Retail Cannabis Sales -- -- Not permitted
Commercial Cannabis Cultivation -- -- Not permitted
Transportation, Communication, and Utilities Uses
Communication Antennae and Transmission Towers—U See Section 18.40.010 Communication Facilities within Buildings SdP
Utilities, Major—U
Utilities, MinorPP
Industrial Uses
Cannabis Microbusinesses, Distribution,
Manufacturing, Processing,
Testing, and Storage
-- -- Not permitted
Agriculture and Extractive Uses
Goat Grazing for fire fuel management Sd Sd
Accessory uses and Structures See Section 18.43.020
Temporary Uses See Chapter 18.17
NonConforming Uses See Chapter 18.46
Packet Pg. 227 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “LO” “GO” Additional Regulations
Specific Limitations:

L3 No drive-through service.

L4 Site development permit required for drive-through service.

L5 Limited to pharmacies up to 5,000 square feet.

L6 Site development permit required for kennels. Outdoor dog runs are prohibited.

L7 Only as a secondary use with a site development permit.

L19 Indoor cannabis cultivation permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity.

L23 Only as an accessory use to a multiple-family dwelling.

Section 5. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.33 (Commercial Districts: “NC” Neighborhood Commercial, “SC” Shopping Center, “RC” Regional Commercial, “GC” General Commercial, and “HC” Heavy Commercial) by Amending Sections 18.33.020 (Land Use Regulations) and 18.33.050 (Residential Uses in “Office” and “Commercial” Districts), is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.33.020 Land Use Regulations
Schedule 18.33.020-A and Section 18.33.030 below prescribe the land use regulations and discretionary permit requirements for “Commercial” Districts. The regulations for each district are established by letter designations as follows:
“P” designates permitted use classifications subject to the provisions of Schedules

18.33.030-A and 18.33.030-B.
“L” designates use classifications that are generally subject to certain limitations prescribed by the additional use regulations contained in this chapter subject to the provisions of Schedules 18.33.030-A and 18.33.030-B.
“Sd” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Director.
“S” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Board of Administrative Review. “U” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a use permit by the Planning Commission.

Use classifications are defined in Chapter 18.60, Use Classifications. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications not listed or not substantially similar to the uses in the schedule below are prohibited. The schedule also notes additional regulations that apply to various uses.

As described in Section 18.01.050(C), Establishment of Subdistricts, two sub-designations are depicted on the zoning map that refines the types of uses appropriate in certain geographic areas Packet Pg. 228 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) within a base district. Schedule 18.33.020-A provides regulations for base districts as well as those where visitor-serving and retail uses are encouraged (“VR” sub-designator).

Schedule 18.33.020-A: Use Regulations—”Commercial” Districts Use Classifications “NC” “SC” “RC” “GC”
“GCVR”
“HC” Additional Regulations
Residential Uses
Single-Family L7 – – L7 – L6
Residential Condominium and Condominium
Conversions L7 L7 L7 S S –
See Sections 18.33.050 and

18.43.170, and subdivision
requirements of Chapters

17.30 and 17.34.

Multiple-Family L7 L7 L7 S S – See Sec. 18.33.050
Accessory Dwelling Units - - - L23 P L23 P - See Section 18.43.140 Supportive Housing Facilities - - - S S S Multiple-Family Only Transitional Housing Facilities - - - S S S Multiple-Family Only Residential Cannabis Cultivation L19 P L19 P L19 P L19 P L19 P L19 P See Chapter 6.12 Public and Semipublic Uses
Clinics L8 L8 P P SD P
Clubs and Lodges – – – P – –
Colleges and Trade Schools, Public or Private – S S P – S Community Centers U U U U – S
Community Social Service Facilities – – – – – U
Cultural Institutions L8 L8 P P Sd Sd
Day Care Center (14 or More) P P P P – S
Government Offices L8 L8 P P P P
Hospitals – – – S – –
Park and Recreation Facilities S S S S S –
Parking, Public – S S S S S
Public Maintenance and Service Facilities – – – – – S
Public Safety Facilities L8 P L8 P U U
Religious Facilities S S S P S S
Residential Care, General S – – Sd – –
Packet Pg. 229 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications
“NC”“SC”“RC”“GC”
“GC-
VR”
“HC” Additional Regulations
Schools, Public or PrivateSSSS–S
Commercial Uses
Adult Business Establishments-----U See Section 18.43.020 Animal Sales and Services L8PPPSP
Adjacent to an “R” District,
outdoor kennels prohibited
Large Animal Veterinary Services–––P–P
Banks and Savings and Loans L4 L4 L4 L4 Sd L4
Bed and Breakfast Establishments––– Sd Sd– See Sec. 18.43.060 Building Materials and Services––SS–P
Business Services L8PPPPP
Commercial RecreationSSSSSS
Commercial Entertainment–PPPP–
Convenience Gas MartSSSSSS See Sec. 18.43.090
Eating and Drinking Establishments
Site development permit-
Director required for outdoor
seating
Bars/Nightclubs/LoungesUSSSSS
Restaurants, Full ServicePPPPPP
Drive-Up/Drive-Through Service L3 Sd Sd Sd Sd Sd See Sec. 18.43.080 Food and Beverage Sales
PPPPPP
Food PreparationPPPPPP
Funeral Parlors and Mortuaries–––P–P
Home Improvement Sales and Services L8 L8PP–P
Homeless Shelters–––––P See Sec. 18.43.160
Hotels and Motels––
SSSS
Hotel, Residential–––UUU
Must meet Calif Building
Code requirement for
efficiency dwelling unit.

Laboratories–PPPPP
Maintenance and Repair Services L9 L9 L9 L9 L9 L9 See Section 18.43.050 Offices, Business and Professional L8PPPPP
Packet Pg. 230 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications
“NC”“SC”“RC”“GC”
“GC-
VR”
“HC” Additional Regulations
Offices, Medical & Dental L8PPPPP
Parking Facilities, Commercial–SSSSS
Personal Improvement ServicesPPPPPP
Recreational Vehicle Parks–––U–U
Personal ServicesPPPPPP
Retail SalesPPPPP P/L10 See Section 18.43.130
Recycling Station L7 L7 L7 L7 L7 L7
Travel ServicesPPPPPP
Vehicle Equipment Sales and Services
Automobile Rentals––S Sd– Sd
Automobile/vehicle Repair, Major––– L11 L13 L11 See Sec. 18.43.050 Automobile/Vehicle Repair, Minor– L11 L11 L11 L13 L11 See Sec. 18.43.050 Automobile/Vehicle Sales and Leasing––S Sd L13 Sd
Automobile Washing –SS Sd L7 Sd
Heavy Equipment Sales, Service, & Rental–––US
Large Vehicle Sales, Service, & Rental–––S L13S
Vehicle Storage–––S–S
Retail Cannabis Sales -- L20 P L20 P L20 P L20 P L20 P See Chapter 6.12 Commercial Cannabis Cultivation -- -- -- -- -- Sd See Chapter 6.12 Industrial Uses
Contractors’ Office & Shop Buildings–––––S
Contractors’ Storage Yards–––––S See Sec. 18.43.130
Handicraft/Custom Manufacturing– L8 L8 L8 L8P
Industry, General–––––U
Self-Storage Warehouses–––S–S See Sec. 18.43.150
Warehousing and Storage–––––S
Cannabis Microbusinesses, Distribution,
Manufacturing, Processing, Testing, and Storage -- -- -- -- -- Sd See Chapter 6.12 Packet Pg. 231 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “NC” “SC” “RC” “GC”
“GCVR”
“HC” Additional Regulations
Agriculture and Extractive Uses
Goat Grazing for fire fuel management Sd Sd Sd Sd Sd Sd Transportation, Communication, and Utilities Uses
Communication Antennae/Transmission Towers – U U U U U See Sec. 18.40.010 Communication Facilities Within Buildings – Sd P P – P
Freight/truck Terminals and Warehouses – – – – – S
Transportation Passenger Terminals S S S S S S
Truck Weigh Stations – – – – – S
Utilities, Major – – U U – U
Accessory Uses and Structures See Sec. 18.43.020
Temporary Uses See Chapter 18.17
Nonconforming Uses See Chapter 18.46
Specific Limitations:

L3 No drive-through service except for establishments not exceeding 150 square feet in developed neighborhood commercial projects exceeding 2 acres in area. Site development permit required.

L4 Site development permit required for drive-through.

L6 Caretakers’ quarters only, not to exceed 1,000 square feet. Site Development Permit-Director required.

L7 Only as an accessory use subject to approval of a site development permit.

L8 Small-scale only (5,000 square feet or less).

L9 No outdoor storage unless a site development permit is approved by the Director.

L10 No shopping centers, power centers, or similar uses allowed.

L11 Site development permit required if site abuts an “R” district.

L12 Reserved
L-13 Establishment of new uses is prohibited. Enlargements of existing facilities up to 10 percent are allowed by site development permit issued by the Director. Other expansions/enlargements, including expansions affecting more than a single parcel, shall require approval of a use permit. Such expansions shall not be approved if they involve property not owned or legally controlled by the business entity prior to adoption of this section. Proof of compliance shall be submitted at the time of application for the expansion/enlargements. Such intensifications shall be subject to compliance with all adopted site and building design criteria and development standards applicable within the zoning district and such other site and building design elements determined necessary by the approving authority to ensure compatibility with surrounding conforming uses.

L19 Indoor cannabis cultivation permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity L20 Retail sales of cannabis products permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity.

L23 Only as an accessory use to a multiple-family dwelling.

Packet Pg. 232 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

18.33.050Residential Uses in “Office” and “Commercial” Districts This section establishes the standards under which residential uses may be conducted in office and commercial districts where allowed by this chapter.

A. Except in the “General Commercial” and “General Office” Districts, all residential uses shall be accessory to the intended use of the property as expressed in the General Plan and this code and shall not occupy greater floor area than the principal use.

B. Free-standing residential uses in the “General Commercial” District shall be consistent with the density and development requirements of the “RM-15” district. Free-standing residential uses in the “General Office” District shall be consistent with the density and development requirements of the “RM-10” District (see Chapter 18.31, Residential Districts).

C. Separate dedicated parking facilities shall be provided for residential uses in mixed-use projects.

D. Accessory dwelling units should be located to minimize impacts from noise, on-site traffic circulation, outdoor activities, and other impacts that may result from the principal use of the property.

E. Accessory dwelling units shall incorporate the same architectural features, building materials, and landscape theme as the principal use.

F. Buffer yards shall be provided for residential uses at the side and rear property lines of the residential development if required by the Director.

Section 6. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.40(Development and Site Regulations), Section 18.40.120 (Trash Enclosure Containers) is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.40.120 Trash Container Enclosures
A. Purpose.

1. To establish design and locational criteria for the construction of trash-, organic- and recycling-container enclosures in conjunction with multiple-family residential, commercial, and industrial developments. The Director is authorized to require that a trash-, organic- and recycling-container enclosure meeting the standards of this section be constructed as a condition of obtaining a site development permit, use permit, or building permit on any site that does not have the required enclosure.

2. To ensure that enclosures are functional, serviceable, durable, unobtrusive, and architecturally compatible with the adjacent buildings.

3. To ensure adequate areas for the storage of recyclable materials as required by the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Act of 1991, Recycling Act of 1991, AB 341, Senate Bill (SB) 1383, SB 1826 and City Ordinance 2648 (9.28.30).

Packet Pg. 233 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) B. Applicability.

1. Trash-, organic- and recycling-container enclosures. Required for all new multiple- family developments consisting of four (4) or more dwelling units and for all office, commercial, and industrial developments. Alterations (including cumulative alterations) resulting in a cumulative increase in floor area of 20 percent or more require installation of a recyclable-materials closure.

2. Trash, organic and recycling enclosures may be functionally combined into a single unit or may be established at separate locations on a parcel subject to the design criteria established by this chapter and the approval of the Director.

3. The Director is authorized to require that a trash-container enclosure meeting the standards of this code be constructed as a condition of obtaining a building permit on any site that does not have such an enclosure.

Schedule 18.40.120-A: Applicability of Recycling and Solid Waste Disposal Regulations Zoning District Applicability R 4 or more dwelling units O, I, PS All development C All development
1 Note:
1 For residential development in "C" districts, applies only to 5 or more multiple-family dwellings.

C. Location and Orientation. All enclosures shall comply with the California Fire Code and shall meet the following requirements unless it is demonstrated that they are infeasible as determined by the Director. A building permit shall not be issued for a project until documentation of approval of the location is provided by the Director.

1. No enclosures shall be located within any required front-yard or street side-yard setback areas unless it is satisfactorily demonstrated to the Director that due to originality of design, architectural treatments, and lack of visibility of loading areas, the location meets the intent of this section.

2. Trash enclosures with a 50-foot unobstructed approach shall be located so that front- load equipment having a 17.5-foot wheel base and an outside turning radius of 45 feet has sufficient maneuvering area and, if feasible, so that the collection equipment can avoid backing. The enclosure pad with an apron area 10 feet in width and 12 feet in length shall not have a slope, including cross slope, exceeding 2 percent. The pad shall not be elevated above the apron.

Packet Pg. 234 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

3. The enclosure openings shall be oriented so that front -load disposal equipment can head
in directly to the enclosure opening to access the container without removing it from the enclosure.

4. Trash enclosures shall be located so that front-load equipment can enter and exit the property using through driveways, thus avoiding backing maneuvers. If through driveways are not practical, sufficient maneuvering area shall be provided to allow collection equipment to turn around. Enclosures shall not be placed in areas where collection equipment will have to back into the street to exit the property. The Solid Waste Division may approve alternate locations where considered appropriate based on site constraints, such as site size and layout, and taking into consideration the average number of vehicle trips on abutting streets.

5. Recycling enclosures shall be located within 10 feet of a driveway aisle or parking area.

A 4-foot-wide concrete walkway shall be provided between the enclosure entrance and the driveway or parking area. The slope of the walkway shall not exceed 5 percent.

6. All enclosure types shall be consolidated to minimize the number of collection sites and located so as to reasonably equalize the distance from the building spaces they serve.

7. The area in front of all enclosure types shall be kept clear of obstructions; shall not be utilized for parking; and shall be painted, striped, and marked "No Parking." D. Materials, Construction, and Design. The various components of trash- and recycling- container enclosures shall be constructed and thereafter maintained as follows:

1. Minimum Size. The size of trash and/or recycling-container enclosures shall be determined by the Solid Waste Division and will be based on the container sizes required by that Division.

2. Minimum Height. Six feet for all enclosures.

3. Enclosure Material. Solid masonry or concrete tilt-up with decorated exterior-surface finish compatible to the main structure(s). If the enclosure is not visible from a public walkway, street, or residential area, the enclosure may be constructed of chain-link fencing with wood or plastic inserts.

4. Gate Material. Decorative, solid, heavy-gauge metal or of a heavy-gauge metal frame with a covering of a view-obscuring material. If not visible from a public street or residential area, the enclosure gates may be constructed of chain link with wood or plastic inserts.

5. Gate Construction. Gates shall be hung so that they do not decrease the minimum width requirement for the enclosure opening (see diagram below). Gates are to be secured in the closed position by steel cane bolts. Holes are to be drilled in the adjacent Packet Pg. 235 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) asphalt for the cane bolts to hold the enclosure gates in the wide -open position,
minimally 120 degrees, during collection.

6. Enclosure Pad. Four-inch-thick-minimum concrete pad.

7. Bumpers. Bumpers measuring at least 2 inches high by 6 inches wide shall be affixed on the floor of the interior at the base of the trash enclosure walls for the protection of the enclosure walls. The bumpers should be made of concrete, steel, or other suitable material and shall be anchored to the concrete pad.

8. Protection for Enclosures. Concrete curbs or equivalent shall protect enclosures from adjacent vehicle parking and travelways.

9. Travelways and Area in Front of Enclosure. A 50-foot unobstructed approach with an adequate base to support a truck weight of 62,000 pounds.

10. Signs. A sign clearly identifying the recycling collection area(s) and the materials accepted shall be posted adjacent to the recycling-container enclosure. The sign shall be a minimum of 17 inches high by 22 inches long. Lettering shall consist of not less than one-inch letters.

11. Trees. Trees shall not be planted that will canopy over or overhang a trash enclosure E. Combined Trash- and Recycling-Container Enclosures
These enclosures shall utilize separate compartments, although the entrances may be served by a common gate. The enclosure shall be designed such that the recycling bins can be serviced without removal of the trash container. The requirements of Subsection D (Materials, Construction, and Design) shall apply.

Section 7. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.41(Off-Street Parking and Loading), Section

18.41.040 (Off-Street Parking Spaces Required) and 18.41.100 (Screening and Landscape), is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.41.040 Off-Street Parking Spaces Required
All covered and uncovered off-street parking spaces required by Schedule 18.41.040-A shall be improved and maintained in accordance with the requirements of this chapter.

Unless otherwise approved pursuant to Sections 18.41.030(G) or (J), the required parking spaces shall be located on the same building site as the use or building they are intended to serve. On- street parking within public or private streets or parking in a driveway shall not be used to satisfy the off-street parking requirement except for planned developments and condominiums or as exempted by the provisions of a specific plan, neighborhood plan, or resolution governing a specific area adopted by the City Council.

Packet Pg. 236 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Schedule 18.41.040-A: Parking Spaces Required

OFF-STREET PARKING

USE SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Caretakers’ quarters 2 spaces per unit
Animal services 1 space per 350 square feet of gross floor area.

Automotive parts stores 1 space per 350 square feet of gross floor area.

Automotive repair service 1 space per 350 square feet of gross floor area.

Automotive sales 1 space per 2,000 square feet of interior and/or exterior sales, display, or storage area up to a total 20 spaces, plus 1 space.

Bank 1 space per 300 square feet of gross floor area.

Bar 1 parking space for each 3 seats, plus 1 space for each 40 square feet of dance floor or assembly area.

Boardinghouse 1 parking space per each bedroom plus 2 additional parking spaces overall.

Boat sales 1 space per 2,000 square feet of interior and/or exterior sales, display, or storage area up to a total 20 spaces, plus 1 space.

Bowling alley 4 parking space per each bowling lane plus 1 parking space for each 200 square feet of gross floor area
devoted to accessory uses.

Bulk retail store 1 parking space for each 600 square feet of gross floor area.

Colleges and trade schools, Public or Private 1 parking space for every 15 square feet in the classroom seating.

Call Centers 1 space for each employee.

Card room 1 parking space for each 2 seats in the play area plus 1 space per 3 seats in any bar or dinner area.

Condominium (residential) 1.5 spaces per on-bedroom or efficiency units, 2 parking spaces per unit for 2 or more bedroom units,
plus 1 guest parking for each 5 units and 1
recreational-vehicle parking space for each 5 units.

For 2-bedroom condominiums, 1 required space shall
be covered. For 3 or more bedroom condominiums,
there shall be 2 covered spaces.

Day care center/preschool 1 parking space for each 10 students plus 1 space for each teacher/employee plus 1 passenger loading
space.

Dry cleaners (non-institutional) 1 space for each 400 square feet of gross floor area.

Dwelling groups Parking shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of each individual unit type. (See Single
Family, Two-Family Dwelling, and/or Multiple
Family, as applicable)
Elderly housing .5 space per 1-bedroom unit; .66 space per 2-bedroom unit.

Packet Pg. 237 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

USE SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Furniture and large appliance store 1 parking space per 750 square feet of gross floor area.

Golf driving range 1 parking space for each driving tee.

Health club and fitness studio 1 parking space for each 125 square feet of gross floor area for the initial 5,000 square feet of building area. 1 space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area shall be provided for that building area which exceeds
5,000 square feet. 1 parking space shall be provided
for each 350 square feet of enclosed swimming pool
and deck area.

Hospital 1.5 parking spaces per bed and 1 space for every 225 square feet of gross floor area dedicated to outpatient or office use.

Hotel, Residential 1 parking space for each unit, plus 2 spaces.

Industry
a. Assembly (the combining of manufactured parts
to make a completed product)
1 parking space per 750 square feet of gross floor
area.
b. Manufacturing 1 parking space per 1,000 square feet of gross floor area.
c. Warehouse/distribution 1 parking space for each 1,250 square feet of gross floor area for buildings between -0- and 20, 000
square feet in area; 1 parking space for each 2,000
square feet of gross floor area for the building area
between 20, 000 and 40, 000 square feet, and 1
parking space for each 4,000 square feet of gross floor area for the building area over 40, 000 square feet.

Laundry (coin operated) 1 parking space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area.

Medical office, clinic, or physical therapy services 1parking space for each 225 square feet of gross floor area. Special requirements for provision of accessible
parking may apply—see Section 18.41.170(A)(1)(c).

Ministorage (self-storage)/long-term, public storage 3 spaces plus 2 spaces for manager’s unit where individual units are accessible by vehicles; 1 space per 10,000 square feet where individual units are not
accessible by vehicles.

Mobile home park 2 parking spaces per unit, 1 of which shall be covered, plus 1 guest space for each 5 units plus 1 recreationalvehicle space for each 5 units.

Mortuary 1 parking space for every 4 seats in the principle seating area plus 3 parking spaces overall , or 1
parking space for each 45 square feet in the principal
seating area, whichever is the greater.

Motel/hotel 1 parking space for each motel unit plus 2 spaces. 5 percent of the required spaces shall be pull through
RV spaces (48 feet by 10 feet, unless an alternative
design can be proven to be as effective).

Multiple-family dwelling 1.5 parking spaces per one-bedroom unit, 1.75 parking spaces per 2-bedroom unit, 2 parking spaces per each
3-bedroom unit, plus 1 guest space for each 5 units
Packet Pg. 238 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) USE

SPACE REQUIREMENTS
that are provided beyond the initial 30 units, plus
recreational-vehicle spaces equal to 5 percent of the
required number of parking spaces. Recreational
vehicle spaces shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide by
25 feet in length. Required parking in developments
serving low-and moderate-income seniors may be
reduced by 50 percent.

Personal services 1 parking space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area.

Planned (residential) development 2 covered spaces per unit, plus 1 guest space for each 5 units, plus 1 recreational-vehicle space for each 5
units unless approved otherwise with the Planned
Development Plan. Recreational vehicle spaces shall
be provided in a common parking area maintained by
a homeowner’s association or other approved entity.

Pool and billiard room 1.5 parking spaces for each table.

Professional office 1 parking space for each 350 square feet of gross floor area.

Real estate office 1 parking space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area.

Religious facilities, social hall, club, lodge,
community center, other public assembly
1 parking space for each 4 seats in the principal
seating theatre area, or 1 parking space for every 40
square feet in the place of principal seating/assembly
area, whichever is the greater, plus 1 passenger
loading space. Each 24 inches of bench-type seating is
to be considered 1 seat.

Research and development 1 space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area.

Residential care, senior and general 1 parking space for each 3 beds.

Restaurant
a. Sit-down 1 parking space for each 3 seats. Up to 30 percent of the number of seats provided indoors may be provided
outdoors without additional required parking,
provided that the number of parking spaces required
for the number of indoor seats is met.
b. Drive-through, fast-food, or self service 1 parking space for each 75 square feet of gross floor area. Required reservoir spaces shall count towards
required parking.
c. Coffee kiosk 1 parking space per window, plus 1 space.

Retail
a. Enclosed 1 parking space for each 300 square feet of gross leasable floor area for single-tenant buildings of
10,000 square feet of floor area or greater and 1 space for each 250 square feet of gross leasable floor are for single-tenant buildings of less than 10,000 square feet of floor area and all multi-tenant buildings. Multi-
tenant buildings may be occupied by any mix of
permitted uses and uses permitted with the approval of
Packet Pg. 239 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

USE SPACE REQUIREMENTS
a Site Development Permit or Use Permit. (Note:

Parking requirements for shopping centers approved,
by Use Permit, Site Development Permit, or other
discretionary approval shall be determined by the final decision making body).
b. Outdoor 1 space for each 750 square feet of outdoor display area.
c. Open lot nursery 1 space for each 1,250 square feet of outdoor display area.

Accessory dwelling unit 1 covered or uncovered space for each new, detached unit on a lot with an existing single-family dwelling or multiple-family dwelling.

Single-family dwelling 2 covered spaces.

Two-family dwelling 1 covered space per unit plus 1 other space per unit.

A. Bicycle Parking. Projects must comply with the short-term and long-term bicycle parking requirements, as applicable, of Section 5.106.4 of the California Green Building Standards Code.

B. Visitor Parking. On-street parking may be counted toward the visitor-parking requirement for planned developments or condominiums provided that the street has an eight-foot (8’) -wide parking lane that is not posted or likely to be posted prohibiting parking and that to qualify as one visitor-parking space, there must be an uninterrupted twenty-two-foot (22’) -long space and a public sidewalk adjacent to the street.

C. Company Vehicles. Commercial or industrial uses are to provide one parking space for each company vehicle which is parked on the site during normal business hours. Such space may be located within a building.

D. Motorcycle Parking. Facilities with twenty-five (25) or more spaces may provide motorcycle parking at a rate not exceeding three percent (3%) of required spaces. Such spaces shall be counted toward meeting the total number of spaces required for the development by this Chapter. Spaces delineated for motorcycle parking shall have a minimum area of four feet by ten feet (4’ by 10’) and shall be identified as a motorcycle space by signs or pavement delineation.

18.41.100 Screening and Landscape
A. Fencing. In order to reduce or eliminate headlight glare and loss of privacy, newly constructed outdoor off-street parking areas that cause vehicle headlights to be cast upon a neighboring residential window or a vacant lot in a residential district shall be screened with a masonry wall or a solid wooden fence not less than four feet (4’) in height. Said screening shall be maintained in good condition at all times, shall be kept free at all times of advertising signs, and shall be set back from any abutting public street a distance equal to the distance which such parking area must be set back from any abutting public street.

Packet Pg. 240 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) No wall shall be required where there exists a wall that complies with the requirements of this paragraph, either on the common property line or adjacent thereto, on either side of the common property line, provided, however, that if such wall is thereafter removed, a replacement wall shall be required forthwith from the owner of the parking facility.

Where a wood fence is substituted for a solid masonry wall, such fence shall be constructed so that the boards overlap or are otherwise designed such that a person cannot see through them as a result of subsequent shrinkage. The fence shall have fence posts of either wood treated to resist rot and termites or of iron, steel, or masonry; and in all cases, fence posts must be set in concrete. Under no circumstances shall walls, fences, or shrubbery be placed or maintained on the property in such a manner as to interfere with visibility so as to endanger safe ingress and egress. As an alternative to a fence, an earth berm, or earth berm and wall, can be substituted for the required fence.

B. Street-Side Planter. The required front and corner side-yard setbacks shall be landscaped.

Notwithstanding the setback requirements established by this ordinance, where a parking lot abuts a two-lane public street, it shall be separated therefrom by a planter not less than ten feet (10’) in width. Where a parking lot abuts a four-lane-or-more public street or a street designated on the General Plan as a four-lane-or-more arterial street, it shall be separated therefrom by a planter not less than fifteen feet (15’) in width. In commercial districts, landscaped setbacks from non-access State highways shall average no less than twenty (20) feet (15 feet minimum). Planter-width requirements are as measured from the property line.

Planter-width minimums can be met using variable widths and may encroach into setback areas provided that the average width meets the minimum-width requirements as determined by the Development Services Director. If the sidewalk on the street is not adjacent to the property line, the area between the back of the sidewalk and the property line shall also be landscaped in addition to the above requirements. Public sidewalks may be located within the on-site landscape areas. Wherever the Zoning Code or more restrictive requirement of the City requires a greater-width planter than the above minimum, the greater requirement shall prevail.

The landscape planter between the parking facility and the street shall include shrubs that will attain a minimum height of three feet (3’) above parking lot grade within eighteen (18) months of installation. The plant materials and spacing shall be adequate to effectively screen the parking facility from the street. City-approved street trees shall be planted within the street-side planter on thirty-foot (30’) centers or in groupings approved by the Development Services Director.

As an alternative to plants alone, the following other techniques may be used:

1. Grass-covered berm a minimum of three feet (3’) in height with a slope not steeper than 3:1.

Packet Pg. 241 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. A three
-foot (3’) high, open decorative fence in
combination with climbing and non-climbing
plants.

3. A three-foot (3’) high, minimum four inch (4”)
thick, decorative solid masonry or concrete wall
at the back of the planter with a ground cover
and/or other plants between the wall and the
street.

4. Vegetation or screening of any type shall not
exceed three feet (3’) in height within areas
where adequate vehicle sight distance would
otherwise be obstructed. Where such screening
is adjacent to a street corner or driveway intersection, screening shall not exceed three feet (3’) in height in the triangle formed by the corner and points at the curb thirty feet (30’) from the intersection or similar corner points within twenty feet (20’) of a driveway intersection.

C. Shade Trees. Shade trees shall be planted in the parking lot at a ratio of one tree for every four (4) spaces. Trees shall be dispersed on a generally equal basis throughout the parking lot to maximize the shading effect on the parking stalls. The landscape planter providing for any required tree shall have a minimum area of seventy-two square feet (72 ft 2 ) and a
minimum width of six feet (6’). To qualify as parking lot shade trees, the tree must be of a species and variety with an ultimate height and canopy that will provide a shading effect, and the trees must be within seven-and-one-half feet (7.5’) of a parking space or driveway aisle and must not be located within the public right-of-way. A parking space shall not be more than fifty feet (50’) from a shade tree. The planting plans shall be submitted with the building permit application and shall illustrate how the trees are to be irrigated and protected. The minimum size of each tree to be planted shall be a fifteen (15) gallon size. In those instances where parking is proposed underground or within a building, the tree to parking space ratio shall be 1:10. Said trees shall be planted within street-frontage planters or within other landscaped areas in the development.

D. Parking Lot Interior Landscape. The interior of all parking lots is to be landscaped at a ratio of sixty square feet (60 ft
2 ) of landscape for each required parking space. For each additional space provided that exceeds the minimum parking requirement by more than five (5) spaces, or ten percent (10%), whichever is greater, eighty square feet (80 ft 2 ) of landscape
shall be provided for each excess space. The total required interior landscape area shall be evenly distributed throughout the parking areas. This requirement does not apply to parking lots that are underground or within buildings. Landscape areas that may be applied towards the required parking lot interior landscape area must have a minimum dimension of four feet (4’), be surrounded by or within seven-and-one-half feet (7.5’) of a parking space or the aisle or pedestrian walkway serving it, or be within the required streetside landscape area adjacent to a parking space or aisle serving it. Landscape within a public right-of-way or in excess of the required streetside landscape addressed in Subsection B does not count toward meeting Packet Pg. 242 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) the minimum requirement. No more than twelve (12) parking spaces may be constructed in a row without separating the spaces with a landscape planter a minimum of eight feet (8’) in width. Rows of parking spaces shall be separated from adjoining driveways with landscape end islands or peninsulas that are a minimum width of eight feet (8’). When calculating landscape area or width minimums, the area of the protective curbing shall not be included.

E. Pavement Edge and Planter Protection. Landscaped areas and pavement edges in all multiple-family, commercial, and industrial zones shall be protected from damage and deterioration by the placement of six-inch (6”) high, securely anchored, continuous concrete curbs or equivalent materials which have a minimum width of six inches (6”).

F. Building Separators. Excepting single-family residences and second dwelling units, parking spaces directly abutting a building are prohibited. Parking areas shall be separated from a building by a raised walkway or landscape at least four feet (4’) in width.

Section 8. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.42(Signs), Section 18.42.030 (General Standards), is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.42.030 General Standards
A. Maximum Sign Area for Each Lot. Except in the “RL,” “RE,” “RS,” “RM,” and “PF” Districts, the maximum sign area for each lot shall be based on the scaled relationship between the lot’s street frontage and area in accordance with the sign-area limitations of the lot’s zoning district as established in Schedule 18.42.030-A. The most restrictive of the lot’s frontage and area shall determine the maximum sign area for the entire lot. The mathematical expressions for determining this area shall be as follows: starting with a street frontage of fifty feet (50’) and area of six thousand five hundred square feet (6,500 ft 2 ), for each twenty
feet (20’) of additional street frontage (on the same street) together with each two thousand square feet (2,000 ft
2 ) of lot area, additional increments of sign area according to the zoning districts noted in the schedule shall be permitted to face any one adjacent street in any one direction provided that no sign or cluster of signs on the lot shall exceed the maximum sign area for any one sign as set forth in Schedule 18.42.030-B of this section. The incremental sign-area increases are uniform except for the “LO” and “GO” districts, where the increase ceases at a maximum sign area of two hundred square feet (200 ft 2 ) for a lot with a frontage
of six hundred ten feet (610’) or an area of sixty-two thousand, six hundred square feet (62,600 ft
2 ); thereafter, regardless of the frontage and lot area, the maximum sign area shall be two hundred square feet (200 ft
2 ). Ten percent (10%) of the allowable sign area per lot shall be reserved for temporary promotional advertising including banners and window- painted signs. Maximum sign area allowed in the residential and public facilities districts noted above shall be based on the allowable sign type/size as indicated in Schedule

18.42.030-B. The allowable type and size shall be established by administrative sign permit or, in the case of new development, by the site development permit or use permit required by Chapter 18.36.

Packet Pg. 243 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Increments of Additional Sign Area According to Zoning
(See Schedule 18.42.040-A)
District Additional Sign Area Increment
LO 3 square feet
GO 5 square feet
NC and GI 5 square feet
HI and HC 15 square feet
SC, RC, and GC 20 square feet
Notes:1
“Street Frontage” does not include streets or State highways from which the property cannot take legal access. This includes Interstate 5 and its on-/off-ramps; State Routes 299, 44, and 273; and local streets where access rights have been waived. 2 Multiple parcel shopping center and similar developments shall be considered a single parcel for the purpose of determining the maximum allowable sign area. 3 If the lot does not have street frontage, then the lot-area column of Schedule18.42.030-A shall be used to determine the maximum sign area per lot.

Schedule 18.42.030-A Maximum Total Sign Area Per Lot Based on Lot Area and Street Frontage
Maximum Total Sign Area Per Lot Based on Lot Area and Street Frontage Area Determinants Zoning Districts/Maximum Sign Area (ft2) Street
Frontage
(ft)
Lot
Area
(ft2)

LO GO NC
HC
GI
HI
SC
RC
GC
50 6,500 30 60 90 125 175
70 8,500 33 65 95 140 195
90 10,500 36 70 100 155 215
110 12,500 39 75 105 170 235
130 14,500 43 80 110 185 255
150 16,500 45 85 115 200 275
170 18,500 48 90 120 215 295
190 20,500 51 95 125 230 315
210 22,500 54 100 130 245 335
230 24,500 57 105 135 260 355
250 26,500 60 110 140 275 375
270 28,500 63 115 145 290 395
290 30,500 66 120 150 305 415
310 32,500 69 125 155 320 435
330 64,500 72 130 160 335 455
350 36,500 75 135 165 350 475
370 38,500 78 140 170 365 495
Packet Pg. 244 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Area Determinants Zoning Districts/Maximum Sign Area (ft2) Street
Frontage
(ft)
Lot
Area
(ft2)

LO GO NC
HC
GI
HI
SC
RC
GC
390 40,500 81 145 175 380 515
410 42,500 84 150 180 395 535
430 44,500 87 155 185 410 555
450 46,500 90 160 190 425 575
470 48,500 93 165 195 440 595
490 50,500 96 170 200 455 615
510 52,500 99 175 205 470 635
530 54,500 102 180 210 485 655
550 56,500 105 185 215 500 675
570 58,500 108 190 220 515 695
590 60,500 111 195 225 530 715
610 62,500 114 200 230 545 735
630 64,500 117 200 235 560 755
650 66,500 120 200 240 575 775
670 68,500 123 200 245 590 795
690 70,500 126 200 250 605 815
710 72,500 129 200 255 620 835
730 74,500 132 200 260 635 855
750 76,500 135 200 265 650 875
770 78,500 138 200 270 665 895
790 80,500 141 200 275 680 915
810 82,500 144 200 280 695 935
830 84,500 147 200 285 710 955
850 86,500 150 200 290 725 975
870 88,500 153 200 295 740 995
890 90,500 156 200 300 755 1,015
910 92,500 159 200 305 770 1,035
930 94,500 162 200 310 785 1,055
950 96,500 165 200 315 800 1,075
970 98,500 168 200 320 815 1,095
990 100,500 171 200 325 830 1,115
1,010 102,500 174 200 330 845 1,135
1,030 104,500 177 200 335 860 1,155
1,050 106,500 180 200 340 875 1,175
1,070 108,500 183 200 345 890 1,195
1,090 110,500 186 200 350 905 1,215
1,110 112,500 189 200 355 920 1,235
1,130 114,500 192 200 360 935 1,255
1,150 116,500 195 200 365 950 1,275
1,170 118,500 198 200 370 965 1,295
1,190 120,500 200 200 375 980 1,315
Packet Pg. 245 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Area Determinants Zoning Districts/Maximum Sign Area (ft2) Street
Frontage
(ft)
Lot
Area
(ft2)

LO GO NC
HC
GI
HI
SC
RC
GC
1,210 122,500 200 200 380 995 1,335
1,230 124,500 200 200 385 1,010 1,355
1,250 126,500 200 200 390 1,025 1,375
1,270 128,500 200 200 395 1,040 1,395
B. Maximum Sign Area and Illumination for Each Type of Sign by Zoning District.

The maximum sign area, per sign, for each type of sign shall be based upon Schedule

18.42.030-B. This schedule indicates whether or not a permit is required by letters “P,” meaning an Administrative Sign Permit is not required, and “ASP,” meaning approval of an Administrative Sign Permit is required. Refer to the following sections for regulations on each type of sign:

1. Definitions— Chapter 18.61:

2. Maximum number of pole, monument, and shopping center identifier signs per lot— Subsection E of this chapter.

3. Standards for certain types of signs— Section 18.42.040 of this chapter;

4. General sign construction standards— Section 18.42.060 of this chapter; Note: The maximum area for each sign type in the “PF” District shall be determined by administrative sign permit or, in the case of new development, by the site development permit or use permit required of the proposed development.

Schedule 18.42.030-B: Maximum Sign Area and Illumination for Each Type of Sign by Zoning District
Sign Type
“RL”
“RE”
“RS”
“RM” “LO” “GO” “NC” “SC”
“RC”
“GC” “HC”
“CBD-SP”
“UBD-SP”
SGD-SP”
“GI”
“HI”

P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP
Detached
Monument– / 32
1 32/
– 20/– 32/– 35/90
2 35/150 2 35/90 2 35/90 2
Packet Pg. 246 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Sign Type
“RL”
“RE”
“RS”
“RM” “LO” “GO” “NC” “SC”
“RC”
“GC” “HC”
“CBD-SP”
“UBD-SP”
SGD-SP”
“GI”
“HI”

P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP
Public and
semipublic signs 35/90
3 35/90 3 35/90 3 35/90 35/90 35/90 35/90
–
Pole–––– 60/90 90/150 90/150 90/125
Shopping Center
identifier
––––––/200
4 –/200
4 –
Accessory sign–– 6/– 6/– 6/20 6/20 6/20 6/–
Signs on Buildings or Canopies
Mural
(non-advertising)
–––––
300/301 or
greater
300/301 or
greater
–
Super graphic––––– 200/400 200/400–
Canopy, attached or
freestanding
(including gas station
canopies)
–– 20/– 30/– 30/– 35/– 35/– 35/–
Wall signs 12/24
1 20/40 20/40 25/50 75/
– 200/250
5 150/200 5 150/200 5
Projecting–––– 20/– 30/– 30/––
Roof or Mansard
mounted
–––– 60/– 60/90 60/90–
Marquee––––– 60/125 60/125–
Public and
semipublic signs 12/24
3 12/24 12/24 12/30 60/75 60/90 60/90 60/90
–
Off-Site Signs See Sec. 18.42.080(H)
Animated Signs
Time and
temperature
––– 20/– 20/– 30/60 30/60–
Rotating––––––/90–/90–
Alternating flashers
––––––––
Temporary Promotional Signs
Banners (vinyl or
canvas)
––– 12/– 12/–
50/51 or
greater
6 50/51 or
greater
6 50/51 or
greater
6 Off-site signs and
displays for public
service promotions
12/32 12/32 12/32 12–/32 12/32
Off-site real estate
signs
–/32–/32–
On-site real estate
signs and
construction signs
See
Section

18.42.040
(P)
See
Section

18.42.040
(P)
32/– 32/– 32/– 32/– 32/– 32/–
Packet Pg. 247 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Sign Type
“RL”
“RE”
“RS”
“RM” “LO” “GO” “NC” “SC”
“RC”
“GC” “HC”
“CBD-SP”
“UBD-SP”
SGD-SP”
“GI”
“HI”

P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP
Balloons and
dirigibles
–––––
See Sec.

18.42.040(B)
See Sec.

18.42.040(B)
–
Beacons and
searchlights
–––––PP–
Political Signs 12/– 12/– 12/– 32/– 32/– 32/– 32/– 32/– Window-painted
signs
–––
100 up to
10% of
total sign
area/200
or 30%
75 up to
10% of
total sign
area /200
or 30%
100 up to
10% of
total sign
area /200
or 30%
100 up to
10% of
total sign
area /200
or 30%
100 up to
10% of
total sign
area /200
or 30%
Notes: 1 For religious, general and senior residential care, and commercial recreation facilities only. (If illuminated, signs may be externally illuminated only.)
2 A monument sign up to ninety (90) square feet may be erected in lieu of a pole sign subject to meeting the requirements of Section 18.42.040(E). Monument signs exceeding ninety (90) square feet require approval of a Site Development Permit.
3 An Administrative Sign Permit is required if the sign was not approved in conjunction with tentative map or planned development approval.
4 A Use Permit is required for a shopping center identifier sign. 5 Cumulative wall signage on any one wall shall not exceed twenty percent of the wall area on which the signs are located.
6 Maximum sign area for temporary banners associated with an administrative sign permit will be limited to the maximum sign area allowed in that zoning district.

C. Computation of Sign Height and Area

1. Computation of Height. The height of a sign shall be computed as the distance from the base of the sign at normal grade to the top of the highest attached component of the sign. Normal grade shall be construed to be the lower of the existing grade prior to construction or the newly established grade after construction, exclusive of any filling, berm, mounding, or excavating solely for the purpose of locating the sign. In cases in which the normal grade cannot reasonably be determined, sign height shall be computed on the assumption that the elevation of the normal grade at the base of the sign is equal to the elevation of the nearest point of the crown of a public street or the grade of the land at the principal entrance to the principal structure on the lot, whichever is more restrictive.

2. Computation of Sign Area. The sign area shall be measured as the area within the smallest perimeter that will enclose all the letters, figures, or symbols which comprise the sign, but excluding essential supports. For double-faced signs, the area will be the total of one side. For multi-faced signs, area will be the total of all faces. See also,

18.62.130, Measuring Sign Area.

Packet Pg. 248 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) D. Corner Signs. In addition to the setback requirements noted below, all detached signs shall not obstruct a clear view between heights of three feet (3’) and ten feet (10’) in triangle formed by the corner and points on the curb thirty feet (30’) from the intersection or similar corner points within twenty feet (20’) of a driveway intersection.

E. Maximum Number of Detached Pole, Monument, and Shopping Center Identifier and Freeway Signs Per Lot (pole, monument, identifier, and freeway signs).

1. Pole and Monument Signs. Except as provided for in this section, each lot shall be limited to a maximum of one pole sign that may be supplemented with additional monument signs, meeting the standards of this chapter and the following provisions:
a. A monument sign may be substituted in place of a pole sign. b. Interior lots with improved double street frontage and with multiple licensed businesses shall be limited to one pole or monument sign per frontage provided the signs have the same street orientation of the businesses they advertise. Street frontage does not include streets or state highways from which the property cannot take legal access.
c. Multiple street-frontage credit for additional monument signs shall not be applied to any one single frontage.
d. Each lot is allowed one monument sign for each street frontage provided there is not a pole already facing the frontage. Corner lots are allowed a combination of a monument sign and pole sign provided that there is at least a fifty-foot (50’) separation between the signs.
e. Multi-parcel shopping centers and similar developments shall be considered a single property for the purpose of determining the number of allowed free-standing signs. Each shopping center of fifty thousand square feet (50,000 ft 2 ) or more in
floor area shall be limited to one monument sign for each three hundred feet (300’) of improved street frontage provided that there is at least a one hundred-foot (100’) separation from any other detached, on-site sign; but in no case shall a shopping center be permitted to have more than a total of three (3) monument signs or two (2) monument signs and one (1) pole sign.

2. Shopping Center Identifier Signs. Each shopping center consisting of at least fifteen (15) acres in size or one hundred and fifty thousand square feet (150,000 ft 2 ) of
enclosed retail floor area shall be limited to one (1) detached pole identifier sign pursuant to standards of this chapter and the following provisions:
a. Shopping centers with an identifier sign shall not be entitled to a pole sign or a freeway sign.

Packet Pg. 249 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) b. Shopping centers shall not be given credit for additional pole signs based on multiple street frontage.
c. Shopping center identifier signs shall require a use permit and may require final plan review approval by the Board of Administrative Review (Board) if referred by the Planning Commission.

3. Freeway Signs. Subject to obtaining a use permit pursuant to Chapter 18.14, no more than one freeway sign may be allowed on parcels located not more than five hundred feet (500’) from a freeway travel lane and not more than one thousand feet (1,000’) from an Interstate 5 freeway travel lane developed with a single-tenant building of at least one hundred thousand square feet (100,000 ft
2 ) of enclosed retail floor area or which are
part of a shopping center site of at least fifteen (15) acres in size or one hundred and fifty thousand square feet (150,000 ft
2 ) of total enclosed retail floor area pursuant to the standards of this chapter and the following provisions:
a. For shopping centers comprised of multiple parcels, no more than one freeway sign shall be allowed within the center.
b. Where permitted by the decision making body for the use permit, freeway signs may be in addition to other freestanding signs on a parcel or within a shopping center.
c. Freeway signs may require final plan review approval by the board if referred by the planning commission.

4. Off-Site Pole/Monument Signs. Two or more contiguous parcels, not located within a shopping center or similar cohesive development, may share a common pole or monument sign provided that an administrative sign permit is obtained. The sign may exceed the allowable size indicated in Schedule 183.42.030-B by up to fifteen percent (15%); however, in such instances, the off-site parcel(s) shall reduce its maximum allowable sign area by the advertising area it occupies on the common sign and shall not be allowed an on-site pole or monument sign.

Section 9. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.43(Standards for Specific Land Uses), Sections

18.43.020 (Accessory Uses and Structures) and 18.43.140 (Accessory Dwelling Units), is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.43.020 Accessory Uses and Structures
A. Accessory Uses. An accessory use structure or building shall be allowed only in conjunction with a principal use or building to which it relates under the same regulations as the main use in any zoning district. Accessory structures or buildings shall be designed to be of similar and compatible architecture and materials as the main buildings.

Packet Pg. 250 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) B. Portable Commercial Accessory Structures.

1. Except in the “SC,”“RC,”“GC,”“GC-VR. “HC,” “GI,”“HI,” and “PF” Districts, the use of portable storage containers, such as shipping containers, storage sheds, temporary shade covers, trailer covers, and similar storage structures, shall be limited to use during construction or remodeling on sites where a valid building permit has been obtained.

The maximum time period for use is one year from issuance of a building permit unless a longer period is authorized by a site development permit approved by the Development Services Director. The structure must be removed within fourteen (14) days of receiving an occupancy permit from the Building Official.

2. Within the “SC,”“RC,”“GC,”“GC-VR. “HC,”“GI,”“HI,” and “PF” Districts, portable storage containers, may be utilized as an accessory use for long-term storage unrelated to construction or remodeling subject to the granting of a building permit. The portable storage containers shall not be located within any required setback, parking, or landscape areas, shall be located on a level surface paved with asphalt concrete or Portland cement concrete, shall be a neutral earth-tone color compatible with permanent buildings on the premises, shall be maintained in a good state of repair, shall be screened from view of public streets and residential districts, and may be served by electrical power for the purpose of interior lighting and/or climate control. A maximum of two (2) portable storage containers not exceeding a total floor area of six hundred and fifty square feet (650 ft
2 ) shall be permitted for long-term storage on sites of one acre or less and a maximum of four (4) portable storage containers not exceeding a total floor area of one thousand three hundred square feet (1,300 ft 2 ) shall be permitted for
long-term storage on any site greater than one acre. Additional portable storage containers may be permitted subject to approval of a Site Development Permit by the Development Services Director.

C. Residential Accessory Uses and Structures. When allowed, specific residential accessory uses and structures are subject to the provisions of this section. Residential accessory structures include any uses that are customarily related to a residence, including garages, greenhouses, storage sheds, studios, swimming pools, spas, workshops, detached covered decks and patios, detached uncovered decks and patios eighteen inches (18”) in height or greater, and similar structures. Structures under one hundred and twenty square feet (120 ft 2 )
in size not requiring a building permit, uncovered decks and patios less than eighteen inches (18”) in height, and fences, are not subject to the regulations in this section. Additional regulations for accessory dwelling units are located in Section 18.43.140, Accessory Dwelling Units. Private swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs are allowed as accessory uses to approve residential uses on the same site subject to the regulations in Section 18.40.160 of this code.

Accessory storage structures within front-yard or street-side yard setbacks are prohibited as noted in Schedule 18.31.030-C, Note (9).

1. General Requirements. All accessory uses and structures are subject to the following standards, except where more restrictive requirements are established by other provisions of this section for specific uses.

Packet Pg. 251 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. Relationship of Accessory Use to Main Use
. Accessory uses and structures shall be
incidental to the main use, and not alter the character of the site from that created by the main use. No lot may be used solely for an accessory building or structure (including pools) other than fencing.

3. Attached Structures. An attached structure is not, by definition, an accessory structure. A structure shall be considered attached to a main structure if it is architecturally compatible with and made structurally a part of the main structure, including sharing a common wall or roof-line with the main structure. A structure attached with a breezeway connecting a door of the residence to a door of the detached structure, with a roof that is a minimum of eight feet (8’) in width and a maximum of fifteen feet (15’) in length, will be considered a part of the main structure for the purposes of this code. An attached structure shall comply with all requirements of this code applicable to the main structure, including, but not limited to setback requirements and height limits.

4. Detached Structures in the RL Zone.
a. Number of Structures. The number of detached accessory structures shall be limited to two, unless a site development permit is approved by the Director for additional structures.
b. Size. The floor area of detached accessory structures shall not exceed one thousand five hundred square feet (1,500 ft
2 ) of floor area per acre of land.

Larger structures shall require approval of a site development permit by the Director. In reviewing a request for additional size, the Director may consider neighborhood compatibility, overall lot coverage, and relationship of the accessory structure to the main structure and use, and any circumstances unique to the site or the neighborhood.
c. Height. The maximum height shall not exceed twenty-five feet (25’). Additional height may be permitted with approval of a site development permit by the Director.
d. Building Separation. Detached accessory structures requiring a building permit, shall comply with the applicable building separation requirements of the most recent edition of the California Building Code as adopted by the City of Redding. e. Setbacks. Detached accessory structures shall meet the same setback requirements as the main building.

5. Detached Structures in the RE, RS, and RM Zones.
a. Number of Structures. The number of detached accessory structures shall be limited to two (2) unless a site development permit is approved by the Director for additional structures.

Packet Pg. 252 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) b. Size. Detached accessory structures shall not exceed a cumulative floor area of one thousand five hundred square feet (1,500 ft
2 ) unless a Site Development
Permit is approved by the Director for a greater amount. In reviewing a request for additional size, the decision-making body may consider neighborhood compatibility, overall lot coverage, relationship of the accessory structure to the main structure and use, and any circumstances unique to the site or the neighborhood. The maximum lot coverage allowed by Schedule 18.31.030 C:

Development Regulations - Residential Uses, shall not be exceeded. c. Height. The maximum height shall not exceed twenty-two feet (22’). Additional height may be permitted with approval of a Site Development Permit by the Director.
d. Building Separation. Detached accessory structures requiring a building permit, shall comply with the applicable building separation requirements of the most recent edition of the California Building Code as adopted by the City of Redding. e. Setback Requirements.

Type of Structure
Setbacks from Property Line
Front Yard Corner Side
Yard (street side) Side Yard Rear Yard
Accessory structures 16 feet or less in height
Detached garages & carports 20 feet* 20 feet 5 feet 10 feet** All other accessory structures 15 feet* 15 feet 5 feet 10 feet Accessory structures over 16 feet in height
Detached garages & carports 20 feet* 20 feet 10 feet 15 feet** All other accessory structures 15 feet* 15 feet 10 feet 15 feet Notes: 1The Director may apply the setback requirements for accessory structures sixteen feet (16 ’) or less
in height to an accessory structure whose roof exceeds sixteen feet (16’) in height when he/she determines that the additional height is necessary to achieve architectural compatibility with the main dwelling(s) on the property. In all other cases, the setback requirements for accessory structures over sixteen feet (16’) in height shall apply.

2.The front of the accessory structure shall not be located closer to the street than the front of the existing or proposed primary residence unless a zoning exception is approved.

3. For a garage or carport that is directly accessible from an alley, that is a minimum of 20 feet in width, the minimum rear-yard setback is 5 feet.

6. Shade Structures. Shade structures, such as covered patios, arbors, trellises, gazebos, and similar structures that are not typically used or designed for shading equipment, vehicles, or similar items, may be attached or detached from the residence. If detached, said structures may be placed adjacent to the main structure and need not be separated by a defined distance. However, such a structure located within ten feet (10’) of the Packet Pg. 253 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) residence will be considered part of the residence for the purposes of determining compliance with building-setback requirements. Shade structures located greater than ten feet (10’) from the residence shall be considered a detached structure subject to the regulations above in Section 18.43.020(C)(5). Freestanding canopies, awnings, and similar temporary shade structures may not be erected or maintained within any front, side, or rear setback.

18.43.140 Accessory Dwelling Units
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:

1. Establish standards for accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units in a variety of residential settings in compliance with the laws of the State of California.

2. Increase the variety and supply of smaller, energy-efficient housing types essential to supporting all income groups.

3. Support affordable housing and multigenerational-living options.

4. Provide homeowners with opportunities to generate additional income by providing long-term rental units.

5. Offer greater flexibility in the design and location of accessory dwelling units.

6. Maintain adequate setback and height limitations for additional dwelling units in existing and new neighborhoods.

B. Applicability. The provisions of this Section apply to all lots with an existing or proposed single-family or multiple-family dwelling use within the zone districts listed in Section

18.43.140(D). Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units are not counted as a dwelling unit for the purposes of calculating the allowable density for the lot upon which the unit is located. Units permitted under this Section are consistent with the existing General Plan and zoning regulations of the lot. Any application that meets the requirements of this Section will be approved without a discretionary permit or a public hearing subject to meeting all applicable provisions of this Code and California Building Codes. Where this ordinance conflicts with State laws governing accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units, the provisions of State Law shall supersede this section.

C. Processing Time and Submittal Requirements. A building permit application for an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit will either be approved or denied within 60 days from the date the received application has been deemed complete. However, if the building permit application is to create a new single-family or multiple-family dwelling on the lot in conjunction with an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit, the application for an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit will not be approved until the application for the proposed single-family or multiple-family dwelling is approved. When a building permit application for an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit is denied, a full set of comments to the applicant shall be returned, Packet Pg. 254 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) in writing, with a list of items that are defective or deficient along with applicable codes that will assist the applicant in remediating the corrective items.

D. Location.

1. An accessory dwelling unit may be constructed where single-family or multiple-family uses are existing or proposed, in any of the following zone districts: “RL,” “RE,” “RS,” “RM,” “GO,” “GC,” “GC-VR,” “DCD,” and “DMUD.” In addition, accessory dwelling units may be permitted in any zoning district with an overlay district of “MU” or “MU-N.”

2. A junior accessory dwelling unit may be constructed in any District zoned for single- family uses if the existing or proposed use of the property is a single-family use.

E. Number and Types of Units. Units established in single-family or multiple-family residential zones may consist of the main dwelling and any combination of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units governed by Government Code Sections 66311.7, 66314, and 66323. All accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units shall comply with the requirements of this Section.

F. Development Standards. Building permits for accessory dwelling units or junior accessory dwelling units shall comply with the following development standards set forth in this Section. A building permit application for an accessory dwelling unit shall include elevations for all building sides which show all openings, exterior finishes, roof pitch, and siding and roof materials for the existing residence. Accessory dwelling units or junior accessory dwelling units within an existing building shall only be subject to current building codes in effect at the time of permit submittal.

1. Lot Size. Lot size is not applicable to accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units.

2. Unit Size.
a. Detached and Attached Accessory Dwelling Units. Each unit permitted by this Section shall, at a minimum, meet the requirements of the California Building Code for efficiency units and shall not exceed one thousand square feet (1,000 ft 2 ).
b. Conversion of Accessory Structures. There is no size limit for accessory structures converted into accessory dwelling units. However, if the accessory structure exceeds 1,000 square feet, it may only be expanded by up to one hundred fifty square feet (150 ft
2 ) for necessary ingress and egress to serve the accessory dwelling unit.
c. Junior accessory dwelling units. The unit size of a junior accessory dwelling unit shall be no more than five hundred square feet (500 ft
2 ).

Packet Pg. 255 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

3. Lot Coverage. Lot coverage is not applicable to accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units.

4. Height Limitations. Except as otherwise required by Section 18.43.140(F)(5), accessory dwelling units shall have the following height limitations:
a. Detached Accessory Dwelling Units.
(1) A height of sixteen feet (16’) on a lot with an existing or proposed single- family or multiple-family dwelling unit.
(2) A height of eighteen feet (18’) on a lot with an existing or proposed single- family or multiple-family dwelling unit that is within one-half (0.5) mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high-quality transit corridor. (3) A height of eighteen feet (18’) on a lot with an existing or proposed multiple- family, multi-story dwelling.
(4) Notwithstanding the height limitations described under Section

18.43.140(F)(4)(a)(1-3), an additional two feet (2’) in height may be permitted to accommodate a roof pitch on the accessory dwelling unit that is aligned with the roof pitch of the main dwelling.
b. Attached Accessory Dwelling Units.
(1) A height of twenty-five feet (25’) or the height limitation of the designated zoning district, whichever is less.

5. Setbacks.
a. Detached and attached accessory dwelling units shall comply with the following table:

Type of Structure/Zone
Setback from Property Line
Front Yard
1 Corner Side
Yard (street
side)
1 Side Yard
1 Rear Yard1
Detached ADUs subject to height limitations listed in Section 18.43.140(F)(4) “RL” 25 feet
2 4 feet 4 feet 4 feet
Packet Pg. 256 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Type of Structure/Zone
Setback from Property Line
Front Yard
1 Corner Side
Yard (street
side)
1 Side Yard
1 Rear Yard1
“RE,” “RS,” and “RM,” 15 feet
2 4 feet 4 feet 4 feet
“GO,” “GC," and “GC-VR” 15 feet
2 4 feet 4 feet 4 feet
“DCD” and “DMUD” 0 feet
2 0 feet 0 feet 0 feet
Detached ADUs over height limitations listed in Section 18.43.140(F)(4) “RL”
Max height: 25 feet
3 25 feet
2 10 feet 10 feet 15 feet
“RE,” “RS,” “RM,”
Max height: 22 feet
3 15 feet
2 10 feet 10 feet 15 feet
“GO,” “GC,” and “GC-VR”
Max height: 22 feet
3 15 feet
2 10 feet 10 feet 15 feet
“DCD” and “DMUD” 0 feet
2 0 feet 0 feet 0 feet
Attached ADU subject to height limitations listed in Section 18.43.140(F)(4) “DCD” and “DMUD” 0 feet 0 feet 0 feet 0 feet
All other zoning districts 15 feet 4 feet 4 feet 4 feet Notes:

1. Unless a recorded easement or the California Residential Code further restricts the location of the proposed accessory dwelling unit.

2. If detached, no front yard setback shall be required for a proposed accessory dwelling unit if the unit is no larger than 800 square feet.

Packet Pg. 257 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

3. Additional height may be permitted with approval of a Site Development Permit by the Director. b. Conversion of Existing Accessory Structures. When an existing and legally constructed structure is converted or partially converted to an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit, any nonconforming height or setbacks of said structure may be maintained.

6. Architectural Compatibility. The accessory dwelling unit shall incorporate the same architectural features, building materials, and roof pitch as the main dwelling unit.

7. Separate Entrance. Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units shall include an entrance separate from the main entrance to the proposed or existing single- family dwelling. A junior accessory dwelling unit also shall include an interior entry to the single-family dwelling main living area if the junior accessory dwelling unit does not include a separate bathroom.

8. Efficiency Kitchen. At a minimum, junior accessory dwelling units shall include an efficiency kitchen which shall include all of the following:
a. A cooking facility with appliances.
b. A food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are reasonable size in relation to the size of the unit.

9. Off-Street Parking. Unless the unit is proposed with a building permit application for a new single-family dwelling or multiple-family dwelling, one covered or uncovered offstreet parking space shall be provided for each new, detached accessory dwelling unit.

The required parking space may be provided as a tandem parking space located within the front-yard setback within a driveway or as a standard space located within the front- yard setback within a paved area immediately adjacent to the driveway. All other proposed types of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units shall not require a parking space.

10. Utilities. Separate electric meters are required for all accessory dwelling units unless the unit is contained within the proposed space of a single-family dwelling or existing space of the main dwelling unit or an accessory structure, has exterior access independent from the main dwelling unit, and the side and rear setbacks are sufficient for fire safety. Separate water and gas meters are allowed at the option of the property owner.

11. Fire Sprinklers. Accessory dwelling units or junior accessory dwelling units shall not be required to provide fire sprinklers if not required for the main dwelling unit. The construction of an accessory dwelling unit ora junior accessory dwelling unit shall not trigger a requirement for fire sprinklers to be installed in the existing primary dwelling.

G. Deed Restrictions. Before obtaining a building permit for a junior accessory dwelling unit, the property owner shall file with the County Recorder a declaration or agreement of Packet Pg. 258 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) restrictions which has been approved by the City Attorney as to its form and content, containing a reference to the deed under which the property was acquired by the owner stating that:

1. The junior accessory dwelling unit cannot be sold separately.

2. The junior accessory dwelling unit shall meet the size and attribute requirements as governed by Government Code Section 66333.

3. The restrictions shall be binding upon any successor in ownership of the property, and lack of compliance may result in legal action against the property owner.

H. Conversion of an Existing Dwelling to an Accessory Dwelling Unit. In cases where an existing legally constructed single-family or multiple-family dwelling is located on a parcel zoned for single-family or multiple-family use, the existing dwelling, which is intended to become the lawful accessory dwelling unit, must comply with all the requirements of this Code, including size limitations. The primary residence shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable zoning district and other requirements of this Code.

I. Use.

1. Rental Limitations. No unit on properties developed with accessory dwelling units and/or junior accessory dwelling units may be leased/rented for periods of less than thirty (30) days, and no such unit shall be used as a Short-Term Rental as defined by Section 18.43.180.

2. Separate Sale Limitations. Units may not be sold separately from the primary unit on the parcel, except as provided by the Government Code Section 66341 of the State of California.

3. Occupancy Limitations. Owner occupancy is required on a lot with a primary residence containing a junior accessory dwelling unit. Owner occupancy is not required on a lot with only an accessory dwelling unit.

4. Certificate of Occupancy. Unless otherwise authorized by the Building official, a certificate of occupancy for an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit shall not be issued unless a certificate of occupancy has been issued for the main dwelling.

J. Nonconformities. Accessory dwelling units or junior accessory dwelling units on sites with nonconformities, building code violations, or unpermitted structures existing at the time of building permit submittal for an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit and unaffected by the construction of said unit may be permitted and shall not be subject to Chapter 18.46, Nonconforming Uses, Structures, Sites, and Parcels, provided the proposed construction of the accessory dwelling unit and/or junior accessory dwelling unit does not present a threat to public health and safety.

Packet Pg. 259 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Furthermore, until January 1, 2030, an owner who has received a notice of violation for an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit constructed before January 1, 2020 and without a permit may request a delay for five (5) years in enforcement of a building standard, provided the violation is not a health and safety issue, as determined by the Building Official, in compliance with Government Code Section 66331 and Health and Safety Code Section 17980.12(a)-(c).

Section 10. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.60(Use Classifications), Section 18.60.020 (Residential Use Classifications), is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.60.020 Residential Use Classifications
A. Residential Housing Types.

1. Single Family Dwelling. One dwelling unit located on a single lot, containing only one kitchen and used to house not more than one family. Includes manufactured housing.

2. Two-Family Dwelling (Duplex). A single building that contains two (2) dwelling units, or a single lot with two (2) freestanding buildings, each of which is designed for occupancy by one household.

3. Dwelling Group. A group of three (3) or more detached one-family, two-family, or multiple-family dwellings occupying a parcel of land in one ownership.

4. Manufactured Home Park. Manufactured housing in a planned development with common area amenities. Spaces for mobile homes may be rented or owned.

5. Multiple Family Residential (Apartments). Three (3) or more attached dwelling units on a site or lot. Types of multiple-family dwellings include a variety of styles including but not limited to, townhouses, garden apartments, and high-rise apartment buildings.

Transitional housing facilities are also included provided that the residential density of the facility is consistent with that of the surrounding neighborhood.

6. Group Residential. Shared living quarters without separate kitchen or bathroom facilities for each room or unit. This classification includes boardinghouses, and dormitories, but excludes residential hotels.

7. Accessory Dwelling Unit. An attached or detached dwelling unit that is located on a single lot with a primary dwelling unit and provides complete facilities for independent living for one or more persons. These facilities include permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, and sanitation.

8. Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit. A unit that is located on a single lot, contained entirely with a primary dwelling unit, and is no more than 500 square feet of interior livable space in size.

Packet Pg. 260 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

9. Residential Condominium. A residential development designed to allow individually owned residential units, which are supported by a formal arrangement of common areas and facilities as is further defined in Section 1351(f) of the California Civil Code.

10. Supportive Housing. Housing with no limit on length of stay that is occupied by the target population as defined in Health and Safety Code subdivision (d) of Section 53260 and that is linked to on-site or off-site services that assist the supportive housing resident in retaining the housing, improving his or her health status, and maximizing his or her ability to live and, when possible, work in the community (per Health and Safety Code Section 50675.14(b)).

11. Transitional Housing. Buildings configured as rental housing developments, but operated under program requirements that call for the termination of assistance and recirculation of the assisted unit to another eligible program recipient at some predetermined future point in time, which shall be no less than six (6) months (per Health and Safety Code Section 50675.2).

12. Family Day Care. A day-care facility located in a single-family residence where an occupant of the residence provides care and supervision for children. a. Small Family. A facility which provides care for six (6) or fewer children. b. Large Family. A facility which provides care for seven (7) to twelve children.

13. Residential Care, Limited. Twenty-four-hour nonmedical care for six (6) or fewer persons in need of personal services, supervision, protection, or assistance essential for sustaining the activities of daily living. This classification includes only those facilities licensed for residential care by the State of California Section 11. Title 18 (Zoning), Chapter 18.61(List of Terms and Definitions), Section

18.61.020 (Definitions), is hereby amended to read as follows:

18.61.020 Definitions
Accessory Use. A use incidental and accessory to the principal use of a lot or a building located on the same lot.

Packet Pg. 261 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Adult Entertainment Terms.

1. Adult Entertainment Business or Activity. An establishment that is not customarily open to the public but only to one or more classes of the public and that normally excludes any minor by reason of age. Such establishments usually charge a fee for a service or sale item to be purchased. It is a business that is characterized by emphasis on depicting, describing, or relating to “specified sexual activities” or “specified anatomical areas.” Said term includes, but is not limited to, the following uses:

2. Adult Bookstore. An establishment that has a substantial or significant portion of its stock- in-trade, books, magazines, or other periodicals that are distinguished or characterized by their emphasis on matter depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas, or an establishment with a segment or section devoted to the sale or display of such material and that excludes minors by virtue of age from all or part of the establishment.

3. Adult Cabaret. A cabaret that features go-go dancers, exotic dancers, strippers, male or female impersonators, or similar entertainers and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

4. Adult Drive-in Theater. A drive-in theater for presenting material distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matter depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas for observation by patrons and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

5. Adult Massage Parlor. Any place where, for any form of consideration or gratuity, massage, alcohol rub, administration of fomentations, electric or magnetic treatments, or any other treatment or manipulation of the human body occurs as part of or in connection with sexual conduct, or where any person providing such treatment, manipulation, or service related thereto exposes specified anatomical areas and that excludes minors by reason of age.

6. Adult Mini Motion Picture Theater. An enclosed building with a capacity of less than fifty (50) persons used for presenting material distinguished or characterized by an emphasis or matter depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas for observation by patrons therein and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

7. Adult Model Studio. Any place where for any form of consideration or gratuity, figure models who display specified anatomical areas are provided to be observed, sketched, drawn, painted, sculpted, photographed, or similarly depicted by persons paying such consideration or gratuity and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

8. Adult Motel. A motel wherein material is presented that is distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on depicting or describing sexual conduct or specified anatomical areas and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

9. Adult Motion Picture Arcade. Any place that the public is permitted or invited wherein coin- or slug-operated or electronically, electrically, or mechanically controlled still or motion- Packet Pg. 262 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) picture machines, projectors, or other image
-producing devices are maintained to show
images to five (5) or fewer persons per machine at any one time and where the images so displayed are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on depicting or describing sexual conduct or specified anatomical areas and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

10. Adult Motion Picture Theater. An enclosed building with a capacity of fifty (50) or more persons used for presenting material depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas for observation by patrons therein and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

11. Adult Sexual Encounter Center. Any business, agency, or person who, for any form of consideration or gratuity, provides a place where three (3) or more persons, not all members of the same family, may congregate, assemble, or associate for the purpose of engaging in sexual conduct or exposing of specified anatomical areas and excludes minors by virtue of age.

12. Specified Anatomical Areas. Means the following: Less than completely and opaquely covered: (a) human genitals or pubic region, (b) female breast below a point immediately above the top of the areola. Human male genitals in a discernible turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered.

13. Specified Sexual Activities. Means the following: Human genitals in a state of sexual stimulation or arousal; acts of human masturbation, sexual intercourse, or sodomy; fondling or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttock, or female breast.

Affordable Unit, For Rent. A unit for which the total monthly rent, plus utilities for lower-income households, does not exceed thirty percent (30%) of sixty percent (60%) of the county median income and for very low- income households, thirty percent (30%) of fifty percent (50%) of the county median income.

Affordable Unit, For Sale. A unit for which the total monthly payment, including interest, taxes, insurance, and utilities, does not exceed for lower-income households (30%) of sixty percent (60%) of the county median income and for very low-income households, thirty percent (30%) of fifty percent (50%) of the county median income.

Alley. A public way permanently reserved as a secondary means of access to abutting property.

Alter. To make a change in the exterior appearance or the supporting members of a structure, such as bearing walls, columns, beams, or girders, that will prolong the life of the structure. Routine maintenance is not considered an alteration.

Amusement Park. Any place of amusement open to the public not conducted wholly within a completed enclosed building.

Packet Pg. 263 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Animal
-Related Terms.

1. Animals. Means horses, ponies, mules, burros, jacks, jennies, cows, bulls, calves, heifers, sheep, goats, swine, llamas, rabbits, and all other domestic or domesticated animals other than household pets.

2. Animal (Exotic or Wild). An animal, including, but not limited to, a monkey, fox, poisonous snake, raccoon, or other similar animal, including predatory or poisonous animals.

3. Animal (Household Pet). Any animal customarily permitted and kept in a dwelling and kept only for the company or pleasure provided to the occupants of the dwelling, such as a dog, cat, parakeet, tropical fish, hamster, rabbit, nonpoisonous snake, or Vietnamese pot-bellied pig.

4. Animal (Large). Any equine or bovine animal or other animal similar in size, weight, or appearance, including, but not limited to, a horse, pony, mule, donkey, cow, llama, pigs, hogs, goats, sheep, or ox.

5. Animal (Small). Poultry, rabbits, and those other such comparably sized animals distinguished from those described as large animals.

6. Fowl (Large). Any ostrich, emus, rheas, or similar flightless large birds.

7. Poultry. Means pigeons, chickens, ducks, geese, turkeys, and all other domestic or domesticated fowl other than household pets.

Automobile Trailer Terms.

1. Automobile Trailer. Any building or structure used for living or sleeping purposes and equipped with wheels or other means to facilitate movement from place to place and vehicles when used for living or sleeping purposes.

2. Automobile Trailer Park. Any lot or parcel of land used for the accommodation of one or more automobile trailers occupied as living quarters.

Balcony. A platform that projects from the wall of a building, typically above the first level, and is surrounded by a rail, balustrade or parapet.

Basement. A space wholly or partly underground and having more than half its height, measuring from its floor to its ceiling, below the average adjoining grade. If the finished floor level directly above a basement is more than six feet (6’) above grade at any point, the basement shall be considered a story. Any basement level that has a habitable room shall be counted as a story.

Base Density. The number of dwelling units on a particular parcel of land that is in conformance with the General Plan and zoning.

Packet Pg. 264 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Block. All property fronting upon one side of a street between intersecting and intercepting streets or between a street and waterway, end of dead-end street, or city boundary. An intercepting street shall determine only the boundary of the block on the side of the street that it intercepts.

Boardinghouse or Rooming House. A residential building containing shared living quarters with a single kitchen where food and housing are provided for compensation. Does not include motels, hotels, or bed and breakfast establishments.

Breezeway. A roofed, open-sided passageway connecting two (2) structures, such as a house and a garage.

Building. Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.

Building, Accessory. A building which is used in support of or accessory to the principal building on a lot.

Building Coverage. The sum in square feet of the areas of the horizontal projections of all buildings on a lot, excluding open pergolas, steps, chimneys, eaves, buttresses, cornices, unenclosed and unroofed terraces, and minor ornamental features projecting from the walls of the building. The features are not directly supported by the ground.

Building Height. The vertical distance from finished grade to the highest structural point of the building as measured plumb from all points along said grade.

Building, Main. See Building, Principal.

Building, Principal. A building in which is conducted the principal use of the lot on which it is located. Also referred to as “main building.”
Building Site. A lot or parcel of land in single or joint ownership and occupied or to be occupied by a main building and accessory buildings or by a dwelling group and its accessory buildings, together with such open spaces as are required by the terms of this title, and having its principal frontage on a “street” as defined in this chapter.

Business. The purchase, sale, or other transaction involving the handling or disposition of any article, substance, or commodity for livelihood or profit; or the ownership or management of office buildings, offices, recreational, or amusement enterprises; or the maintenance and use of offices by professions and trades rendering services.
“C” District. Means one or more of the following commercial districts: “NC” Neighborhood Commercial, “SC” Shopping Center, “RC” Regional Commercial, “GC” General Commercial, or “HC” Heavy Commercial.

Caretaker’s Quarters. A dwelling unit on the site of a commercial, industrial, public, or semipublic use, occupied by a guard or caretaker.

Packet Pg. 265 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Charitable/Philanthropic Institution. Any nonprofit organization to administer charity, consistent with existing laws, for the benefit of an indefinite number of persons by bringing their minds or hearts under the influence of education or religion; by relieving their bodies from disease, suffering, or constraint; by assisting them to establish themselves in life; by erecting or maintaining public buildings or works; or by otherwise lessening the burden of government.

Church. A building, together with its accessory buildings and uses, where persons regularly assemble for worship. The building, together with its accessory buildings and uses, is maintained and controlled by a religious body organized to sustain public worship.

City Council. The City Council of the city of Redding.

Club. An association of persons, whether incorporated or unincorporated, for some common purpose, but not including groups organized primarily to render a service carried on as a business.

Collection Building. Buildings with a gross floor area of two hundred twenty-five square feet (225 ft
2 ) or less used for the deposit and storage of recyclables.

Covered Parking Space. An accessible and usable covered space of not less than ten feet by twenty feet (10’ by 20’) for storage of automobiles—such covered parking space to be so located on the lot as to meet the requirements of this title for an accessory building or, if attached to the main building, to be so located as to meet all the requirements of this title for a main building.

Deck. A platform, either freestanding or attached to a building, that is supported by pillars or posts (see also: Balcony).

Demolition. Any act or process that destroys in whole or in part a cultural resource or other structure within an historic district.

Distribution Line. An electric power line bringing power from a distribution substation to consumers.

District. A portion of the city within which certain uses of land and buildings are permitted or prohibited and within which certain yards and other open spaces are required and certain height limits are established for buildings, all as set forth and specified in this title.

Driveway. A paved area on a lot necessary to provide direct access for vehicles between a street and either: - An area on a residential lot containing four (4) or fewer parking spaces. - An aisle between spaces in a parking lot. - A loading berth. - A refuse storage area.

Packet Pg. 266 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Erected. Includes built, constructed, reconstructed, moved upon, or any physical operations on the premises required for the building. Excavations, fill drainage, and the like shall be considered a part of the erection.

Family. An individual or two (2) or more persons occupying a dwelling and living together as a single nonprofit housekeeping unit.

Floodplain Terms.

1. Accessory Structure. A structure equal to or exceeding one hundred twenty square feet (120 ft
2 ) in size that is located on the same parcel of property as the principal structure and is used solely for parking of cars and/or storage.

2. Appeal. A request for a review of the Floodplain Administrator’s interpretation of any provision of this chapter or a request for a variance.

3. Area of Shallow Flooding. A designated AO or AH Zone on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM). The base flood depths range from one to three feet (1’- 3’); a clearly defined channel does not exist; the path of flooding is unpredictable and indeterminate; and velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is characterized by ponding or sheet flow.

4. Area of Special Flood Hazard. See “Special Flood Hazard Area.”

5. Base Flood. A flood having a one percent (1%) chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year. Same as the 100-year flood.

6. Base Flood Elevation. The elevation for which there is a one-percent or greater chance in any given year that flood levels will equal or exceed it.

7. Base Floodplain. The area covered by a base flood which is generally defined by FEMA as Zone A, AO, A1-30, and AE on the Flood Insurance Rate Map or the base flood area or elevation shown on any drainage study approved or adopted by the City (Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan by Montgomery-Watson Engineers dated October 1993), whichever is highest.

8. Basement. Any area of the building having its floor below ground level on all sides.

9. Contiguous To. Property bordering the base floodplain which would have a finished lot level of less than one foot (1’) above the base flood elevation, unless otherwise protected.

10.Design Flood. The flood against which protection is to be provided by means of land-use regulation or flood-protective or flood-control works. The design flood shall be the base flood recurrence interval (see “Base Flood” definition).

Packet Pg. 267 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

11. Development. Any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate, including but not limited to, buildings or other structures, mining, dredging, filling, grading, landscaping, paving, excavation, drilling operations, or storing equipment or materials.

12. Encroachment. The advance or infringement of uses, plant growth, fill, excavation, buildings, permanent structures, or development into a floodplain which may impede or alter the flow capacity of a floodplain.

13. Equal Conveyance. An equal amount of encroachment on both sides of a channel and an equal displacement of water or narrowing of the natural channel.

14. Existing Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. A manufactured home park, subdivision, or planned development for which the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the manufactured homes are to be affixed (including, at a minimum, the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads) is completed before January 19, 1988.

15. Expansion to an Existing Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. The preparation of additional sites by the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the manufactured homes are to be affixed (including the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads).

16. Flood or Flooding. A general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land areas from (1) the overflow of floodwaters, (2) the unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source, and/or (3) the collapse or subsidence of land along the shore of a lake or other body of water as a result of erosion or undermining caused by waves or currents of water exceeding anticipated cyclical levels or suddenly caused by an unusually high water level in a natural body of water accompanied by a severe storm or by an unanticipated force of nature, such as a flash flood, or by some similarly unusual and unforeseeable event which results in flooding as defined in this definition.

17. Flood Fringe. The area between the 100-year flood boundary and the floodway shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Maps incorporated in the Flood Insurance Study or on the Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan, whichever is highest.

18. Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM). The official map on which the Federal Insurance Administration has delineated the “floodway,” the “floodplain,” and “risk-premium” zones applicable to the city.

19. Flood Insurance Study. The official report provided by the Federal Insurance Administration that includes flood profiles, the FIRM, the Flood Boundary and Floodway Map, and the water-surface elevation of the base flood.

20. Floodplain. This means the Floodway, Flood Fringe, and means the same as “Base Floodplain” and the “Area of Special Flood Hazard.” “Floodplain” or “Floodplain Area” Packet Pg. 268 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) means any land area susceptible to being inundated by water from any source. (See definition of “Flooding.”) The elevations and boundaries of flooding within the floodplain are defined by Zones A, AO, A1-30, and AE of the Flood Insurance Rate Map prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or as shown on any drainage study (Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan by Montgomery-Watson Engineers dated October 1993) approved or adopted by the City, whichever is highest. For creeks where floodplain elevations with a detailed study have not been established by FEMA or the Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan, the elevations shall be determined by a registered civil engineer and approved by the Planning Commission pursuant to Section 18.51.100. Backwater areas along the Sacramento River or creeks which rise or fall with the level of water in the adjacent stream are considered to be within the floodplain, unless proven by a licensed hydrologist/engineer that those water levels are not the same as the floodplain of the adjacent stream and have a floodplain of their own.

21. Floodplain Administrator. The Development Services Director or the designee appointed to administer and enforce the City’s floodplain management regulations and the City’s Community Rating Service (CRS) program.

22. Floodplain Area. An area having flood, mud slide (i.e., mud flow), and/or flood-related erosion hazards as shown on a FIRM or Flood Boundary and Floodway Map and also that area shown on any drainage study (Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan) approved or adopted by the City, whichever is highest.

23. Floodplain District (FP). A zoning district that is combined with other zoning designations of lots that are either wholly or partially within the floodplain.

24. Floodplain Management. The operation of an overall program of corrective and preventive measures for reducing flood damage and preserving and enhancing, where possible, natural resources in the floodplain, including, but not limited to, emergency preparedness plans, flood-control works, floodplain management regulations, and open-space plans.

25. Floodplain Management Regulations. Zoning ordinances, subdivision regulations, building codes, health regulations, special- purpose ordinances (such as Floodplain Ordinance, Grading Ordinance, and Erosion-Control Ordinance), and other applications of police power.

The term describes such State or local regulations in any combination thereof that provide standards for the purpose of flood-damage prevention and reduction.

26. Flood-Proofing. Any combination of structural and nonstructural additions, changes, or adjustments to structures that reduce or eliminate flood damage to real estate or improved real property, water and sanitary facilities, and structures and their contents.

27. Flood Protection. An action taken to protect property and structures from inundation by the base flood or greater event.

28. Flood Protection Elevation. An elevation expressed in feet that the City requires for elevation of the lowest floor above the 100-year floodplain. The City’s required Flood Protection Elevation is a minimum of one foot (1’). The 100-year floodplain is defined by Packet Pg. 269 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) the Flood Insurance Rate Maps prepared by FEMA or the Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan by Montgomery-Watson Engineers, whichever is highest.

29. Flood-Related Erosion. The collapse or subsidence of land along the shore of a river, creek, or other body of water as a result of erosion or undermining caused by currents of water exceeding anticipated cyclical levels or suddenly caused by an unusually high water level in a natural body of water accompanied by a severe storm or by an unanticipated force of nature, such as a flash flood or by some similarly unusual and unforeseeable event which results in flooding.

30. Floodway. The channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation more than one foot (1’). “Floodway” includes those areas so designated on any drainage study approved or adopted by the City.

31. Freeboard. A factor of safety expressed in feet above a flood level for purposes of floodplain management. “Freeboard” tends to compensate for the many unknown factors that could contribute to flood heights greater than the height calculated for a selected size flood and floodway conditions, such as wave action, bridge openings, and the hydrological effect of urbanization of the watershed.

32. Highest Adjacent Grade. The highest natural elevation of the ground surface prior to construction next to the proposed walls of a structure.

33. Historic Structure. A structure that is either one of the following:
a. Listed individually in the National Register of Historic Places (a listing maintained by the Department of Interior) or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as meeting the requirements for individual listing on the National Register; b. Certified or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as contributing to the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily determined by the Secretary to qualify as a registered historic district; c. Individually listed on a state inventory of historic places in states with historic preservation programs which have been approved by the Secretary of Interior; or d. Individually listed on a local inventory of historic places in communities with historic preservation programs that have been certified either by an approved state program as determined by the Secretary of the Interior or directly by the Secretary of the Interior in states without approved programs.

34. Hydraulic Engineering Center Model 1 (HEC-1) (succeeded by HEC-HMS). The model is designed to simulate the surface runoff response of a stream basin to precipitation by representing the basin as an interconnected system of hydrologic and hydraulic components.

Each component models an aspect of the precipitation-runoff process within a portion of the Packet Pg. 270 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) basin, commonly referred to as a sub
-basin. A component may represent a surface-runoff
entity, a stream channel, or a reservoir. Representation of a component requires a set of parameters which specify the particular characteristics of the component and mathematical relations which describe the physical processes. The result of the modeling process is the computation of stream flow by hydrographs at desired locations in the stream basin. The model can be used in making flood predictions from rainfall runoff for any state of upstream urbanization. In so doing, the model considers time of concentration and detention characteristics of the tributary area. The model can also be used to estimate the velocity of surface water but cannot be used to determine backwater-curve elevations. A hydraulic computer program (HEC-2) is generally used in conjunction with HEC-1 to obtain backwater curves or surface-water profiles. The model can also be used to develop discharge-frequency curve and associated levels of confidence through sensitivity analysis of rainfall and runoff parameter input.

35. Hydraulic Engineer Center Model 2 (HEC-2) (succeeded by HEC-RAS). This model is intended for calculating water-surface profiles for steady, gradually varied flow in natural or manmade channels. Both subcritical and supercritical flow profiles can be calculated. The effects of various obstructions, such as bridges, culverts, weirs, and structures, in the floodplain may be considered in the computations. The computational procedure is based on the solution of the one-dimensional energy equation with energy loss due to friction evaluated with Manning’s equation. The computational procedure is generally known as the Standard Step Method. The program is also designed for application in floodplain management and flood-insurance studies to evaluate floodway encroachments and to designate flood-hazard zones. Also, capabilities are available for assessing the effects of channel improvements and levees on water-surface profiles.

36. Hydraulic Engineering Center Water Resources Council Model CPD-13. This model is used in calculating the flood-frequency curve from data over a period of time from stream- gauge history of sufficient length (40 years, if available; if only twenty (20) years or less is available, several gauges or other methodologies should be considered). The model is capable of developing confidence limits associated with the frequency curve.

37. Lowest Floor. The lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area, including a basement. An unfinished or flood-resistant enclosure below the lowest floor that is usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or storage in an area other than a basement area is not considered a building’s lowest floor provided that it conforms to applicable non-elevation design requirements, including, but not limited to:
a. The wet flood proofing standard in Section 18.51.080(D)(3). b. The anchoring standards in Section 18.51.080(B).
c. The construction materials and methods standards in Section 18.51.080(C). d. The standards for utilities in Section 18.51.080(E).

Packet Pg. 271 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) e. For residential structures, all subgrade enclosed areas are prohibited because they are considered to be basements. This prohibition includes below-grade garages and storage areas.

38. Manufactured Home. A structure, transportable in one or more sections, which is built on a permanent chassis and is designed for use with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities. The term “Manufactured Home” does not include a “recreational vehicle.”

39. Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. A parcel (or contiguous parcels) of land divided into two (2) or more manufactured home lots for rent or sale.

40. New Construction. For floodplain management purposes, this means structures for which the “start of construction” commenced on or after the effective date of floodplain management regulations adopted by this community (July 1, 1985) and includes any subsequent improvements to such structures.

41. New Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. A manufactured home park or subdivision for which the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the manufactured homes are to be affixed (including at a minimum, the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads) is completed on or after July 1, 1985.

42. No-Rise Floodway and Flood Fringe. This refers to maintenance of the City’s floodway and floodplain fringe with no rise in floodplain elevations that would adversely affect properties.

43. One-Hundred-Year Flood. The same as “base flood.”

44. Recreational Vehicle. A vehicle which is:

1. Built on a single chassis.

2. Four hundred square feet (400 ft
2 ) or less when measured at the largest horizontal
projection.

3. Designed to be self-propelled or permanently towable by a light-duty truck.

4. Designed primarily not for use as a permanent dwelling, but as temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel, or seasonal use.

45. Remedy a Violation. To bring the structure or other development into compliance with State or local floodplain management regulations or, if this is not possible, to reduce the impacts of its noncompliance. Ways that impacts may be reduced include:

1. Protecting the structure or other affected development from flood damages.

Packet Pg. 272 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. Implementing the enforcement provisions of the ordinance or otherwise deterring future similar violations.

3. Reducing State or Federal financial exposure with regard to the structure or other development.

46. Riverine. Relating to, formed by, or resembling a river (including tributaries), stream, brook, etc.

47. Scenic or Riparian Corridor. Includes areas that border segments of seasonal creeks and all the Sacramento River’s floodplain which contain vegetation natural to waterways.

48. Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA). An area having special flood or flood-related erosion hazards and shown on a FIRM as Zone A, AO, A1-30, AE, or AH.

49. Standard Project Flood. The largest flood that can be expected from the most severe combination of meteorological and hydrological conditions reasonably characteristic of the geographical region involved. Such a flood provides a reasonable upper limit to be considered in designing flood-control works and in delineating floodplain limits and shall be generally applicable where its occurrence would have a high probability of hazard to human life.

50. Start of Construction. Includes substantial improvement and other proposed new development and means the date the building permit was issued provided that the actual start of construction, repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement, or other improvement was within 180 days from the date of the permit. The actual start means either the first placement of permanent construction of a structure on a site, such as the pouring of slab or footings, the installation of piles, the construction of columns, or any work beyond the stage of excavation, or the placement of a manufactured home on a foundation. Permanent construction does not include land preparation, such as clearing, grading, and filling; nor does it include the installation of streets and/or walkways; nor does it include excavation for a basement, footings, piers, or foundations or the erection of temporary forms; nor does it include the installation on the property of accessory buildings, such as garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main structure. For a substantial improvement, the actual start of construction means the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural part of a building, whether or not that alteration affects the external dimensions of the building.

51. Structure. A walled and roofed building with two (2) or more outside rigid walls from floor to roof and a fully secured roof that is permanently affixed to and principally above the ground. This includes a mobile building or manufactured home or a gas or liquid storage tank.

52. Substantial Damage. Damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its before-damaged condition would equal or exceed fifty percent (50%) of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred. Substantial damage also means flood-related damage sustained by structure on two or more separate occasions Packet Pg. 273 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) during a ten
-year period for which the cost of repairs at the time of each such flood event, on average, equals or exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred.

53. Substantial Improvement. Any reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, or other proposed new development of a structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the market value of the structure before the “start of construction” of the improvement. This term includes structures which have incurred “substantial damage,” regardless of the actual repair work performed. Market value will be estimated using the tax assessed value of the structure, excluding the land value. If the improvement/repair cost (as determined by the valuation of the building permit application) is less than or equal to forty percent (40%) of the market value estimate, then the improvement/repair is not a substantial improvement. If the improvement/repair cost is greater than forty percent (40%) of the market value estimate, then the improvement/repair is a potential substantial improvement, and a certified appraisal shall be submitted. The appraisal shall determine the value of the structure being improved, separate from the land value. The term “substantial improvement” does not, however, include either:

1. Any project for improvement of a structure to correct existing violations of State or local health, sanitary, or safety code specifications which have been identified by the local code enforcement official and which are the minimum necessary to ensure safe living conditions.

2. Any alteration of a structure listed on the National Register of Historic Places or a State Inventory of Historic Places provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure’s continued designation as a “historic structure.”
When the combined total of all improvements or repairs made after the adoption of this code equals or exceeds fifty percent (50%) of a structure’s market value, that structure is considered to be substantially improved. Substantial improvement also includes any addition which increases the original floor area of a building by twenty-five percent (25%) of more.

54. Variance. A grant of relief from the requirements of this chapter which permits construction in a manner that would otherwise be prohibited by this chapter.

55. Velocity of Water. The rate of flow measured in feet per second at specified depths within the floodway, flood fringe, or area immediately adjacent to a proposed floodplain encroachment.

56. Violation. The failure of a structure or other development to be fully compliant with the City’s floodplain-management regulations. A structure or other development without the elevation certificate, other certifications, or other evidence of compliance required in this chapter is presumed to be in violation until such time as that documentation is provided.

Floor Area, Gross. The total interior floor area of all stories of a building or structure, including basements as well as aboveground stories. It excludes any crawl space, area used exclusively for Packet Pg. 274 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) vehicle parking or loading, breezeway, attic without floor, and any open porch, deck, balcony, or terrace.

Floor Area, Net. The total of all portions of interior floor area of each floor, basement, attic, or other area under the roof. It excludes portions thereof used solely for corridors, balconies, employee lounges, elevator shafts, stairways, restrooms, basement or attic areas having a height of more than seven feet (7’), closets, vaults, storage areas, climatic control areas, janitorial storage areas, parking or loading areas; in industrial areas, storage sheds with less than one hundred fifty square feet (150 sf2) of space, bunkers, electrical substations, smoking shelters, instrument shelters, and similar enclosures. The following areas shall be included within net floor area:

1. Lobbies of banks or financial or lending institutions.

2. Outdoor uncovered retail sales area, excepting plant nurseries and auto-sales lots.

3. Waiting rooms used by the public in connection with offices, professional offices, and similar establishments.

Floor Area Ratio (FAR). The net floor area of a building or buildings on a lot divided by the lot area or site area.

Garage or Carport. An accessible and usable covered space of not less than ten by twenty feet (10’ by 20’) for storage of automobiles.

General Plan. The City of Redding General Plan.

Grade, Average. The average level on the surface defined as the shortest distance between finished grade at the highest and lowest sides of a structure.

Grade, Existing. The level of the ground or pavement at a stated location as it exists prior to disturbance in preparation for a project regulated by this chapter.

Grade, Finished. The point of the elevation of the finished surface of the ground. For purposes of determining building height, finished grade is the grade at the building foundation. In the case of signs, grade is the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground at the base of the sign or, in the case of a double support, the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground at the supports.

Grade, Street. The top of the curb or the top of the edge of the pavement or traveled way where no curb exists.

Height. See Rules of Measurement, Section 18.62.080.

Home Occupation. An accessory use of a dwelling unit for lawful business purposes. A home occupation is incidental to the primary use of the building as a residence.

Packet Pg. 275 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Hospital or Sanitarium. Any institution, place, building, or agency that maintains and operates organized facilities for the diagnosis, care, or treatment of human illness, including convalescence and including care during and after pregnancy or that maintains and operates organized facilities for any such purpose, and to which persons may be admitted for overnight stay or longer. “Hospital” includes nursing home, maternity home, and lying-in asylum.

Junkyard. A place where any of the following described materials are collected, stored, or placed, except where the use or activity is conducted wholly within a completely enclosed building, including the following: the collection, storage, or placing of worn out, discarded, or scrapped goods or materials that may be turned to some use such as rope, chains, iron, copper, furniture, stoves, enamelware, paper, bottles, used pipes, used machinery, parts of dismantled machinery, or vehicles.

1. The collection, storage, or placing of any used material other than gems, precious metal, or material containing precious metal, having a value that is determined wholly by the weight thereof.

2. The collection, storage, or placing of any used material other than gems, precious metal, or material containing precious metal that has no ordinarily practical use in the form in which it exists when so collected, stored, or placed.

Kitchen. A room for cooking or preparation of food and dishwashing, but not including a bar, butler’s pantry, or similar room adjacent to or connected with a kitchen.

Landscape. To plant and maintain some combination of trees, ground cover, shrubs, vines, flowers or lawn. Required landscape may include natural features, such as existing or imported rock, and structural features, including fountains, pools, art work, plazas, screens, walls, or fences. Plants on rooftops, porches, or in boxes attached to buildings are not considered landscape.

Lighting Terms.

1. Architectural Lighting. Lighting which is either directed towards a building with the intent of highlighting an architectural or landscape feature or a light fixture which is architecturally ornamental in purpose.

2. Fully Shielded. A luminaire or light fixture that by design of the housing does not allow any light dispersion or direct glare to shine above a 90-degree horizontal plane from the base of the fixture. Fully shielded fixtures must be installed in a horizontal position, or the purpose of the design is defeated and disability glare will result.

Packet Pg. 276 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

3. Light Trespass. Light from an artificial light source that is intruding into an area where it is not wanted or does not belong.

4. Uplighting. Any light source that distributes illumination above a 90-degree horizontal plane.

Liquor Store. A retail establishment that devotes more than fifty percent (50%) of its floor area for the display, storage, and sale of beer, wine, distilled or fermented liquor or related items.

Living Area. An interior habitable area of a dwelling unit, including basements and attics, but does not include a garage, patio, porch or any accessory structure.

Loading Space. An off-street space or berth on the same lot within a building or contiguous to a group of buildings for the temporary parking of a vehicle while loading or unloading merchandise or materials or people and which abuts on a street, service drive, alley, or other appropriate means of access.

Lot. A parcel of real property as shown with a separate and distinct number or letter on a plot recorded or filed with the recorder of the County or parcel of real property with street frontage or acreage width of not less than specified by this code and Title 17, Subdivisions.

Lot Frontage (Signs). The length of improved property on a lot that is bordered by an improved public street from which the lot may take vehicle access. For lots without frontage (including frontage limited to driveway access) the net lot area may be used to calculate the maximum sign area.

Lot Line Types.

1. Lot Line, Front. The property line dividing a lot from a street. On a corner lot, only one street line shall be considered as a front line, as determined by the Building Official upon issuance of a building permit or the demarcation made on a final or parcel map.

2. Lot Line, Corner. On a corner lot, the lot line dividing a lot from the street that is not considered the front lot line, as determined by the Building Official.

3. Lot Line, Rear. The line, or lines, most parallel with the front lot line. Where no lot line is within 45 degrees of being parallel to the front lot line, a line ten feet (10’) in length within the lot, parallel to and at the maximum possible distance from the front lot line, shall be deemed the rear lot line for the purpose of measuring rear-yard depth.

4. Lot Line, Side. Any lot lines other than front lot lines or rear lot lines.

Lot Types.

1. Lot, Corner. A lot or parcel of land situated at the intersection of two (2) or more streets having an angle or intersection of not more than 135 degrees.

Packet Pg. 277 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. Lot, Double Frontage. A lot having frontage on
more than one street. Each frontage from which
access is permitted shall be deemed a front lot
line.

3. Lot, Flag. A lot having access to a public street
by means of a private right-of-way strip that
shares fee ownership with the balance of the lot.

4. Lot, Improved. Any land containing a principal
building or otherwise improved to conduct a
nonresidential activity.

5. Lot, Interior. A lot that is not a corner lot.

6. Lot, Reversed Corner. A corner lot the side
street line of which is substantially a
continuation of the front lot line of the first lot
to its rear.

7. Lot, Vacant. Land without buildings or other
structures.

Mining Terms. 1. Expansion. Increase in the intensity of mining or on -site processing operations that have an
adverse impact on environmental issues, such as noise, dust creation, traffic flow, or water quality or any expansion to the boundaries of the area to be mined.

2. Exploration or Prospecting. The search for minerals by geological, geophysical, geochemical, or other techniques, including, but not limited to, sampling, assaying, drilling, or any surface or underground works needed to determine the type, extent, or quantity of minerals present.

3. Idle. To curtail for a period of one (1) year or more surface mining operations by more than ninety percent (90%) of the operation’s previous maximum annual mineral production with the intent to resume those surface mining operations at a future date.

4. Mined Lands. Includes the surface, subsurface, and groundwater of an area in which surface mining operations will be, are being, or have been conducted, including private ways and roads appurtenant to any such area, and land excavations, workings, mining waste, and areas in which structures, facilities, equipment, machines, tools, or other materials or property that result from, or are used in, surface mining operations are located.

5. Minerals. Any naturally occurring chemical element or compound, or groups of elements and compounds, formed from inorganic processes and organic substances, including, but not Packet Pg. 278 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) limited to, coal, peat, and bituminous rock, but excluding geothermal resources, natural gas, and petroleum.

6. Mining Waste. Includes the residual of soil, rock, mineral, liquid, vegetation, equipment, machines, tools, or other materials or property directly resulting from, or displaced by, surface mining operations.

7. Operator. Any person who is engaged in surface mining operations himself or who contracts with others to conduct operations on his/her behalf, except a person who is engaged in surface mining operations as an employee with wages as his/her sole compensation.

8. Overburden. Soil, rock, or other materials that lie above a natural mineral deposit or in between mineral deposits, before or after their removal, by surface mining operations.

9. Reclamation. The process of land treatment that minimizes water degradation, air pollution, damage to aquatic and wildlife habitat, flooding, erosion, and other adverse effects from surface mining operations, including adverse surface effects incidental to underground mines, so that mined lands are reclaimed to a usable condition, which is readily adaptable for alternate land uses, and create no danger to public health or safety. The process may extend to affected lands surrounding mined lands and may require backfilling, grading, resoiling, revegetation, soil compaction, stabilization, or other measures.

10. State Board. State Mining and Geology Board in the Department of Conservation, State of California.

11. State Geologist. Individual holding office as structured in Section 677 of Article 3, Chapter 2 of Division 1 of the Public Resources Code.

12. Surface Mining Operations. All or any part of the process involved in the mining of minerals on mined lands by removing overburden and mining directly from the mineral deposits, open-pit mining of minerals naturally exposed, mining by auger method, dredging and quarrying, or surface work incident to an underground mine. Surface mining operations shall include, but are not limited to:
a. In-place distillation, retorting, or leaching.
b. The production and disposal of mining waste.
c. Prospecting and exploratory activities.

Natural Feature. Any tree, plant life, water feature, or rock outcropping.

Packet Pg. 279 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Noise Terms.

1.A-weighted Sound Level shall mean the sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter using the A-weighting network weighted to the range of human hearing. The level so read is designated dB
A
or dBA.

2. Ambient Noise shall mean all-encompassing noise associated with a given environment, being usually a composite of sounds from many sources near and far. For the purpose of this chapter, the ambient noise level is the level obtained when the noise level is averaged over a period of fifteen (15) minutes without the inclusion of noise from isolated identifiable sources at the location and time of day near that at which a comparison is to be made.

3. Construction shall mean any site preparation, assembly, erection, substantial repair, alteration, or similar action for or on public or private rights-of-way, structures, utilities, or similar property.

4. Decibel shall mean a unit for measuring the amplitude of a sound equal to twenty (20) times the logarithm to the base ten (10) of the ratio of the pressure of the sound measured to the reference pressure, which is twenty (20) micro pascals.

5. Emergency Work or Action shall mean work or action made necessary to restore property to a safe condition after a public calamity, or work required to protect persons or property from imminent exposure to danger or damage, or work by public or private utilities to restore utility service.

6. Intrusive Noise shall mean that noise which intrudes over and above the existing ambient noise at a given location. The relative intrusiveness of a sound depends upon its amplitude, duration, frequency and time of occurrence, and tonal or informational content, as well as the prevailing ambient noise level.

7. Noise Disturbance shall mean any sound which:
a. Endangers or injures the safety or health of human beings or animals. b. Annoys or disturbs a reasonable person of normal sensitivities. c. Endangers or injures personal or real property.

8. Noise Level shall mean A-weighted sound pressure level in decibels obtained by using a sound level meter at slow response with a reference pressure of twenty (20) micro pascals.

The unit of measurement shall be designated as dB
A
.

9. Real Property Boundary shall mean an imaginary line along the ground surface and its vertical extension, which separates the real property owned by one person from that owned by another person, but not including intra-building real property divisions.

Packet Pg. 280 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

10. Sound Level Meter shall mean an instrument, including a microphone, an amplifier, an output meter, and frequency weighting networks for the measurement of sound levels, which meet or exceed the requirements pertinent for type S1A meters in the American National Standards Institute Specifications for sound level meters, S1.4-1971, or the most recent revision thereof.

Nonconforming Terms.

1. Abandoned. A use has ceased or a structure has been vacated for a time period as specified in this chapter. Abandonment does not include temporary or short-term interruptions to a use or occupancy of a structure during periods of remodeling, maintaining, or otherwise improving or rearranging a facility.

2. Intensity. The measurable impacts which a use has on infrastructure, the environment, or nearby property and uses.

3. Intensification of Use. Any change in mode or character of operations which is determined by the Director likely to result in a significant new or increased impact due to potential traffic generation, noise, smoke, glare, odors, hazardous materials, water use, and/or sewage generation, shall be considered an “intensification of use” of a nonconforming use.

4. Nonconforming Parcel. A parcel of record that does not comply with the access, area, or width requirements of the zoning district in which the parcel is located.

5. Nonconforming Site. A site which contains a structure that does not comply with the setback, lot coverage, or other site requirements, and/or requirements for parking, landscaping, storage and display areas, or other non-use restrictions or requirements established by the Zoning Ordinance or any amendments thereto, but which complied with the non-use restrictions or regulations in existence at the time of construction of the improvements.

6. Nonconforming Structure. A structure which by its design and construction (e.g. an industrial building in a residential district) does not conform to structures typically associated with the underlying zoning district established by this title or any amendment thereto, but which complied with the non-use restrictions or regulations in existence at the time of the construction of the building or structure.

7. Nonconforming Use. Any use, whether of a building, structure, or parcel (lot, or tract of land), which does not conform to the land use regulations of this title for the zone in which such use is located, either on the effective date of this title or as a result of subsequent amendments which may be made to this title or by reason of annexation of territory to the city.
“O” District. Means one or more of the following office districts: “LO” Limited Office or “GO” General Office.

Packet Pg. 281 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Occupancy, Change. A discontinuance of an existing use and the substitution therefore of a use of a different kind or class.

Occupied. Arranged, designed, built, altered, converted, rented or leased, or intended to be occupied.

Off-Street Loading Facilities. A site or portion of a site devoted to the loading or unloading of motor vehicles or trailers, including loading berths, aisles, access drives, and landscaped areas.

Open-Space Terms.

1. Open-Space Land. Open-space land is any parcel or area of land or water which is essentially unimproved and devoted to open-space use as follows:
a. Creeks, rivers, ponds, and areas within the 100-year floodplain of a stream, creek, or river as established by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and/or hydrology study accepted by the City.
b. Areas with steep slope exceeding twenty percent (20%) and other unstable soil areas. c. Areas having scenic, historic, archaeological, and/or cultural value. d. Other open-space land uses as described by the Conservation and Open Space Element of the General Plan or as defined by the State in Government Code Section 65560(b), incorporated by reference herein and as amended from time to time.

2. Open-Space Easement. As defined in Government Code Section 51075(D), open-space easement is any right or interest in open-space land acquired by the City by map or separate instrument which imposes restrictions that effectively preserve for public and/or private use or enjoyment the unimproved, natural, or scenic character of such open-space land.

3. Public Open-Space Easement. An open-space easement upon land over which the public has obtained an easement for open-space purposes whereupon the public has the right to use of the property.

4. Private Open-Space Easement. An open-space easement upon an area of private property that is set aside for open-space purposes whereupon the public does not have a right to access or use of the property.

5. Public Open Space. Land owned by the City in fee which has been set aside for open-space purposes whereupon the public has the right to access and use of the property.

6. Outdoor Activity Areas.
a. Private. An open area outside a building adjoining and directly accessible to a dwelling unit, reserved for the exclusive use of residents of the dwelling unit and their guests.

Packet Pg. 282 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) b. Common. An open area within a residential development reserved for the exclusive use of residents of the development and their guests.
c. Usable. An outdoor or fenced area on the ground or on a roof, balcony, deck, porch, or terrace designed and accessible for outdoor living, recreation, pedestrian access, or landscape, but excluding parking facilities, driveways, utility or service areas, or any required front or corner side yard and excluding any space with a dimension of less than six feet (6’) in any direction or an area of less than thirty-six square feet (36 ft 2 ).
d. Yard. An open space on the same site as a structure, unoccupied and unobstructed by structures from the ground upward, except as otherwise provided in this chapter, including a front yard, side yard, corner side yard, or rear yard.

Permitted. Allowed without a requirement for approval of a conditional use permit or temporary use permit.

Person. Also includes association, firm, co-partnership, or corporation.

Plan Lines. Official lines established by law in accordance with the master street and highway plan of the City for the purpose of establishing the alignment and width of public streets in accordance with their projected design as provided in the master street and highway plan of the City. Buildings or other structures erected thereafter must be located outside the lines establishing the width of public streets and alleys.

Planning Commission. The City Planning Commission.

Porch. A covered platform, usually having a separate roof, at an entrance to a dwelling or an open or enclosed gallery or room, which is not heated or cooled, that is attached to the outside of a building.

Preexisting. In existence prior to the effective date of this chapter.

Preservation. The act or process of applying measures to sustain the existing form, integrity, and material of a building or structure and the existing form and vegetative cover of a site.

Project. Any proposal for new or changed use or for new construction, alteration, or enlargement of any structure that is subject to the provisions of this chapter.

Public Parking Area. An open area, other than a street, used for the temporary parking of more than four (4) automobiles and available for public use, whether free, for compensation, or as an accommodation for clients or customers.
“R” District. Means one or more of the following residential districts: “RL” Rural Lands, “RE” Residential Estate, “RS” Residential Single Family or “RM” Residential Mixed Housing.

Packet Pg. 283 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Reconstruction. The act or process of reproducing by new construction the exact form and detail of a vanished building, structure, or object, or a part thereof, as it appeared at a specific period of time.

Recycling Terms.

1. Processing Facility. A building or enclosed space used for the collection and processing of recyclable material and/or used motor oil by such means as flattening, mechanical sorting, compacting, bailing, shredding, grinding, crushing, and cleaning. a. A light processing facility occupies less than forty-five thousand square feet (45,000 ft 2 )
and includes equipment for baling, briquetting, crushing, compacting, grinding, shredding, and sorting of source-separated recyclable materials, except ferrous metals other than food and beverage containers, and repairing of reusable materials. b. A heavy processing facility is any processing facility other than a light processing facility.

2. Recyclable Material. Reusable material, including, but not limited to metals, glass, plastic, and paper, which are intended for reuse, remanufacture, or reconstitution for the purpose of using the altered form. Recyclable material does not include refuse or hazardous materials, but may include used motor oil.

3. Recycling Facility. A center for the collection and/or processing of recyclable materials.

4. Reverse Vending Machine. An automated mechanical device that accepts at least one or more types of empty beverage containers, including aluminum cans, glass, and plastic bottles, and issues a cash refund or a redeemable credit slip. A reverse vending machine may sort and process containers mechanically, provided that the entire process is enclosed within the machine.
a. A single-feed revenue vending machine is designed to accept individual containers one at a time.
b. A bulk reverse vending machine is designed to accept more than one container at a time and to compute the refund or credit due on the basis of weight.

Rehabilitation. The act or process of returning a property to a state of utility through repair or alteration which makes possible an efficient contemporary use, while preserving those portions or features of the property that are significant to its historical, architectural, and cultural values.

Residential Density Bonus Terms.

1. Affordability. The economic feasibility to construct lower-income housing in the proposed development.

Packet Pg. 284 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. Affordable Housing. Housing costs as defined in Section 5005.2 of the Health and Safety Code or rents at qualifying levels for lower-income or very low-income households.

3. Density Bonus. An increased density of at least twenty-five percent (25%) over the maximum authorized density which is granted to a developer/property owner of a housing project agreeing to construct a prescribed percentage of lower-income units as defined by the State of California Government Code Section 65915, et seq.

4. Equivalent Financial Value. The cost to the developer/property owner based on the land cost per dwelling unit. This is determined by the difference in the value of the land with and without the density bonus.

5. Lower- and Very Low-Income Households. Income limits published by the State Department of Housing and Community Development. This applies to both for-rent and for- sale housing.

Residential Structure Types.

1. Apartment. A room or suite of rooms occupied or suitable for occupancy as a residence for one family.

2. Dwelling, Primary. A building designed exclusively for residential occupancy, including single-family, duplex, and multiple-family, but not including an accessory dwelling unit, junior accessory dwelling unit, hotel, motel, boardinghouse, asylum, or jail, where people are housed by reason of illness or under legal restraint.

3. Dwelling Unit. One or more habitable rooms designed for occupancy by only one family for living and sleeping purposes and having a kitchen.

4. Dwelling, Multiple Family. A building, or portion thereof, used and designed as a residence for three (3) or more families living independently of each other with an individual kitchen for each, including apartment houses, apartment hotels, and flats, but not including automobile courts.

5. Residential Lot, Gross Area. The area of a lot excluding slopes that exceed twenty percent (20%) and the 100-year floodplain areas recognized by the City (such as FEMA and Montgomery-Watson).

6. Residential Lot, Net Area. The area of a lot excluding slopes that exceed twenty percent (20%), 100-year floodplain areas recognized by the City, public and private streets, lands zoned or proposed to be zoned “OS” Open Space District or “PF” Public Facilities District, and/or areas required or proposed to be preserved in association with environmental features located on the lot (i.e., wetlands and associated buffer areas).

Room, Habitable. An unsubdivided portion of the interior of a dwelling unit, excluding such enclosed places as closets, pantries, bath or toilet rooms, service rooms, connecting corridors, Packet Pg. 285 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) laundries, unfinished attics, foyers, storage spaces, cellars, utility rooms, garages, and similar spaces.

School, Elementary or High. An institution of learning that offers instruction in the several branches of learning and study required to be taught in the public schools by the Education Code of the State. High schools include junior and senior.

Setback Line. A line within a lot parallel to a corresponding lot line that is the boundary of any specified front, side, corner side, or rear yard or a line otherwise established to govern the location of buildings, structures, or uses. Where no minimum front, side, corner side, or rear yards are specified, the setback line shall be coterminous with the corresponding lot line.

Shopping Center. A unified group of retail businesses and service uses on a single site with common parking facilities. A shopping center may include pads for future buildings.

Sign Terms.

1. Abandoned Sign. Advertising display that was lawfully erected, but whose use has ceased or the structure upon which the sign was displayed has been abandoned by its owner for a period of not less than thirty (30) days.

2. Accessory Sign. A secondary-in-purpose sign that provides on-site information concerning the business that is not indicated on the primary identification sign(s), such as store hours, accepted credit cards, quality ratings or affiliations, vacancies, parking, and traffic direction.

3. Advertising. Any promotion primarily intended to attract attention to goods or services rendered upon property whereupon the advertising is occurring.

4. Aggregate Sign Area. The total area of all signs on a lot, including temporary promotional signs.

5. Animated Sign. Any sign that has mechanical movement, rotation, or change of lighting to depict action or create a special effect or scene.

6. Approved Combustible Materials. Wood or materials not more combustible than wood.

7. Approved Combustible Plastics. Plastics that, when tested in accordance with ASTM standard method of testing for flammability of plastics over 0.050-inch thickness (D635-44), burn no faster than 2.5 inches per minute in sheets of 0.06-inch thickness.

8. Appurtenant Sign. A sign pertaining to the business or activity carried on at the premises (lot) upon which the sign is located, constructed, or erected.

9. Architectural Feature. Prominent or characteristic part of a building. Examples of architectural features are windows, columns, awnings, marquees, and fascias.

Packet Pg. 286 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

10. Awning. A cloth, plastic, or other flexible nonstructural covering that is either permanently attached to a building or can be raised or retracted to a position against the building when not in use.

11. Awning Sign. A sign incorporated into or attached to an awning or canopy.

12. Banner. A sign of temporary construction made of vinyl, canvas, or equally similar flexible material.

13. Beacon or Searchlight. Any light with one or more beams directed into the atmosphere or directed at one or more points not on the same lot as the light source; also, any light with one or more beams that rotate or move.

14. Billboard. A freestanding, off-site sign made available for lease or rent and/or governed by the Outdoor Advertising Act.

15. Canopy. A permanent roof-like shelter, either freestanding or supported by a building.

16. Canopy Sign. Any advertising of any nature that is painted, printed, sewed, or otherwise attached to a canopy.

17. Changeable Copy Sign. A sign on which the copy changes manually or automatically using, but not limited to, a lamp bank or through mechanical means. This includes, but is not limited to, electronic message boards, large television or projector screens (i.e., Sony JumboTron and similar devices), or electrical or electronic time and temperature units.

18. Conforming Sign. A sign shall be said to conform when it meets all the standards and regulations established by this chapter and the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the City.

19. Copy. Any graphic, letter, numeral, symbol, insignia, text, sample, model, device, or combination thereof, which relates to advertising, identification, or notification.

20. Design Review Manual. A policy document with graphics and text that is used by the City to further clarify the meaning of this chapter and to judge the appearance and acceptability of proposed signs and murals that require design review as part of permit approval.

21. Detached Sign. A pole, monument, or shopping center identification sign.

22. Directional Sign. An on-site accessory sign designed to guide or direct pedestrian or vehicular traffic.

23. Donor. Any person, group of people, organization(s), or business(es) who finances a building mural.

24. Double Frontage Lot. A parcel having lot frontage on two (2) or more streets.

Packet Pg. 287 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

25. Electrical Code. The Electrical Code of the City.

26. Electronic Message Board. A sign that uses lighting to advertise goods and services and has the capability of changing the advertising message several times during a single hour (refer to Changeable Copy Sign).

27. Enforcement Officer. The public employee(s) or officer designated by the Development Services Director of the City to perform the duties imposed by this chapter on the Enforcement Officer.

28. Flag or Patriotic Symbol. Any fabric, banner, or bunting containing distinctive colors or patterns recognized by the Congress of the United States as an American or state flag, also government and flags of state-recognized political subdivisions.

29. Freeway. A restricted access highway with no at-grade intersections. Freeways within the City limits are Interstate 5, Highway 299 between Interstate 5 and the eastern City limits, and Highway 44 between Continental Street and the eastern City limits.

30. Freeway Sign. A freestanding sign oriented to and designed to be viewed from a freeway.

31. Freeway Travel Lane. Any freeway through lane, any lane providing direct connection from one freeway to another, and any freeway on-ramp or off-ramp.

32. Illegal Sign. A sign that (1) was erected without first complying with all ordinances and regulations in effect at the time of its construction; (2) was legally erected but whose use has ceased or has been abandoned, has not been maintained, or is not used to identify or advertise a business for thirty (30) consecutive days or more; (3) was legally erected but that later became illegal as a result of the completion of the amortization period; or (4) is a sign that is a danger to the public, is unsafe, or is a traffic hazard.

33. Illuminated Sign. A sign with an artificial light source incorporated internally or externally for the purposes of illuminating the sign.

34. Logo. A graphic symbol, picture, image, or lettering used separately by a business in connection with other advertising to promote the sale of goods and services by the owner of the logo.

35. Marquee. A permanent roofed structure attached to and wholly supported by a building that may project beyond the building.

36. Marquee Sign. Any advertising matter of any nature that is attached to a marquee.

37. Monument Sign. A detached sign with a solid base equal to or greater than the length of the sign copy and connected solidly to and arising from the ground.

Packet Pg. 288 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

38. Nameplate. A sign that displays only the name, address, and occupation of the occupant of the premises, is illuminated, and does not exceed four square feet (4 ft2).

39. Nonconforming Sign. An existing sign that does not meet the requirements of this chapter but was erected in conformance with the regulations of a previous Sign Ordinance and has been in continual use since its establishment.

40. Off-Site Sign. A sign located off the premises indicated by said sign. This includes billboards.

Any sign that advertises a business no longer on the lot where the sign is located and where the business has relocated elsewhere in the city or county shall be considered an off-site sign and must meet the requirements of this chapter; otherwise, such sign shall be illegal.

41. On-Site Sign. A sign that designates the activities and uses of the premises on which it is located. An on-site sign is also known as an appurtenant sign.

42. Pennant. Any all-weather lightweight plastic, fabric, or other material, whether or not containing a message of any kind, suspended from a rope, wire, or string, usually in series, designed to move in the wind.

43. Pole Sign. A detached sign that is supported by one or more uprights, poles, or braces in or upon the ground or by a structure other than a building that meets the height, size, landscape, location, and illumination requirements of this code. To qualify as a pole sign, the cabinet or frame (or equivalent) bottom shall be elevated at least seven feet (7’) above grade. A pole with an advertising flag having sign copy or logo shall be considered a pole sign.

44. Portable Sign. A sign other than a temporary approved sign not permanently attached to the ground or building and used for on- or off-site advertisement purposes. Portable signs include, but are not limited to, signs displayed on vehicles, trailers, and A-frame signs.

45. Projecting Sign. A sign that is suspended from or supported by any building or structure and that projects outward from the supporting structure. An extended wing wall may be considered a projecting sign if it has advertising and does not serve a structural purpose.

46. Promotional Temporary Signs. Signs that may be constructed of all-weather material including vinyl, canvas, or similar material, and are intended for, but are not limited to, the intended uses of a contractor, builder, realtor, political group, and retail-store owners including grand openings, going-out-of-business and special promotional sales, and public- service promotions.

47. Public Service, Seasonal, or Special Community Event Signs. Temporary signs used for special occasions that are installed for a specific limited period of time established by this chapter.

48. Real Estate Development Sign. A temporary off-site sign advertising the sale or lease of newly developed residential subdivisions, residential condominiums, and residential planned developments containing at least five (5) lots or at least ten (10) dwelling units. A sign Packet Pg. 289 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) advertising for projects less than the number of lots or units noted above is defined as a real estate sign.

49. Real Estate Sign. A temporary sign advertising the sale or lease of a lot or parcel of land or any portion thereof upon which the sign is located.

50. Roof Line. The top edge of the roof or top of the parapet, whichever forms the top line of the building silhouette.

51. Roof Sign. A sign located on or attached to the roof of a building.

52. Shopping Center Identifier or Locator Sign. A detached appurtenant sign larger than a pole sign in height and area that identifies the name of a shopping center having at least 300,000 square feet of enclosed retail floor area. Such signs are intended to be viewed from adjacent 4- to 6-lane arterial traffic.

53. Sign. Any device, fixture, placard, or structure that uses any color, form, graphic, illumination, symbol, or writing to advertise, announce the purpose of, identify the purpose of a person or entity, or communicate information of any kind to the public.

54. Sign Area. Sign area shall be computed by measuring the entire area contained within the frame cabinet, including all ornamentation or decoration used to attract attention. In computing the maximum permissible sign area or display surface, standard mathematical formulas for known or common shapes will be used. In the case of irregular shapes, straight lines drawn closest to the extremities of the shape will be used. The structure or structure cover supporting a sign shall not be included in determining the sign area unless the structure or structure cover contains advertising copy. The area of double-face signs shall be computed by using one side, and multi-faced signs shall be the total sum of all display surfaces. The sign copy of a multi-faced sign can be viewed from one position. For balloons and dirigibles, the advertising area shall be based on the largest cross-sectional area of grouped or individual (ungrouped) balloons.

55. Sign Height. The vertical distance measured from the base of the sign at normal grade to the top of the highest attached component of the sign or sign structure.

56. Sniping. Advertising by the pasting, posting, sticking, tacking, hanging, affixing, or placing on cloth, paper, or cardboard bills, cards or posters, or metal signs, to or upon fences, posts, trees, buildings, structures, or surfaces other than outdoor advertising structures. Sniping is unlawful within the city. This definition shall not be held to include any sign or notice issued by any court or public office or posted by any public officer in performance of a public duty or by a private person in giving a legal notice, or any cloth, paper, or cardboard sign advertising for sale or lease the property upon which it stands or any type of sign permitted elsewhere in this chapter.

Packet Pg. 290 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

57. State
-of-the-Art Sign Design. A sign technology that includes, but is not limited to, Electronic Message Boards, Sony JumboTron, etc., that develops or occurs following the adoption of the Sign Ordinance.

58. Supergraphic Wall Sign. A wall advertising with large lettering, business logos, and/or murals that include any advertising message relating to the goods and services sold by the owner of the sign. This type of wall sign sometimes includes a single contrasting band of color, or bright bands of color, or lines that are connected to the wall graphics, physically or visually; and if the bands of color and/or lettering, business logos, and murals extend onto the surface of another wall or side of the building, the bands of color or lines may be considered part of the supergraphic wall sign for the purpose of sign measurement. Where there is at least a five-foot (5’) separation between the advertising and graphic, then the graphic may not be considered as supergraphic.

59. Temporary Sign. A sign not constructed or intended for long-term use. The maximum frequency and length of display shall be as set forth Section 18.42.040(R). Temporary signs include, but are not limited to, banners, displays for public-service promotions, on-site or offsite real estate signs and construction signs, balloons and dirigibles, beacons and searchlights, political signs, and window-painted signs.

60. Time and Temperature Signs. A sign that provides information about time and temperature in the public’s interest without transmitting any advertising message.

61. Wall Mural. A mural applies to representative or nonrepresentative art. Murals usually depict a well-known local landscape scene, are not used as a logo, and do not contain any lettering or numbering relating to the goods or services sold by the owner of the mural. A wall mural may occupy the same wall surface with any type, company name, or logo, but these advertising messages shall have their own field and shall not physically overlap or be included within the viewing field of the mural. When a mural lacks a border, then the entire contrasting color surface of the wall may be considered as the entire sign area.

62. Wall Sign. A sign that is attached to or placed directly onto a parapet or wall of a building.

This includes, but is not limited to, signs supported by a wall, painted signs, supergraphics, murals, etc.

63. Window Sign. Any sign, picture, symbol, or combination thereof, designed to communicate information about an activity, business, commodity, event, sale, or service, that is placed inside a window or within twelve inches (12”) of the window surface or upon the window panes or glass and is visible from the exterior of the window.

Site. A lot, or group of contiguous lots, that is proposed for development in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and is in a single ownership or under unified control.

Story. That part of any building included between the surface of any floor and the surface of the next floor or of the roof next above.

Packet Pg. 291 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

1. Half Story. A story with at least two of its opposite sides situated in a sloping roof, the floor area of which does not exceed two-thirds (2/3) of the floor area immediately below it.

Stream Buffer Terms.

1. Riparian Vegetation. An association of plant species growing adjacent to, and dependent upon, freshwater courses, including perennial and intermittent streams, lakes, and other bodies of freshwater.

2. Top of Bank. That area associated with a stream that contains the normal winter stream flows.

In cases where the top of bank is not obvious or is in dispute, it shall be determined based on the area containing a 10-year flood event. In the case of streams with multiple channels, top of bank shall be the outermost bank of the stream. In no case, however, shall top of bank exceed the defined limits of the 100-year-flood event as determined under the procedures of this code.

Street. A public thoroughfare that affords principal means of access to a block and to abutting property, including avenue, place, way, drive, lane, boulevard, highway, road, and any other thoroughfare, except an alley as defined in this chapter.

Street Line. The boundary between a street and property.

Structural Alterations. Any change in the supporting members of a building such as bearing walls, columns, beams, or girders.

Structure. Anything constructed or erected, the use of which requires location on the ground or attachment to something having location on the ground or under the ground.

Swimming Pool and Hot Tub Terms.

1. Grade. The underlying surface such as earth or a walking surface.

2. Owner. Any person, agent, firm, or corporation having a legal or equitable interest in the property.

3. Swimming Pool, or Pool. Any structure intended for swimming or recreational bathing that contains water over eighteen inches (18”) deep. Swimming pool includes in-ground and aboveground/on-ground structures and includes, but is not limited to, hot tubs, spas, portable spas, and non-portable wading pools.

4. Swimming Pool, Indoor. A swimming pool which is totally contained within a residential structure and surrounded on all four sides by walls of said structure.

5. Swimming Pool, Outdoor. Any swimming pool which is not an indoor pool.

Packet Pg. 292 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Targeted Housing Units. Those units intended to be affordable to lower - and very low-income
households.

Transmission Line. An electric power line bringing power to a receiving or distribution substation.

Telecommunication Terms.

1. Antenna. Any system of wires, poles, rods, reflecting discs, or similar devices used for the transmission or receiving of electromagnetic radio frequency waves.

2. Building-Mounted. An antenna that is affixed to or supported by the roof or exterior wall of a building or other structure.

3. Ground-Mounted. An antenna that is fully or partially supported by a platform, framework, pole, or other structural system that is affixed to or placed directly on or in the ground.

4. Collocation. The location of two (2) or more wireless communication facilities on a single support structure or otherwise sharing a common location. For the purposes of this chapter, collocation shall also include the location of wireless communication facilities with other facilities such as water tanks, light standards, and other utility facilities and structures.

5. Communication Tower. Any structure that is used to transmit or receive electromagnetic radio frequency waves or that supports such a device.

6. Electromagnetic Radio Frequency Waves. Waves of electric and magnetic energy radiating away from a transmission source to be picked up by a receiving antenna for the purpose of communicating information.

7. Wireless Communication Facility. A facility containing communication towers and/or antennas and any related equipment for the purpose of transmitting or receiving electromagnetic radio frequency waves.

Tent. A structure, enclosure or shelter, with or without sidewalls or drops, constructed of fabric or pliable material supported in any manner except by air or the contents it protects.

Tree Terms

1. Candidate Tree(s). A single healthy tree or group of healthy trees warranting consideration for preservation by virtue of its value to the community, the immediate neighborhood, or the natural environment in recognition of the existence of one or more of the following attributes:
a. It is an outstanding specimen of its species in terms of aesthetic quality as determined by shape and branch structure.

Packet Pg. 293 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) b. It is one of the largest or oldest trees in Redding that also has historical or neighborhood interest.
c. It adds significantly to the environment of the city because of its location, distinct form, unique species, or other identifying characteristics.
d. It is in a location which is connected to a larger natural woodland system, such as a permanent open-space area, and which is likely to be self-supporting over time. e. It serves a desirable function, such as buffering dissimilar land uses, or is a component of an overall landscape plan.

2. Cutting. The detaching or separating from a protected tree any limb, branch, or root. Cutting shall include pruning and trimming.

3. dbh (diameter at breast height). The trunk diameter measured at four and one-half feet (4.5’) above the ground (diameter = circumference ÷ 3.142).

4. Damage. Any action undertaken which may cause death or significant injury, or which places the tree in a hazardous condition or in an irreversible state of decline. This includes but is not limited to cutting, topping, girdling, poisoning, or root disturbance.

5. Developed Property. Any individual lot that is occupied by a principal building. A principal building is one in which is conducted the principal use of the lot on which it is located based on the zoning of the lot.

6. Discretionary Projects. Projects shall include but not be limited to those projects subject to:
a use permit (including administrative use permit), a parcel map, a tentative subdivision map, a site-plan review, a variance, a rezone, or a planned development.

7. Drip Line. The area identified by extending a vertical line from the outermost portion of the limb canopy to the ground, with its axis parallel to the trunk.

8. Landmark or Heritage Tree. Any tree that has been specifically placed on the Landmark and Heritage Tree Plan as established by Chapter 13.40 of the Redding Municipal Code.

9. Person. Any natural person, partnership, firm, corporation, governmental agency, or other legal entity.

10. Preserved Tree. A tree that is required to be preserved and protected under discretionary project approval.

11. Qualified Professional. Includes an individual approved by the City who has one or more of the following qualifications:

Packet Pg. 294 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) a. Registered Professional Forester. A person who holds a valid license as a professional forester pursuant to the provisions of the State Code.
b. Certified Arborist. A person who holds a current certificate from the Western Chapter of the International Society of Arboriculture.
c. Biologist. A person who demonstrates expertise in the biological sciences related to oak woodlands of the variety prevalent in the Redding area through an appropriate combination of education, training, and experience and is judged by his or her profession to be able to represent the profession in a competent manner.

12. Removal. The physical removal of a tree, or causing the death of a tree through damage, poison, or other direct or indirect action.

13. Shrub. A woody plant of relatively low height, distinguished from a tree by its height and having several stems.

14. Tree. A perennial plant having a self-supporting woody main stem or trunk usually characterized by the ability to grow to considerable height and size and to develop woody branches at some distance above the ground. It is usually distinguished from a bush or shrub by its size, manner of growth, and usual botanical nomenclature. Perennial shrubs are not classified as trees in this chapter. As stated in Section 1.04.010, the singular “tree” includes the plural “trees,” and the plural the singular.

15. Undeveloped Property. Property that does not contain a “principal building.” A principal building is one in which is conducted the principal use of the lot on which it is located based on the zoning of the lot.

Visible. Capable of being seen (whether or not legible) by a person of normal height and visual acuity walking or driving on a public road.

Yard Terms

1. Yard. An area between a lot line and a setback line, unobstructed and unoccupied from the ground upward, except for projections permitted by these regulations.

2. Yard, Corner Side. An area extending across the full width of the lot between the corner side lot line and the nearest line of the building.

3. Yard, Front. An area extending across the full width of the lot between the front lot line and the nearest line of the building. The front yard may face either street frontage of a corner lot as determined by the Building Official upon issuance of a building permit. For double frontage lots, the front yard faces each street frontage from which access is permitted.

4. Yard, Rear. An area extending the full width of the lot between a rear lot line and the nearest line of the building.

Packet Pg. 295 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

5. Yard, Side. An area extending from the front yard to the rear yard between the nearest side Section 12. Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of the ordinance. The City Council of the City of Redding hereby declares that it would have passed this ordinance and each section, subsection, sentence, clause and phrase thereof irrespective of the fact that one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases may be held invalid or unconstitutional.

Section 13. The passage of this ordinance is not a “project” according to the definition in the California Environmental Quality Act, and therefore is not subject to the provisions requiring environmental review.

Packet Pg. 296 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Section 14. This ordinance shall take effect thirty (30) days after the date of its adoption, and the City Clerk shall certify to the adoption thereof and cause its publication according to law.

I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing ordinance was introduced and read by the City Council of the City of Redding at a regular meeting on the 4th day of November, 2025, and was duly read and adopted at a regular meeting on the _____ day of ________, 2025, by the following vote:

AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: COUNCIL MEMBERS:
___________________________________
JACK MUNNS, Mayor
ATTEST: FORM APPROVED:
________________________________ ____________________________________ SHARLENE TIPTON, City Clerk CHRISTIAN M. CURTIS, City Attorney Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Packet Pg. 297 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Clean Copy Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

STRIKEOUT ORDINANCE
OLD LANGUAGE: STRUCK OUT
NEW LANGUAGE: UNDERLINE
MOVED LANGUAGE: DOUBLE UNDERLINE/STRIKEOUT
ORDINANCE NO. ________________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF REDDING AMENDING TITLE 18
(ZONING), CHAPTER 18.15 (ZONING EXCEPTIONS) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.15.030 (STANDARDS FOR WHICH EXCEPTIONS MAY BE CONSIDERED), CHAPTER 18.30 (“RL” RURAL LANDS DISTRICT) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.30.020 (LAND USE REGULATIONS),
CHAPTER 18.31 (RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS: “RE” RESIDENTIAL
ESTATE, ‘RS” RESIDENTIAL SINGLE FAMILY, AND “RM”

RESIDENTIAL MULTIPLE FAMILY) BY AMENDING SECTION

18.31.020 (LAND USE REGULATIONS), CHAPTER 18.32 (OFFICE DISTRICTS; “LO” LIMITED OFFICE AND “GO’ GENERAL OFFICE) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.32.020 (LAND USE REGULATIONS),
CHAPTER 18.33 (COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS: “NC” NEIGHBORHOOD
COMMERCIAL, “SC” SHOPPING CENTER, “RC” REGIONAL
COMMERCIAL, “GC” GENERAL COMMERCIAL, AND “HC” HEAVY
COMMERCIAL) BY AMENDING SECTIONS 18.33.020 (LAND USE
REGULATIONS) AND 18.33.050 (RESIDENTIAL USES IN “OFFICE” AND “COMMERCIAL” DISTRICTS), CHAPTER 18.40 (DEVELOPMENT AND SITE REGULATIONS) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.40.120 (TRASH
ENCLOSURE CONTAINERS), CHAPTER 18.41 (OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING) BY AMENDING SECTIONS 18.41.040 (OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES REQUIRED) AND 18.41.100 (SCREENING AND
LANDSCAPE), CHAPTER 18.42 (SIGNS) BY AMENDING SECTION

18.42.030 (GENERAL STANDARDS), CHAPTER 18.43 (STANDARDS FOR SPECIFIC LAND USES) BY AMENDING SECTIONS 18.43.020
(ACCESSORY USES AND STRUCTURES) AND 18.43.140 (ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS), CHAPTER 18.60 (USE CLASSIFICATIONS) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.60.020 (RESIDENTIAL USE
CLASSIFICATIONS), AND CHAPTER 18.61 (LIST OF TERMS AND
DEFINITIONS) BY AMENDING SECTION 18.61.020 (DEFINITIONS) THEREBY UPDATING THE ZONING CODE.

18.15.030 Standards for Which Exceptions May Be Considered An exception may be considered for the following standards. Additional exceptions may be allowed if, in the opinion of the director, they are of a similar nature or magnitude to those listed below:

A. Accessory Structure Front Yard Setbacks. Provided that the minimum front yard setback Packet Pg. 298 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) will be maintained and where adjacent residences will not be adversely affected, the director may allow an accessory structure to be located closer to the street than the existing or proposed residence on the site.

B. Buffer Yards, Alternative. The minimum width of a buffer yard required by Schedule

18.40.020-A: Buffer Yards, may be reduced by up to twenty-five percent (25%) provided that the reduction will not increase the potential for land use impacts between adjoining properties given the circumstances of a particular site.

C. Building Separation. The Director may authorize a reduction in minimum building separation of up to twenty percent (20%) between buildings if the reduction will maintain compliance with the California Building Code.

D. Exceptions to Height Limits. Towers, spires, cupolas, chimneys, elevator penthouses, water tanks, monuments, theater scenery lofts, and similar structures and mechanical appurtenances covering no more than twenty percent (20%) of the top-floor roof area of the structure to which they are attached may exceed height limits by no more than ten feet (10’) with no discretionary review. The director may approve greater height upon making the findings required by Section 18.15.040 (Required Findings) of this chapter.

E. Fence Height. In any district, the maximum height of any fence, wall, hedge, or equivalent screening may be increased by a maximum of two feet (2’) where the topography of sloping sites or a difference in grade between adjoining sites warrants such increase in height to maintain a level of privacy or to maintain effectiveness of screening as generally provided by such fence, wall, hedge, or screening in similar circumstances.

F. Front-Yard Setback (Increase). In the “RS” and “RE” districts, the Director may increase the maximum front-yard setback where it is determined that the increase will not unreasonably affect abutting sites.

G. Front-Yard Setback (Decrease). In any district, the director may decrease the minimum setback by ten percent (10%) where the decrease will not unreasonably affect abutting sites provided that no exception shall be granted for a garage that is designed to have vehicles back directly out into the street. In addition, the director is authorized to grant a five percent (5%) reduction in any setback requirements where construction has commenced and a mistake was made in the surveying or plans preparation.

H. Garage Setback/Sloped Lots. Where the elevation of a lot at a point twenty feet (20’) behind the entire frontage of a lot (as measured from the back of curb) is seven feet (7’) above or below the level of the curb, a private garage (attached or detached) for a single-family residence may have a minimum front yard setback of ten feet (10’) from the front property line of the lot provided that a third open parking space is provided on the site.

I. Lot Size. In any “RE” or “RS” zone, the Director may authorize a maximum ten percent (10%) reduction in parcel area on parcels created by parcel map if two or more existing Packet Pg. 299 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) parcels within two hundred feet (200’) of the proposed parcel map are less than the minimum parcel size.

J. Multi-story Limitations; Transitional Building Height; Skyplane. The Director may reduce the higher or second-story setbacks required by Section 18.31.030, and/or reduce the building-height limitations established by Sections 18.32.040 and 18.33.040, and/or skyplane requirements by up to twenty percent (20%) upon determining that any of the following are in evidence:

1. Existing rear or side yard setbacks in the abutting “RE” or “RS” district are sufficient to ensure that the intent of the multistory, transitional height or skyplane limitations are met.

2. The difference in existing or proposed finished grade between building sites is such that privacy, height, or bulk impacts to any residential district would not be present if requirements are reduced.

3. The size or configuration of the developing property is such that it is infeasible to meet the limitations of these sections.

K. Reserved.

L. Parking—Space and Aisle-Dimension Reductions. Because of circumstances unique to a property, such as size, shape, topography, location of easements, or desirable trees, the Director may authorize up to a ten percent (10%) reduction in open parking-space or aislewidth dimension for commercial and multiple-family residential uses with four or more units.

Such exception may be allowed only when it is proven that the reduction will not result in a traffic hazard or impact the necessary parking for the use.

M. Parking—Reduction in Covered Spaces. For single-family residences in existing neighborhoods, one covered parking space may be permitted by zoning exception when at least one additional off-street parking space is provided on the building site, the subject property is an existing, legally created lot the director determines that the predominate offstreet parking arrangement in the immediate vicinity is a single covered space, and that granting the exception would not contribute to an existing on-street parking problem.

N. Recreational Vehicle Storage/Parking.

1. Recreational Vehicle Storage. In the “RE” and “RS” districts, the director may approve a zoning exception to allow not more than one recreational vehicle, as defined in Schedule 18.31.030-C, Note (8), to be parked within the front or street side-yard setback area subject to the following findings and requirements:
a. The Director finds that the applicant has submitted an affidavit and related materials that affirm the following:

Packet Pg. 300 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) i. There is no physical space available to access and/or store the vehicle within an interior side or rear yard. These site conditions include, but are not limited to, such things as:
(A) Existing building setbacks and eaves and other building projections (does not include the location of buildings with a size of one-hundredtwenty (120) square feet or less); (B) Location of mature tree(s);
(C) Location of HVAC or similar equipment;
(D) Existence of substantial slopes.
ii. Notices of the zoning exception application shall be sent to all owner(s) of real propety sharing a common street frontage within three hundred feet (300’) of the applicant’s property. Should two (2) or more owners of real property within the notification area object in writing to the approval of the zoning exception or appeal the approval by the Director, the zoning exception shall not be granted.
iii. The parking of such vehicles is not prohibited by any conditions, covenants, and restrictions (CC&Rs) applied to the property. The applicant shall provide either: (1) a copy of the CC&Rs applicable to the property or (2) if no CC&Rs have been recorded, a title report for the subject property sufficiently current to determine whether the property is subject to CC&Rs. iv. The vehicle is operable and is owned by and registered to the occupant of the premises upon which it is parked.

b. Vehicle Parking Conditions.
i. Vehicles shall be parked generally perpendicular to the front property line. ii. Storage shall be allowed only on areas surfaced with all-weather materials, such as concrete, asphalt, brick, stone, gravel, or similar material, and shall not obstruct the ingress or egress to and from existing garage doors. Storage shall not occur within a lawn or other landscaped area. iii. The vehicle shall not be parked closer than two feet (2’) to a side property line.
iv. No part of the vehicle may extend more than three feet (3’) into the public or private right-of-way or be closer than two feet (2’) to a public sidewalk. v. Vehicles shall not be occupied for living purposes.

Packet Pg. 301 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) vi. The vehicles shall be maintained in a clean and inoffensive manner.

Offensive includes, but is not limited to, unrepaired collision damage; broken glass; flat tires; discharge of effluent; discarding of litter or other materials; or a general unsightly exterior appearance as exhibited by peeling paint, rust, or attachment of siding materials not original to the recreational vehicle.

Covering of the vehicle by tarp or similar material is not allowed. The use of custom covers made specifically for the type and size of vehicle is permitted. vii. The zoning exception shall not be transferable to a subsequent owner of the property.
viii. Registration shall remain current throughout the term of the zoning exception. Note: Vehicles registered with the Department of Motor Vehicles as “Non-Op” are not considered to be registered vehicles for the purpose of this section.
ix. Zoning exceptions shall be valid for a period not to exceed three (3) years.

Upon application, the director may grant one or more renewals not to exceed a time period of three (3) years for each renewal. Noticing, property owner objection/appeal, and other provisions and requirements pertaining to the original approval shall apply to renewal requests.

2. Parking for Affordable or Disabled Housing Projects. The requirement to provide parking for recreational vehicles for multiple-family units may be waived, provided that the project qualifies as an affordable housing project as defined by the State Government Code and provided that the necessary area for providing the required spaces is set aside and maintained in landscape to allow conversion to parking should the use convert from affordable or disabled housing to standard multiple-family use.

O. Reversing the Frontage of a Corner Lot. The front yard and street side yard setbacks on a corner lot that were established at the time of issuance of a building permit for the original structure may be reversed for the purpose of establishing yard requirements provided that:
1) the reversal will not result in the placement of structures that are inconsistent with the general nature of the neighborhood and 2) vehicular and pedestrian safety will not be jeopardized.

P. Roof-Mounted Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment. The Director may approve installation of roof-mounted residential heating and air-conditioning equipment provided that the equipment cannot be seen from any existing or future public street, park, school, open space, or other public area for a distance of at least six hundred feet (600’). In making such a determination, the Director shall consider such factors as the method of screening proposed, topography of the site and surrounding sites, and allowable height of existing and future buildings within six hundred feet (600’) of the proposed equipment.

Packet Pg. 302 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Q. Accessory Dwelling Units. Size Increase — The Director may authorize up to a twenty percent (20%) increase in the allowable size of an accessory dwelling unit provided that the Director determines that the exception is necessary to provide for the reasonable accommodation for one or more disabled persons who will reside in the accessory dwelling unit. Lot Size Reduction—The Director may authorize an accessory dwelling unit to be constructed on a lot less than six thousand (6,000) square feet in size, provided that the Director determines that the floor area will not exceed five hundred (500) square feet and that the occupancy of the accessory dwelling unit is intended solely to house one or more family members as defined by this code. The accessory dwelling unit shall not be rented, and this stipulation shall be included in the deed restriction required by subsection 18.43.140.D.

R. Shade Trees in Parking Lot. The Director may authorize a maximum twenty-five percent (25%) reduction in the number of shade trees required in a parking lot provided that the total number of trees required is provided in alternate locations on the site adjacent to the parking area.

S. Side Yard and Rear Yard Setbacks. In any district, the Director may decrease the minimum setback by not more than twenty percent (20%) where the proposed setback area or yard is in character with the surrounding neighborhood and is not required as an essential open-space or recreational amenity to the use of the site, where such decrease will not unreasonably affect abutting sites. In the “GO” district, one side yard other than a street side yard may be decreased to that established for an adjacent existing building provided that one side yard has a minimum setback of ten feet (10’) (fifteen feet (15’) if adjacent to an “R” District).

T. Sign Height, Increased. The Director may authorize an increase in pole sign height not to exceed thirty-five feet (35’) when necessary for sign visibility due to topography; surrounding buildings; existing trees to be preserved, except City street trees; or similar circumstances. The Director shall consider, in addition to visibility or sight obstructions, vehicle speed, visibility/readability from freeway off-ramp locations, or other factors which may negate the benefit otherwise gained by increased sign height.

U. Surfacing. The requirement for paving driveways over one-hundred-fifty feet (150’) in length may be waived provided that: 1) the first thirty feet (30’) from the paved street or back of the sidewalk shall be paved, 2) the driveway-surfacing requirements of the Fire Marshal shall be met, and 3) the driveway is not located within seventy-five feet (75’) of an existing or future residence.

V. Unique Parking Demand Uses. The Director may authorize up to a ten percent (10%) reduction in the off-street parking requirement upon an adequate showing that parking demand for a use is less than that required by Chapter 18.41, (Off-Street Parking and Loading) of this title.

18.30.020 Land Use Regulations
Schedule 18.30.020-A below prescribes the land use regulations for the “RL” Residential Districts.

The regulations for the district are established by letter designations as follows:

Packet Pg. 303 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) “P” designates permitted use classifications.
“L” designates use classifications that are permitted, subject to certain limitations prescribed by the additional use regulations contained in this chapter. “S” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Board of Administrative Review. “Sd”designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Director.
“U” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a use permit by the Planning Commission.

Use classifications are defined in Chapter 18.60, Use Classifications. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications not listed or not substantially similar to the uses in the schedule below are prohibited. The schedule also notes additional use regulations that apply to various uses.

Schedule 18.30.020-A: Use Regulations—”Rural Lands” District Use Classifications “RL” Additional Regulations
Residential Uses
Single Family P
Family Day Care, 6 or fewer P
Accessory Dwelling Units P See Section 18.43.140
Junior Accessory Dwelling Units P See Section 18.43.140 Residential Care, Limited P
Supportive Housing Facilities P
Transitional Housing Facilities P
Residential Cannabis Cultivation L19 P See Chapter 6.12 Public and Semipublic Uses
Cemetery U
Park & Recreation Facilities S
Public Safety Facilities S
Religious Facilities S Use permit required if over 10,000 sq ft Residential Care, Senior S
Must demonstrate provision of high level
of care and services
Residential Care, General S
Must demonstrate provision of high level
of care and services
Schools, Public or Private U
Commercial Uses
Bed and Breakfast Establishments Sd See Section 18.43.060 Packet Pg. 304 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “RL” Additional Regulations
Commercial Recreation U
Utilities, Major U
Utilities, Minor P
Retail Cannabis Sales -- Not permitted
Commercial Cannabis Cultivation -- Not permitted
Industrial Uses
Cannabis Microbusinesses, Distribution,
Manufacturing, Processing,
Testing, and Storage
-- Not Permitted
Agriculture and Extractive Uses
Crop and Animal Raising Sd
Goat Grazing for fire fuel management Sd
Mining and Quarrying U See Chapter 18.44
Nurseries Sd
Accessory Uses and Structures See Section 18.43.020
Temporary Uses See Chapter 18.17
Nonconforming Uses See Chapter 18.46
L19 Indoor cannabis cultivation permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity.

18.31.020 Land Use Regulations
Schedule 18.31.020-A below prescribes the land use regulations for the “RE,” “RS,” and “RM” Residential Districts. The regulations for each district are established by letter designations as follows:
“P” designates permitted use classifications.
“L” designates use classifications that are permitted, subject to certain limitations prescribed by the additional use regulations contained in this chapter. “Sd”designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Director.
“S” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Board of Administrative Review. “U” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a use permit by the Planning Commission.

Use classifications are defined in Chapter 18.60, Use Classifications. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications not listed in the schedule or not substantially similar to the uses below are prohibited. The schedule also notes additional use regulations that apply to various uses.

Packet Pg. 305 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Schedule 18.31.020-A: Use Regulations—Other “Residential” Districts Use Classifications “RE” “RS” “RM” Additional Regulations Residential Uses
Single Family P P P (4)
Two-Family Dwelling — L1 P (3) (6)
Residential Condominium and
Condominium Conversions — — P (9)
Manufactured Home Park — — U RM-6 through RM-10 districts only Multiple Family (Apartments) — — P
Site development permit required for 5 or more
dwelling units on a parcel. See Schedule 18.31.030-B
for maximum allowable densities. (3) (6)
Dwelling Group — — S
Group Residential — — S
Family Day Care, 6 or fewer P P P
Family Day Care, 7–14 P P P
Accessory Dwelling Units P P P See Section 18.43.140
Junior Accessory Dwelling Units P P — See Section 18.43.140 Residential Care, Limited P P P
Supportive Housing Facilities P P P (8)
Transitional Housing Facilities P P P (8)
Residential Cannabis Cultivation L19 P L19 P L19 See Chapter 6.12 Public and Semipublic Uses
Clubs & Lodges — — S
Community Centers — S S
Day Care Center (15 or more) U U S See Section 18.43.070 Park & Recreation Facilities S S S
Parking Lots S S S
For adjacent office or commercial use only; covered
parking must be at a residential scale.

Public Safety Facilities U U S
Religious Facilities S S S
Residential Care, General S S S (1), (2)
Residential Care, Senior S S S (1), (2)
Schools, Public or Private U U U
Commercial Uses
Bed and Breakfast Establishments Sd Sd Sd See Section 18.43.060 Commercial Recreation L2 L2 —
Food and Beverage Sales U U U
Not to exceed 3,500 sf; no gasoline sales or liquor
stores
Offices, Business & Professional — — S (5), (7)
Retail Cannabis Sales — — — Not permitted
Commercial Cannabis Cultivation — — — Not permitted
Transportation, Communication, and Utilities Uses
Utilities, Minor P P P
Industrial Uses
Cannabis Microbusinesses,
Distribution,
Manufacturing, Processing,
Testing, and Storage
— — — Not Permitted
Agriculture and Extractive Uses
Goat Grazing for fire fuel management Sd Sd Sd
Accessory Uses and Structures See Section 18.43.020
Temporary Uses See Chapter 18.17
Packet Pg. 306 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “RE” “RS” “RM” Additional Regulations Nonconforming Uses See Chapter 18.46
Specific Limitations
L1 Only in RS-3.5 and RS-4 with approval of a site development permit and when in character with the existing or proposed neighborhood and consistent with the general plan density for the subject property.

L2 Golf courses, racquet clubs, health and fitness clubs (public and private) allowed in these residential districts on parcels 5 acres and larger with approval of a use permit.

L19 Indoor cannabis cultivation permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity (1) Residential Care Facilities in the “RE” and “RS” Districts shall not exceed the population density that would otherwise result from typical residential development based on the standard of 2.47 persons per household. For example, a two-acre parcel in a “RS-3” District would be limited to fifteen (15) persons receiving care (2x3x2.47=15 persons).
(2) In the “RE” and “RS” Districts, any facility over five thousand square feet (5,000 ft2) shall be developed in accordance with the “RM-10” District, except that building height shall not exceed thirty-five feet (35’). (3) Site development permit issued by the Director shall be required for development on all parcels within an “RM” District where said parcel was created by a subdivision of five (5) or more parcels. (4) Single-family prohibited in “RM” District on lots created after adoption of this section except in a “PD” Planned Development District and for small-lot subdivisions.
(5) The Director may require buffer yards on side and rear property lines of the office development as specified in Section 18.40.020.
(6) Site development permit issued by the Director shall be required for construction of any units on a parcel without public-street access.
(7) Size limit: five thousand square feet (5,000 ft2). Limited to conversion of existing structures in “RM-12” through “RM-30” Districts; new construction is allowed in “RM-6” through “RM-10” Districts.
(8) Permitted use subject to consistency with the definition of the use contained in Chapter 18.60. Proposed transitional and supportive facilities that are inconsistent with Chapter 18.60 may be allowed only in the “RM” District subject to first obtaining a site development permit approved by the Board of Administrative Review.
(9) Permitted use subject to the requirements of Section 18.43.170 and the condominium subdivision requirements of Chapters 17.30 and 17.34; see Schedule 18.31.030-B for maximum allowable densities.

18.32.020Land Use Regulations
Schedule 18.32.020-A and Section 18.32.030 below prescribe the land use regulations and discretionary permit requirements for “Office” Districts. The regulations for each district are established by letter designations as follows:
“P” designates permitted use classifications subject to the provisions of Schedules

18.32.030-A and 18.32.030-B.
“L” designates use classifications that are permitted, subject to certain limitations prescribed by the additional use regulations or standards for specific uses in Chapter

18.43, Standards for Specific Land Uses.

Packet Pg. 307 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) “Sd” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Director.
“S” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Board of Administrative Review. “U” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a use permit by the Planning Commission.

Use classifications are defined in Chapter 18.60, Use Classifications. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications not listed or not substantially similar to the use in the schedule below are prohibited. The schedule also notes additional use regulations that apply to various uses.

Schedule 18.32.020-A: Use Regulations—”Limited Office” and “General Office” Use Classifications “LO” “GO” Additional Regulations
Residential Uses L7 S See Section 18.33.050
Accessory Dwelling Units — L23 P See Section 18.43.140
Residential Cannabis Cultivation L19 P L19 P See Chapter 6.12 Public and Semipublic Uses
Clinics Sd P
Clubs & Lodges — P
Colleges and Trade Schools, Public or Private — P
Community Centers — U
Cultural Institutions — P
Day Care Center (14 or more) S P
Government Offices P P
Hospitals (including emergency care) — P
Park & Recreation Facilities U U
Public Safety Facilities S S
Religious Facilities S P
Residential Care, General S P
Residential Care, Senior S P
Schools, Public or Private S P
Commercial Uses
Ambulance Services S S
Animal Sales and Services L6 L6
Banks and Savings & Loans L3 L4
Business Services P P
Eating and Drinking Establishments
Restaurants, Full Service P P
Drive-up/Drive-through Service — —
Hotels and Motels — S
Laboratories P P
Maintenance and Repair Services — —
Offices, Business & Professional P P
Offices, Medical & Dental P P
Packet Pg. 308 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “LO” “GO” Additional Regulations
Parking, Office Sd Sd
Parking, Structures U U
Personal Services P P
Retail Sales L5 L5
Neighborhood Retail L5 L5
Community Retail — —
Travel Services P P
Retail Cannabis Sales -- -- Not permitted
Commercial Cannabis Cultivation -- -- Not permitted
Transportation, Communication, and Utilities Uses
Communication Antennae and Transmission Towers — U See Section 18.40.010 Communication Facilities within Buildings Sd P
Utilities, Major — U
Utilities, Minor P P
Industrial Uses
Cannabis Microbusinesses, Distribution,
Manufacturing, Processing,
Testing, and Storage
-- -- Not permitted
Agriculture and Extractive Uses
Goat Grazing for fire fuel management Sd Sd
Accessory uses and Structures See Section 18.43.020
Temporary Uses See Chapter 18.17
NonConforming Uses See Chapter 18.46
Specific Limitations:

L3 No drive-through service.

L4 Site development permit required for drive-through service.

L5 Limited to pharmacies up to 5,000 square feet.

L6 Site development permit required for kennels. Outdoor dog runs are prohibited.

L7 Only as a secondary use with a site development permit.

L19 Indoor cannabis cultivation permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity.

L23 Only as an accessory use to a multiple-family dwelling.

18.33.020 Land Use Regulations
Schedule 18.33.020-A and Section 18.33.030 below prescribe the land use regulations and discretionary permit requirements for “Commercial” Districts. The regulations for each district are established by letter designations as follows:
“P” designates permitted use classifications subject to the provisions of Schedules

18.33.030-A and 18.33.030-B.
“L” designates use classifications that are generally subject to certain limitations prescribed by the additional use regulations contained in this chapter subject to the provisions of Schedules 18.33.030-A and 18.33.030-B.
“Sd” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Director.

Packet Pg. 309 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) “S” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a site development permit by the Board of Administrative Review. “U” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a use permit by the Planning Commission.

Use classifications are defined in Chapter 18.60, Use Classifications. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications not listed or not substantially similar to the uses in the schedule below are prohibited. The schedule also notes additional regulations that apply to various uses.

As described in Section 18.01.050(C), Establishment of Subdistricts, two sub-designations are depicted on the zoning map that refines the types of uses appropriate in certain geographic areas within a base district. Schedule 18.33.020-A provides regulations for base districts as well as those where visitor-serving and retail uses are encouraged (“VR” sub-designator).

Schedule 18.33.020-A: Use Regulations—”Commercial” Districts Use Classifications “NC” “SC” “RC” “GC”
“GCVR”
“HC” Additional Regulations
Residential Uses
Single-Family L7 – – L7 – L6
Residential Condominium and Condominium
Conversions L7 L7 L7 S S –
See Sections 18.33.050 and

18.43.170, and subdivision
requirements of Chapters

17.30 and 17.34.

Multiple-Family L7 L7 L7 S S – See Sec. 18.33.050
Accessory Dwelling Units - - - L23 P L23 P - See Section 18.43.140 Supportive Housing Facilities - - - S S S Multiple-Family Only Transitional Housing Facilities - - - S S S Multiple-Family Only Residential Cannabis Cultivation L19 P L19 P L19 P L19 P L19 P L19 P See Chapter 6.12 Public and Semipublic Uses
Clinics L8 L8 P P SD P
Clubs and Lodges – – – P – –
Colleges and Trade Schools, Public or Private – S S P – S Community Centers U U U U – S
Community Social Service Facilities – – – – – U
Cultural Institutions L8 L8 P P Sd Sd
Packet Pg. 310 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “NC” “SC” “RC” “GC”
“GCVR”
“HC” Additional Regulations
Day Care Center (14 or More) P P P P – S
Government Offices L8 L8 P P P P
Hospitals – – – S – –
Park and Recreation Facilities S S S S S –
Parking, Public – S S S S S
Public Maintenance and Service Facilities – – – – – S
Public Safety Facilities L8 P L8 P U U
Religious Facilities S S S P S S
Residential Care, General S – – Sd – –
Schools, Public or Private S S S S – S
Commercial Uses
Adult Business Establishments - - - - - U See Section 18.43.020 Animal Sales and Services L8 P P P S P
Adjacent to an “R” District,
outdoor kennels prohibited
Large Animal Veterinary Services – – – P – P
Banks and Savings and Loans L4 L4 L4 L4 Sd L4
Bed and Breakfast Establishments – – – Sd Sd – See Sec. 18.43.060 Building Materials and Services – – S S – P
Business Services L8 P P P P P
Commercial Recreation S S S S S S
Commercial Entertainment – P P P P –
Convenience Gas Mart S S S S S S See Sec. 18.43.090
Eating and Drinking Establishments
Site development permitDirector required for outdoor
seating
Bars/Nightclubs/Lounges U S S S S S
Restaurants, Full Service P P P P P P
Drive-Up/Drive-Through Service L3 Sd Sd Sd Sd Sd See Sec. 18.43.080 Food and Beverage Sales

P P P P P P
Food Preparation P P P P P P
Packet Pg. 311 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “NC” “SC” “RC” “GC”
“GCVR”
“HC” Additional Regulations
Funeral Parlors and Mortuaries – – – P – P
Home Improvement Sales and Services L8 L8 P P – P
Homeless Shelters – – – – – P See Sec. 18.43.160
Hotels and Motels – – S S S S
Hotel, Residential – – – U U U
Must meet Calif Building
Code requirement for
efficiency dwelling unit.

Laboratories – P P P P P
Maintenance and Repair Services L9 L9 L9 L9 L9 L9 See Section 18.43.050 Offices, Business and Professional L8 P P P P P
Offices, Medical & Dental L8 P P P P P
Parking Facilities, Commercial – S S S S S
Personal Improvement Services P P P P P P
Recreational Vehicle Parks – – – U – U
Personal Services P P P P P P
Retail Sales P P P P P P/L10 See Section 18.43.130
Recycling Station L7 L7 L7 L7 L7 L7
Travel Services P P P P P P
Vehicle Equipment Sales and Services
Automobile Rentals – – S Sd – Sd
Automobile/vehicle Repair, Major – – – L11 L13 L11 See Sec. 18.43.050 Automobile/Vehicle Repair, Minor – L11 L11 L11 L13 L11 See Sec. 18.43.050 Automobile/Vehicle Sales and Leasing – – S Sd L13 Sd
Automobile Washing – S S Sd L7 Sd
Heavy Equipment Sales, Service, & Rental – – – U S
Large Vehicle Sales, Service, & Rental – – – S L13 S
Vehicle Storage – – – S – S
Retail Cannabis Sales -- L20 P L20 P L20 P L20 P L20 P See Chapter 6.12 Commercial Cannabis Cultivation -- -- -- -- -- Sd See Chapter 6.12 Packet Pg. 312 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “NC” “SC” “RC” “GC”
“GCVR”
“HC” Additional Regulations
Industrial Uses
Contractors’ Office & Shop Buildings – – – – – S
Contractors’ Storage Yards – – – – – S See Sec. 18.43.130 Handicraft/Custom Manufacturing – L8 L8 L8 L8 P
Industry, General – – – – – U
Self-Storage Warehouses – – – S – S See Sec. 18.43.150
Warehousing and Storage – – – – – S
Cannabis Microbusinesses, Distribution,
Manufacturing, Processing, Testing, and Storage -- -- -- -- -- Sd See Chapter 6.12 Agriculture and Extractive Uses
Goat Grazing for fire fuel management Sd Sd Sd Sd Sd Sd Transportation, Communication, and Utilities Uses
Communication Antennae/Transmission Towers – U U U U U See Sec. 18.40.010 Communication Facilities Within Buildings – Sd P P – P
Freight/truck Terminals and Warehouses – – – – – S
Transportation Passenger Terminals S S S S S S
Truck Weigh Stations – – – – – S
Utilities, Major – – U U – U
Accessory Uses and Structures See Sec. 18.43.020
Temporary Uses See Chapter 18.17
Nonconforming Uses See Chapter 18.46
Packet Pg. 313 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Use Classifications “NC” “SC” “RC” “GC”
“GCVR”
“HC” Additional Regulations
Specific Limitations:

L3 No drive-through service except for establishments not exceeding 150 square feet in developed neighborhood commercial projects exceeding 2 acres in area. Site development permit required.

L4 Site development permit required for drive-through.

L6 Caretakers’ quarters only, not to exceed 1,000 square feet. Site Development Permit-Director required.

L7 Only as an accessory use subject to approval of a site development permit.

L8 Small-scale only (5,000 square feet or less).

L9 No outdoor storage unless a site development permit is approved by the Director.

L10 No shopping centers, power centers, or similar uses allowed.

L11 Site development permit required if site abuts an “R” district.

L12 Reserved
L-13 Establishment of new uses is prohibited. Enlargements of existing facilities up to 10 percent are allowed by site development permit issued by the Director. Other expansions/enlargements, including expansions affecting more than a single parcel, shall require approval of a use permit. Such expansions shall not be approved if they involve property not owned or legally controlled by the business entity prior to adoption of this section. Proof of compliance shall be submitted at the time of application for the expansion/enlargements. Such intensifications shall be subject to compliance with all adopted site and building design criteria and development standards applicable within the zoning district and such other site and building design elements determined necessary by the approving authority to ensure compatibility with surrounding conforming uses.

L19 Indoor cannabis cultivation permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity L20 Retail sales of cannabis products permitted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6.12: Cannabis Activity.

L23 Only as an accessory use to a multiple-family dwelling.

18.33.050Residential Uses in “Office” and “Commercial” Districts This section establishes the standards under which residential uses may be conducted in office and commercial districts where allowed by this chapter.

A. Except in the “General Commercial” and “General Office” Districts, all residential uses shall be accessory to the intended use of the property as expressed in the General Plan and this code and shall not occupy greater floor area than the principal use.

B. Free-standing residential uses in the “General Commercial” District shall be consistent with the density and development requirements of the “RM-15” district. Free-standing residential uses in the “General Office” District shall be consistent with the density and development requirements of the “RM-10” District (see Chapter 18.31, Residential Districts).

C. Separate dedicated parking facilities shall be provided for residential uses in mixed-use projects.

Packet Pg. 314 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) D. Accessory dwelling units shall should be located to minimize impacts from noise, on-site traffic circulation, outdoor activities, and other impacts that may result from the principal use of the property.

E. Accessory dwelling units shall share incorporate the same architectural features, building materials, and landscape theme as the principal use.

F. Buffer yards shall be provided for residential uses at the side and rear property lines of the residential development if required by the Director.

18.40.120 Trash Container Enclosures
A. Purpose.

1. To establish design and locational criteria for the construction of trash-, organic- and recycling-container enclosures in conjunction with multiple-family residential, commercial, and industrial developments. The Director is authorized to require that a trash-, organic- and recycling-container enclosure meeting the standards of this section be constructed as a condition of obtaining a site development permit, use permit, or building permit on any site that does not have the required enclosure.

2. To ensure that enclosures are functional, serviceable, durable, unobtrusive, and architecturally compatible with the adjacent buildings.

3. To ensure adequate areas for the storage of recyclable materials as required by the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Act of 1991, Recycling Act of 1991, AB 341, Senate Bill (SB) 1383, SB 1826 and City Ordinance 2648 (9.28.30).

B. Applicability.

1. Trash-, organic- and recycling-container enclosures. Required for all new multiplefamily developments consisting of four (4) or more dwelling units and for all office, commercial, and industrial developments. Alterations (including cumulative alterations) resulting in a cumulative increase in floor area of 20 percent or more require installation of a recyclable-materials closure.

2. Trash, organic and recycling enclosures may be functionally combined into a single unit or may be established at separate locations on a parcel subject to the design criteria established by this chapter and the approval of the Director.

3. The Director is authorized to require that a trash-container enclosure meeting the standards of this code be constructed as a condition of obtaining a building permit on any site that does not have such an enclosure.

Packet Pg. 315 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Schedule 18.40.120-A: Applicability of Recycling and Solid Waste Disposal Regulations Zoning District Applicability
R 4 or more dwelling units
O, I, PS All development
C All development1
Note:1 For residential development in "C" districts, applies only to 5 or more multiple-family dwellings.

C. Location and Orientation. All enclosures shall comply with the California Fire Code and shall meet the following requirements unless it is demonstrated that they are infeasible as determined by the Director. A building permit shall not be issued for a project until documentation of approval of the location is provided by the Director.

1. No enclosures shall be located within any required front-yard or street side-yard setback areas unless it is satisfactorily demonstrated to the Director that due to originality of design, architectural treatments, and lack of visibility of loading areas, the location meets the intent of this section.

2. Trash enclosures shall be located so that front-load equipment having a 17.5-foot wheel base and an outside turning radius of 45 feet has sufficient maneuvering area and, if feasible, so that the collection equipment can avoid backing. The enclosure pad with an apron area 10 feet in width and 12 feet in length shall not have a slope, including cross slope, exceeding 2 percent. The pad shall not be elevated above the apron.

3. The enclosure openings shall be oriented so that front-load disposal equipment can head in directly to the enclosure opening to access the container without removing it from the enclosure.

4. Trash enclosures shall be located so that front-load equipment can enter and exit the property using through driveways, thus avoiding backing maneuvers. If through driveways are not practical, sufficient maneuvering area shall be provided to allow collection equipment to turn around. Enclosures shall not be placed in areas where collection equipment will have to back into the street to exit the property. The Solid Waste Division may approve alternate locations where considered appropriate based on site constraints, such as site size and layout, and taking into consideration the average number of vehicle trips on abutting streets.

5. Recycling enclosures shall be located within 10 feet of a driveway aisle or parking area.

A 4-foot-wide concrete walkway shall be provided between the enclosure entrance and the driveway or parking area. The slope of the walkway shall not exceed 5 percent.

Packet Pg. 316 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

6. All enclosure types shall be consolidated to minimize the number of collection sites and located so as to reasonably equalize the distance from the building spaces they serve.

7. The area in front of all enclosure types shall be kept clear of obstructions; shall not be utilized for parking; and shall be painted, striped, and marked "No Parking." D. Materials, Construction, and Design. The various components of trash- and recyclingcontainer enclosures shall be constructed and thereafter maintained as follows:

1. Minimum Size. The size of trash and/or recycling-container enclosures shall be determined by the Solid Waste Division and will be based on the container sizes required by that Division. Acceptable configurations of the enclosures are depicted in the following illustration.

2. Minimum Height. Six feet for all trash enclosures; 5 feet for recycling enclosures.

3. Enclosure Material. Solid masonry or concrete tilt-up with decorated exterior-surface finish compatible to the main structure(s). If the enclosure is not visible from a public walkway, street, or residential area, the enclosure may be constructed of chain-link fencing with wood or plastic inserts.

4. Gate Material. Decorative, solid, heavy-gauge metal or of a heavy-gauge metal frame with a covering of a view-obscuring material. If not visible from a public street or residential area, the enclosure gates may be constructed of chain link with wood or plastic inserts.

5. Gate Construction. Gates shall be hung so that they do not decrease the minimum width requirement for the enclosure opening (see diagram below). Gates are to be secured in the closed position by steel cane bolts. Holes are to be drilled in the adjacent asphalt for the cane bolts to hold the enclosure gates in the wide-open position, minimally 120 degrees, during collection.

6. Enclosure Pad. Four-inch-thick-minimum concrete pad.

7. Bumpers. Bumpers measuring at least 2 inches high by 6 inches wide shall be affixed on the floor of the interior at the base of the trash enclosure walls for the protection of the enclosure walls. The bumpers should be made of concrete, steel, or other suitable material and shall be anchored to the concrete pad.

8. Protection for Enclosures. Concrete curbs or equivalent shall protect enclosures from adjacent vehicle parking and travelways.

9. Travelways and Area in Front of Enclosure. A 50-foot unobstructed approach with An an adequate base to support a truck weight of 62,000 pounds.

Packet Pg. 317 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

10. Signs. A sign clearly identifying the recycling collection area(s) and the materials accepted shall be posted adjacent to the recycling-container enclosure. The sign shall be a minimum of 17 inches high by 22 inches long. Lettering shall consist of not less than one-inch letters.

11. Trees. Trees shall not be planted that will canopy over or overhang a trash enclosure E. Combined Trash- and Recycling-Container Enclosures
These enclosures shall utilize separate compartments, although the entrances may be served by a common gate. The enclosure shall be designed such that the recycling bins can be serviced without removal of the trash container. The requirements of Subsection D (Materials, Construction, and Design) shall apply.

Packet Pg. 318 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

18.41.040 Off-Street Parking Spaces Required
All covered and uncovered off-street parking spaces required by Schedule 18.41.040-A shall be improved and maintained in accordance with the requirements of this chapter.

Unless otherwise approved pursuant to Sections 18.41.030(G) or (J), the required parking spaces shall be located on the same building site as the use or building they are intended to serve. Onstreet parking within public or private streets or parking in a driveway shall not be used to satisfy the off-street parking requirement except for planned developments and condominiums or as exempted by the provisions of a specific plan, neighborhood plan, or resolution governing a specific area adopted by the City Council.

Schedule 18.41.040-A: Parking Spaces Required

OFF-STREET PARKING

USE SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Caretakers’ quarters 2 spaces per unit
Animal services 1 space per 350 square feet of gross floor area.

Automotive parts stores 1 space per 350 square feet of gross floor area.

Automotive repair service 1 space per 350 square feet of gross floor area.

Automotive sales 1 space per 2,000 square feet of interior and/or exterior sales, display, or storage area up to a total 20 spaces, plus 1 space.

Bank 1 space per 300 square feet of gross floor area.

Bar 1 parking space for each 3 seats, plus 1 space for each 40 square feet of dance floor or assembly area.

Boardinghouse 1 parking space per each bedroom plus 2 additional parking spaces overall.

Boat sales 1 space per 2,000 square feet of interior and/or exterior sales, display, or storage area up to a total 20 spaces, plus 1 space.

Bowling alley 4 parking space per each bowling lane plus 1 parking space for each 200 square feet of gross floor area
devoted to accessory uses.

Bulk retail store 1 parking space for each 600 square feet of gross floor area.

Colleges and trade schools, Public or Private 1 parking space for every 15 square feet in the classroom seating.

Call Centers 1 space for each employee.

Card room 1 parking space for each 2 seats in the play area plus 1 space per 3 seats in any bar or dinner area.

Condominium (residential) 1.5 spaces per on-bedroom or efficiency units, 2 parking spaces per unit for 2 or more bedroom units,
plus 1 guest parking for each 5 units and 1
recreational-vehicle parking space for each 5 units.

Packet Pg. 319 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

USE SPACE REQUIREMENTS
For 2-bedroom condominiums, 1 required space shall
be covered. For 3 or more bedroom condominiums,
there shall be 2 covered spaces.

Day care center/preschool 1 parking space for each 10 students plus 1 space for each teacher/employee plus 1 passenger loading
space.

Dry cleaners (non-institutional) 1 space for each 400 square feet of gross floor area.

Dwelling groups Parking shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of each individual unit type. (See Single
Family, Two-Family Dwelling, and/or Multiple
Family, as applicable)
Elderly housing .5 space per 1-bedroom unit; .66 space per 2-bedroom unit.

Furniture and large appliance store 1 parking space per 750 square feet of gross floor area.

Golf driving range 1 parking space for each driving tee.

Health club and fitness studio 1 parking space for each 125 square feet of gross floor area for the initial 5,000 square feet of building area. 1 space for each 300 square feet of gross floor area shall be provided for that building area which exceeds
5,000 square feet. 1 parking space shall be provided
for each 350 square feet of enclosed swimming pool
and deck area.

Hospital 1.5 parking spaces per bed and 1 space for every 225 square feet of gross floor area dedicated to outpatient or office use.

Hotel, Residential 1 parking space for each unit, plus 2 spaces.

Industry
a. Assembly (the combining of manufactured parts
to make a completed product)
1 parking space per 750 square feet of gross floor
area.
b. Manufacturing 1 parking space per 1,000 square feet of gross floor area.
c. Warehouse/distribution 1 parking space for each 1,250 square feet of gross floor area for buildings between -0- and 20, 000
square feet in area; 1 parking space for each 2,000
square feet of gross floor area for the building area
between 20, 000 and 40, 000 square feet, and 1
parking space for each 4,000 square feet of gross floor area for the building area over 40, 000 square feet.

Laundry (coin operated) 1 parking space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area.

Medical office, clinic, or physical therapy services 1parking space for each 225 square feet of gross floor area. Special requirements for provision of accessible
parking may apply—see Section 18.41.170(A)(1)(c).

Ministorage (self-storage)/long-term, public storage 3 spaces plus 2 spaces for manager’s unit where individual units are accessible by vehicles; 1 space per 10,000 square feet where individual units are not
accessible by vehicles.

Packet Pg. 320 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

USE SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Mobile home park 2 parking spaces per unit, 1 of which shall be covered, plus 1 guest space for each 5 units plus 1 recreationalvehicle space for each 5 units.

Mortuary 1 parking space for every 4 seats in the principle seating area plus 3 parking spaces overall , or 1
parking space for each 45 square feet in the principal
seating area, whichever is the greater.

Motel/hotel 1 parking space for each motel unit plus 2 spaces. 5 percent of the required spaces shall be pull through
RV spaces (48 feet by 10 feet, unless an alternative
design can be proven to be as effective).

Multiple-family dwelling 1.5 parking spaces per one-bedroom unit, 1.75 parking spaces per 2-bedroom unit, 2 parking spaces per each
3-bedroom unit, plus 1 guest space for each 5 units
that are provided beyond the initial 30 units, plus
recreational-vehicle spaces equal to 5 percent of the
required number of parking spaces. Recreational
vehicle spaces shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide by
25 feet in length. Required parking in developments
serving low-and moderate-income seniors may be
reduced by 50 percent.

Personal services 1 parking space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area.

Planned (residential) development 2 covered spaces per unit, plus 1 guest space for each 5 units, plus 1 recreational-vehicle space for each 5
units unless approved otherwise with the Planned
Development Plan. Recreational vehicle spaces shall
be provided in a common parking area maintained by
a homeowner’s association or other approved entity.

Pool and billiard room 1.5 parking spaces for each table.

Professional office 1 parking space for each 350 square feet of gross floor area.

Real estate office 1 parking space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area.

Religious facilities, social hall, club, lodge,
community center, other public assembly
1 parking space for each 4 seats in the principal
seating theatre area, or 1 parking space for every 40
square feet in the place of principal seating/assembly
area, whichever is the greater, plus 1 passenger
loading space. Each 24 inches of bench-type seating is
to be considered 1 seat.

Research and development 1 space for each 250 square feet of gross floor area.

Residential care, senior and general 1 parking space for each 3 beds.

Restaurant
a. Sit-down 1 parking space for each 3 seats. Up to 30 percent of the number of seats provided indoors may be provided
outdoors without additional required parking,
Packet Pg. 321 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

USE SPACE REQUIREMENTS
provided that the number of parking spaces required
for the number of indoor seats is met.
b. Drive-through, fast-food, or self service 1 parking space for each 75 square feet of gross floor area. Required reservoir spaces shall count towards
required parking.
c. Coffee kiosk 1 parking space per window, plus 1 space.

Retail
a. Enclosed 1 parking space for each 300 square feet of gross leasable floor area for single-tenant buildings of
10,000 square feet of floor area or greater and 1 space for each 250 square feet of gross leasable floor are for single-tenant buildings of less than 10,000 square feet of floor area and all multi-tenant buildings. Multitenant buildings may be occupied by any mix of permitted uses and uses permitted with the approval of
a Site Development Permit or Use Permit. (Note:

Parking requirements for shopping centers approved,
by Use Permit, Site Development Permit, or other
discretionary approval shall be determined by the final decision making body).
b. Outdoor 1 space for each 750 square feet of outdoor display area.
c. Open lot nursery 1 space for each 1,250 square feet of outdoor display area.

Accessory dwelling unit 1 covered or uncovered space for each new, detached unit on a lot with an existing single-family dwelling or multiple-family dwelling (see Section 18.43.140.C.7.
for locational requirements and exceptions).

Single-family dwelling 2 covered spaces.

Two-family dwelling 1 covered space per unit plus 1 other space per unit.

A. Bicycle Parking. Projects must comply with the short-term and long-term bicycle parking requirements, as applicable, of Section 5.106.4 of the California Green Building Standards Code.

B. Visitor Parking. On-street parking may be counted toward the visitor-parking requirement for planned developments or condominiums provided that the street has an eight-foot (8’) -wide parking lane that is not posted or likely to be posted prohibiting parking and that to qualify as one visitor-parking space, there must be an uninterrupted twenty-two-foot (22’) -long space and a public sidewalk adjacent to the street.

C. Company Vehicles. Commercial or industrial uses are to provide one parking space for each company vehicle which is parked on the site during normal business hours. Such space may be located within a building.

D. Motorcycle Parking. Facilities with twenty-five (25) or more spaces may provide motorcycle parking at a rate not exceeding three percent (3%) of required spaces. Such spaces shall be counted toward meeting the total number of spaces required for the Packet Pg. 322 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) development by this Chapter. Spaces delineated for motorcycle parking shall have a minimum area of four feet by ten feet (4’ by 10’) and shall be identified as a motorcycle space by signs or pavement delineation.

18.41.100 Screening and Landscape
A. Fencing. In order to reduce or eliminate headlight glare and loss of privacy, newly constructed outdoor off-street parking areas that cause vehicle headlights to be cast upon a neighboring residential window or a vacant lot in a residential district shall be screened with a masonry wall or a solid wooden fence not less than four feet (4’) in height. Said screening shall be maintained in good condition at all times, shall be kept free at all times of advertising signs, and shall be set back from any abutting public street a distance equal to the distance which such parking area must be set back from any abutting public street.

No wall shall be required where there exists a wall that complies with the requirements of this paragraph, either on the common property line or adjacent thereto, on either side of the common property line, provided, however, that if such wall is thereafter removed, a replacement wall shall be required forthwith from the owner of the parking facility.

Where a wood fence is substituted for a solid masonry wall, such fence shall be constructed so that the boards overlap or are otherwise designed such that a person cannot see through them as a result of subsequent shrinkage. The fence shall have fence posts of either wood treated to resist rot and termites or of iron, steel, or masonry; and in all cases, fence posts must be set in concrete. Under no circumstances shall walls, fences, or shrubbery be placed or maintained on the property in such a manner as to interfere with visibility so as to endanger safe ingress and egress. As an alternative to a fence, an earth berm, or earth berm and wall, can be substituted for the required fence.

B. Street-Side Planter. The required front and corner side-yard setbacks shall be landscaped.

Notwithstanding the setback requirements established by this ordinance, where a parking lot abuts a two-lane public street, it shall be separated therefrom by a planter not less than ten feet (10’) in width. Where a parking lot abuts a four-lane-or-more public street or a street designated on the General Plan as a four-lane-or-more arterial street, it shall be separated therefrom by a planter not less than fifteen feet (15’) in width. In commercial districts, landscaped setbacks from non-access State highways shall average no less than twenty (20) feet (15 feet minimum). Planter-width requirements are as measured from the property line.

Planter-width minimums can be met using variable widths and may encroach into setback areas provided that the average width meets the minimum-width requirements as determined by the Development Services Director. If the sidewalk on the street is not adjacent to the property line, the area between the back of the sidewalk and the property line shall also be landscaped in addition to the above requirements. Public sidewalks may be located within the on-site landscape areas. Wherever the Zoning Code or more restrictive requirement of the City requires a greater-width planter than the above minimum, the greater requirement shall prevail.

Packet Pg. 323 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) The landscape planter between the parking facility and the street shall include shrubs that will attain a minimum height of three feet (3’) above parking lot grade within eighteen (18) months of installation. The plant materials and spacing shall be adequate to effectively screen the parking facility from the street. City-approved street trees shall be planted within the street-side planter on thirty-foot (30’) centers or in groupings approved by the Development Services Director.

As an alternative to plants alone, the following other techniques may be used:

1. Grass-covered berm a minimum of three feet (3’) in height with a slope not steeper than 3:1.

2. A three-foot (3’) high, open decorative fence in
combination with climbing and non-climbing
plants.

3. A three-foot (3’) high, minimum four inch (4”)
thick, decorative solid masonry or concrete wall
at the back of the planter with a ground cover
and/or other plants between the wall and the
street.

4. Vegetation or screening of any type shall not
exceed twothree feet (23’) in height within
areas where adequate vehicle sight distance
would otherwise be obstructed. Where such
screening is adjacent to a street corner or driveway intersection, screening shall not exceed twothree feet (23’) in height in the triangle formed by the corner and points at the curb thirty feet (30’) from the intersection or similar corner points within twenty feet (20’) of a driveway intersection.

C. Shade Trees. Shade trees shall be planted in the parking lot at a ratio of one tree for every four (4) spaces. Trees shall be dispersed on a generally equal basis throughout the parking lot to maximize the shading effect on the parking stalls. The landscape planter providing for any required tree shall have a minimum area of seventy-two square feet (72 ft2) and a minimum width of six feet (6’). To qualify as parking lot shade trees, the tree must be of a species and variety with an ultimate height and canopy that will provide a shading effect, and the trees must be within seven-and-one-half feet (7.5’) of a parking space or driveway aisle and must not be located within the public right-of-way. A parking space shall not be more than fifty feet (50’) from a shade tree. The planting plans shall be submitted with the building permit application and shall illustrate how the trees are to be irrigated and protected. The minimum size of each tree to be planted shall be a fifteen (15) gallon size. In those instances where parking is proposed underground or within a building, the tree to parking space ratio shall be 1:10. Said trees shall be planted within street-frontage planters or within other landscaped areas in the development.

Packet Pg. 324 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) D. Parking Lot Interior Landscape. The interior of all parking lots is to be landscaped at a ratio of sixty square feet (60 ft2) of landscape for each required parking space. For each additional space provided that exceeds the minimum parking requirement by more than five (5) spaces, or ten percent (10%), whichever is greater, eighty square feet (80 ft2) of landscape shall be provided for each excess space. The total required interior landscape area shall be evenly distributed throughout the parking areas. This requirement does not apply to parking lots that are underground or within buildings. Landscape areas that may be applied towards the required parking lot interior landscape area must have a minimum dimension of four feet (4’), be surrounded by or within seven-and-one-half feet (7.5’) of a parking space or the aisle or pedestrian walkway serving it, or be within the required streetside landscape area adjacent to a parking space or aisle serving it. Landscape within a public right-of-way or in excess of the required streetside landscape addressed in Subsection B does not count toward meeting the minimum requirement. No more than twelve (12) parking spaces may be constructed in a row without separating the spaces with a landscape planter a minimum of eight feet (8’) in width. Rows of parking spaces shall be separated from adjoining driveways with landscape end islands or peninsulas that are a minimum width of eight feet (8’). When calculating landscape area or width minimums, the area of the protective curbing shall not be included.

E. Pavement Edge and Planter Protection. Landscaped areas and pavement edges in all multiple-family, commercial, and industrial zones shall be protected from damage and deterioration by the placement of six-inch (6”) high, securely anchored, continuous concrete curbs or equivalent materials which have a minimum width of six inches (6”).

F. Building Separators. Excepting single-family residences and second dwelling units, parking spaces directly abutting a building are prohibited. Parking areas shall be separated from a building by a raised walkway or landscape at least four feet (4’) in width.

18.42.030 General Standards
A. Maximum Sign Area for Each Lot. Except in the “RL,” “RE,” “RS,” “RM,” and “PF” Districts, the maximum sign area for each lot shall be based on the scaled relationship between the lot’s street frontage and area in accordance with the sign-area limitations of the lot’s zoning district as established in Schedule 18.42.030-A. The most restrictive of the lot’s frontage and area shall determine the maximum sign area for the entire lot. The mathematical expressions for determining this area shall be as follows: starting with a street frontage of fifty feet (50’) and area of six thousand five hundred square feet (6,500 ft2), for each twenty feet (20’) of additional street frontage (on the same street) together with each two thousand square feet (2,000 ft2) of lot area, additional increments of sign area according to the zoning districts noted in the schedule shall be permitted to face any one adjacent street in any one direction provided that no sign or cluster of signs on the lot shall exceed the maximum sign area for any one sign as set forth in Schedule 18.42.030-B of this section. The incremental sign-area increases are uniform except for the “LO” and “GO” districts, where the increase ceases at a maximum sign area of two hundred square feet (200 ft2) for a lot with a frontage of six hundred ten feet (610’) or an area of sixty-two thousand, six hundred square feet (62,600 ft2); thereafter, regardless of the frontage and lot area, the maximum sign area shall be two hundred square feet (200 ft2). Ten percent (10%) of the allowable sign area per lot Packet Pg. 325 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) shall be reserved for temporary promotional advertising including banners and windowpainted signs. Maximum sign area allowed in the residential and public facilities districts noted above shall be based on the allowable sign type/size as indicated in Schedule

18.42.030-B. The allowable type and size shall be established by administrative sign permit or, in the case of new development, by the site development permit or use permit required by Chapter 18.36.

Increments of Additional Sign Area According to Zoning
(See Schedule 18.42.040-A)
District Additional Sign Area Increment
LO 3 square feet
GO 5 square feet
NC and GI 5 square feet
HI and HC 15 square feet
SC, RC, and GC 20 square feet
Notes:
1 “Street Frontage” does not include streets or State highways from which the property cannot take legal access. This includes Interstate 5 and its on-/off-ramps; State Routes 299, 44, and 273; and local streets where access rights have been waived. 2 Multiple parcel shopping center and similar developments shall be considered a single parcel for the purpose of determining the maximum allowable sign area. 3 If the lot does not have street frontage, then the lot-area column of Schedule18.42.030-A shall be used to determine the maximum sign area per lot.

Schedule 18.42.030-A Maximum Total Sign Area Per Lot Based on Lot Area and Street Frontage
Maximum Total Sign Area Per Lot Based on Lot Area and Street Frontage Area Determinants Zoning Districts/Maximum Sign Area (ft2) Street
Frontage
(ft)
Lot
Area
(ft2)

LO GO NC
HC
GI
HI
SC
RC
GC
50 6,500 30 60 90 125 175
70 8,500 33 65 95 140 195
90 10,500 36 70 100 155 215
110 12,500 39 75 105 170 235
130 14,500 43 80 110 185 255
150 16,500 45 85 115 200 275
170 18,500 48 90 120 215 295
Packet Pg. 326 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Area Determinants Zoning Districts/Maximum Sign Area (ft2) Street
Frontage
(ft)
Lot
Area
(ft2)

LO GO NC
HC
GI
HI
SC
RC
GC
190 20,500 51 95 125 230 315
210 22,500 54 100 130 245 335
230 24,500 57 105 135 260 355
250 26,500 60 110 140 275 375
270 28,500 63 115 145 290 395
290 30,500 66 120 150 305 415
310 32,500 69 125 155 320 435
330 64,500 72 130 160 335 455
350 36,500 75 135 165 350 475
370 38,500 78 140 170 365 495
390 40,500 81 145 175 380 515
410 42,500 84 150 180 395 535
430 44,500 87 155 185 410 555
450 46,500 90 160 190 425 575
470 48,500 93 165 195 440 595
490 50,500 96 170 200 455 615
510 52,500 99 175 205 470 635
530 54,500 102 180 210 485 655
550 56,500 105 185 215 500 675
570 58,500 108 190 220 515 695
590 60,500 111 195 225 530 715
610 62,500 114 200 230 545 735
630 64,500 117 200 235 560 755
650 66,500 120 200 240 575 775
670 68,500 123 200 245 590 795
690 70,500 126 200 250 605 815
710 72,500 129 200 255 620 835
730 74,500 132 200 260 635 855
750 76,500 135 200 265 650 875
770 78,500 138 200 270 665 895
790 80,500 141 200 275 680 915
810 82,500 144 200 280 695 935
830 84,500 147 200 285 710 955
850 86,500 150 200 290 725 975
870 88,500 153 200 295 740 995
890 90,500 156 200 300 755 1,015
910 92,500 159 200 305 770 1,035
930 94,500 162 200 310 785 1,055
950 96,500 165 200 315 800 1,075
970 98,500 168 200 320 815 1,095
990 100,500 171 200 325 830 1,115
Packet Pg. 327 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Area Determinants Zoning Districts/Maximum Sign Area (ft2) Street
Frontage
(ft)
Lot
Area
(ft2)

LO GO NC
HC
GI
HI
SC
RC
GC
1,010 102,500 174 200 330 845 1,135
1,030 104,500 177 200 335 860 1,155
1,050 106,500 180 200 340 875 1,175
1,070 108,500 183 200 345 890 1,195
1,090 110,500 186 200 350 905 1,215
1,110 112,500 189 200 355 920 1,235
1,130 114,500 192 200 360 935 1,255
1,150 116,500 195 200 365 950 1,275
1,170 118,500 198 200 370 965 1,295
1,190 120,500 200 200 375 980 1,315
1,210 122,500 200 200 380 995 1,335
1,230 124,500 200 200 385 1,010 1,355
1,250 126,500 200 200 390 1,025 1,375
1,270 128,500 200 200 395 1,040 1,395
B. Maximum Sign Area and Illumination for Each Type of Sign by Zoning District.

The maximum sign area, per sign, for each type of sign shall be based upon Schedule

18.42.030-B. This schedule indicates whether or not a permit is required by letters “P,” meaning an Administrative Sign Permit is not required, and “ASP,” meaning approval of an Administrative Sign Permit is required. Refer to the following sections for regulations on each type of sign:

1. Definitions — Chapter 18.61:

2. Maximum number of pole, monument, and shopping center identifier signs per lot — Subsection E of this chapter.

3. Standards for certain types of signs — Section 18.42.040 of this chapter;

4. General sign construction standards — Section 18.42.060 of this chapter; Note: The maximum area for each sign type in the “PF” District shall be determined by administrative sign permit or, in the case of new development, by the site development permit or use permit required of the proposed development.

Packet Pg. 328 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Schedule 18.42.030-B: Maximum Sign Area and Illumination for Each Type of Sign by Zoning District
Sign Type
“RL”
“RE”
“RS”
“RM” “LO” “GO” “NC” “SC”
“RC”
“GC” “HC”
“CBD-SP”
“UBD-SP”
SGD-SP”
“GI”
“HI”

P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP
Detached
Monument – / 32 1 32/– 20/– 32/– 35/90 2 35/150 2 35/90 2 35/90 2 Public and
semipublic signs 35/90 3 35/90 3 35/90 3 35/90 35/90 35/90 35/90 – Pole – – – – 60/90 90/150 90/150 90/125
Shopping Center
identifier – – – – – –/2004 –/2004 –
Accessory sign – – 6/– 6/– 6/20 6/20 6/20 6/–
Signs on Buildings or Canopies
Mural
(non-advertising) – – – – –
300/301 or
greater
300/301 or
greater –
Super graphic – – – – – 200/400 200/400 –
Canopy, attached or
freestanding
(including gas station
canopies)
– – 20/– 30/– 30/– 35/– 35/– 35/–
Wall signs 12/24 1 20/40 20/40 25/50 75/– 200/250 5 150/200 5 150/200 5 Projecting – – – – 20/– 30/– 30/– –
Roof or Mansard
mounted – – – – 60/– 60/90 60/90 –
Marquee – – – – – 60/125 60/125 –
Public and
semipublic signs 12/243 12/24 12/24 12/30 60/75 60/90 60/90 60/90– Off-Site Signs See Sec. 18.42.080(H)
Animated Signs
Time and
temperature – – – 20/– 20/– 30/60 30/60 –
Rotating – – – – – –/90 –/90 –
Alternating flashers – – – – – – – –
Temporary Promotional Signs
Banners (vinyl or
canvas) – – – 12/– 12/–
50/51 or
greater6
50/51 or
greater6
50/51 or
greater6
Off-site signs and
displays for public
service promotions
12/32 12/32 12/32 12–/32 12/32
Packet Pg. 329 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Sign Type
“RL”
“RE”
“RS”
“RM” “LO” “GO” “NC” “SC”
“RC”
“GC” “HC”
“CBD-SP”
“UBD-SP”
SGD-SP”
“GI”
“HI”

P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP P/ASP
Off-site real estate
signs –/32 –/32 –
On-site real estate
signs and
construction signs
See
Section

18.42.040
(OP)
See
Section

18.42.040
(OP)
32/– 32/– 32/– 32/– 32/– 32/–
Balloons and
dirigibles – – – – –
See Sec.

18.42.040(B)
See Sec.

18.42.040(B) –
Beacons and
searchlights – – – – – P P –
Political Signs 12/– 12/– 12/– 32/– 32/– 32/– 32/– 32/– Window-painted
signs – – –
100 up to
10% of
total sign
area/200
or 30%
75 up to
10% of
total sign
area /200
or 30%
100 up to
10% of
total sign
area /200
or 30%
100 up to
10% of
total sign
area /200
or 30%
100 up to
10% of
total sign
area /200
or 30%
Notes:
1 For religious, general and senior residential care, and commercial recreation facilities only. (If illuminated, signs may be externally illuminated only.)
2 A monument sign up to ninety (90) square feet may be erected in lieu of a pole sign subject to meeting the requirements of Section 18.42.040(E). Monument signs exceeding ninety (90) square feet require approval of a Site Development Permit.
3 An Administrative Sign Permit is required if the sign was not approved in conjunction with tentative map or planned development approval.
4 A Use Permit is required for a shopping center identifier sign. 5 Cumulative wall signage on any one wall shall not exceed twenty percent of the wall area on which the signs are located.
6 Maximum sign area for temporary banners associated with an administrative sign permit will be limited to the maximum sign area allowed in that zoning district.

C. Computation of Sign Height and Area

1. Computation of Height. The height of a sign shall be computed as the distance from the base of the sign at normal grade to the top of the highest attached component of the sign. Normal grade shall be construed to be the lower of the existing grade prior to construction or the newly established grade after construction, exclusive of any filling, berm, mounding, or excavating solely for the purpose of locating the sign. In cases in which the normal grade cannot reasonably be determined, sign height shall be computed on the assumption that the elevation of the normal grade at the base of the sign is equal to the elevation of the nearest point of the crown of a public street or the grade of the land at the principal entrance to the principal structure on the lot, whichever is more restrictive.

Packet Pg. 330 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. Computation of Sign Area. The sign area shall be measured as the area within the smallest perimeter that will enclose all the letters, figures, or symbols which comprise the sign, but excluding essential supports. For double-faced signs, the area will be the total of one side. For multi-faced signs, area will be the total of all faces. See also,

18.62.130, Measuring Sign Area.

D. Corner Signs. In addition to the setback requirements noted below, all detached signs shall not obstruct a clear view between heights of three feet (3’) and ten feet (10’) in triangle formed by the corner and points on the curb thirty feet (30’) from the intersection or similar corner points within twenty feet (20’) of a driveway intersection.

E. Maximum Number of Detached Pole, Monument, and Shopping Center Identifier and Freeway Signs Per Lot (pole, monument, identifier, and freeway signs).

1. Pole and Monument Signs. Except as provided for in this section, each lot shall be limited to a maximum of one pole sign that may be supplemented with additional monument signs, meeting the standards of this chapter and the following provisions:
a. A monument sign may be substituted in place of a pole sign. b. Interior lots with improved double street frontage and with multiple licensed businesses shall be limited to one pole or monument sign per frontage provided the signs have the same street orientation of the businesses they advertise. Street frontage does not include streets or state highways from which the property cannot take legal access.
c. Multiple street-frontage credit for additional monument signs shall not be applied to any one single frontage.
d. Each lot is allowed one monument sign for each street frontage provided there is not a pole already facing the frontage. Corner lots are allowed a combination of a monument sign and pole sign provided that there is at least a fifty-foot (50’) separation between the signs.
e. Multi-parcel shopping centers and similar developments shall be considered a single property for the purpose of determining the number of allowed free-standing signs. Each shopping center of fifty thousand square feet (50,000 ft2) or more in floor area shall be limited to one monument sign for each three hundred feet (300’) of improved street frontage provided that there is at least a one hundred-foot (100’) separation from any other detached, on-site sign; but in no case shall a shopping center be permitted to have more than a total of three (3) monument signs or two (2) monument signs and one (1) pole sign.

2. Shopping Center Identifier Signs. Each shopping center consisting of at least fifteen (15) acres in size or one hundred and fifty thousand square feet (150,000 ft2) of enclosed retail floor area shall be limited to one (1) detached pole identifier sign pursuant to standards of this chapter and the following provisions:

Packet Pg. 331 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) a. Shopping centers with an identifier sign shall not be entitled to a pole sign or a freeway sign.
b. Shopping centers shall not be given credit for additional pole signs based on multiple street frontage.
c. Shopping center identifier signs shall require a use permit and may require final plan review approval by the Board of Administrative Review (Board) if referred by the Planning Commission.

3. Freeway Signs. Subject to obtaining a use permit pursuant to Chapter 18.14, no more than one freeway sign may be allowed on parcels located not more than five hundred feet (500’) from a freeway travel lane and not more than one thousand feet (1,000’) from an Interstate 5 freeway travel lane developed with a single-tenant building of at least one hundred thousand square feet (100,000 ft2) of enclosed retail floor area or which are part of a shopping center site of at least fifteen (15) acres in size or one hundred and fifty thousand square feet (150,000 ft2) of total enclosed retail floor area pursuant to the standards of this chapter and the following provisions:
a. For shopping centers comprised of multiple parcels, no more than one freeway sign shall be allowed within the center.
b. Where permitted by the decision making body for the use permit, freeway signs may be in addition to other freestanding signs on a parcel or within a shopping center.
c. Freeway signs may require final plan review approval by the board if referred by the planning commission.

4. Off-Site Pole/Monument Signs. Two or more contiguous parcels, not located within a shopping center or similar cohesive development, may share a common pole or monument sign provided that an administrative sign permit is obtained. The sign may exceed the allowable size indicated in Schedule 183.42.030-B by up to fifteen percent (15%); however, in such instances, the off-site parcel(s) shall reduce its maximum allowable sign area by the advertising area it occupies on the common sign and shall not be allowed an on-site pole or monument sign.

18.43.020 Accessory Uses and Structures
A. Accessory Uses. An accessory use structure, or building, or tent shall be allowed only in conjunction with a principal use or building to which it relates under the same regulations as the main use in any zoning district. Accessory structures, or buildings, or tents shall be designed to be of similar and compatible architecture and materials as the main buildings.

Packet Pg. 332 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) B. Portable Commercial Accessory Structures.

1. Except in the “SC,” “RC,” “GC,” “GC-VR. “HC,” “GI,” “HI,” and “PF” Districts, the use of portable storage containers, such as shipping containers, storage sheds, temporary shade covers, trailer covers, and similar storage structures, shall be limited to use during construction or remodeling on sites where a valid building permit has been obtained.

The maximum time period for use is one year from issuance of a building permit unless a longer period is authorized by a site development permit approved by the Development Services Director. The structure must be removed within fourteen (14) days of receiving an occupancy permit from the Building Official.

2. Within the “SC,” “RC,” “GC,” “GC-VR. “HC,” “GI,” “HI,” and “PF” Districts, portable storage containers, may be utilized as an accessory use for long-term storage unrelated to construction or remodeling subject to the granting of a building permit. The portable storage containers shall not be located within any required setback, parking, or landscape areas, shall be located on a level surface paved with asphalt concrete or Portland cement concrete, shall be a neutral earth-tone color compatible with permanent buildings on the premises, shall be maintained in a good state of repair, shall be screened from view of public streets and residential districts, and may be served by electrical power for the purpose of interior lighting and/or climate control. A maximum of two (2) portable storage containers not exceeding a total floor area of six hundred and fifty square feet (650 ft2) shall be permitted for long-term storage on sites of one acre or less and a maximum of four (4) portable storage containers not exceeding a total floor area of one thousand three hundred square feet (1,300 ft2) shall be permitted for long-term storage on any site greater than one acre. Additional portable storage containers may be permitted subject to approval of a Site Development Permit by the Development Services Director.

C. Residential Accessory Uses and Structures. When allowed, specific residential accessory uses and structures are subject to the provisions of this section. Residential accessory structures include any uses that are customarily related to a residence, including garages, greenhouses, storage sheds, studios, swimming pools, spas, workshops, detached covered decks and patios, detached uncovered decks and patios eighteen inches (18”) in height or greater, and similar structures. Structures under one hundred and twenty square feet (120 ft2) in size not requiring a building permit, uncovered decks and patios less than eighteen inches (18”) in height, and fences, are not subject to the regulations in this section. Additional regulations for accessory dwelling units are located in Section 18.43.140, Accessory Dwelling Units. Private swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs are allowed as accessory uses to approve residential uses on the same site subject to the regulations in Section 18.40.160 of this code.

Accessory storage structures within front-yard or street-side yard setbacks are prohibited as noted in Schedule 18.31.030-C, Note (9).

1. General Requirements. All accessory uses and structures are subject to the following standards, except where more restrictive requirements are established by other provisions of this section for specific uses.

Packet Pg. 333 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. Relationship of Accessory Use to Main Use. Accessory uses and structures shall be incidental to the main use, and not alter the character of the site from that created by the main use. No lot may be used solely for an accessory building or structure (including pools) other than fencing.

3. Attached Structures. An attached structure is not, by definition, an accessory structure. A structure shall be considered attached to a main structure if it is architecturally compatible with and made structurally a part of the main structure, including sharing a common wall or roof-line with the main structure. A structure attached with a breezeway connecting a door of the residence to a door of the detached structure, with a roof that is a minimum of eight feet (8’) in width and a maximum of fifteen feet (15’) in length, will be considered a part of the main structure for the purposes of this code. An attached structure shall comply with all requirements of this code applicable to the main structure, including, but not limited to setback requirements and height limits.

4. Detached Structures in the RL Zone.
a. Number of Structures. The number of detached accessory structures shall be limited to two, unless a site development permit is approved by the Director for additional structures.
b. Size. The floor area of detached accessory structures shall not exceed one thousand five hundred square feet (1,500 ft2) of floor area per acre of land.

Larger structures shall require approval of a site development permit by the Director. In reviewing a request for additional size, the Director may consider neighborhood compatibility, overall lot coverage, and relationship of the accessory structure to the main structure and use, and any circumstances unique to the site or the neighborhood.
c. Height. The maximum height shall not exceed twenty-five feet (25’). Additional height may be permitted with approval of a site development permit by the Director.
d. Building Separation. Detached accessory structures requiring a building permit, shall comply with the applicable building separation requirements of the most recent edition of the California Building Code as adopted by the City of Redding. e. Setbacks. Detached accessory structures shall meet the same setback requirements as the main building.

5. Detached Structures in the RE, RS, and RM Zones.
a. Number of Structures. The number of detached accessory structures shall be limited to two (2) unless a site development permit is approved by the Director for additional structures.

Packet Pg. 334 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) b. Size. Detached accessory structures shall not exceed a cumulative floor area of one thousand five hundred square feet (1,500 ft2) unless a Site Development Permit is approved by the Director for a greater amount. In reviewing a request for additional size, the decision-making body may consider neighborhood compatibility, overall lot coverage, relationship of the accessory structure to the main structure and use, and any circumstances unique to the site or the neighborhood. The maximum lot coverage allowed by Schedule 18.31.030 C:

Development Regulations - Residential Uses, shall not be exceeded. c. Height. The maximum height shall not exceed twenty-two feet (22’). Additional height may be permitted with approval of a Site Development Permit by the Director.
d. Building Separation. Detached accessory structures requiring a building permit, shall comply with the applicable building separation requirements of the most recent edition of the California Building Code as adopted by the City of Redding. e. Setback Requirements.

Type of Structure
Setbacks from Property Line
Front Yard Corner Side
Yard (street side) Side Yard Rear Yard
Accessory structures 16 feet or less in height
Detached garages & carports 20 feet* 20 feet 5 feet 10 feet** All other accessory structures 15 feet* 15 feet 5 feet 10 feet Accessory structures over 16 feet in height
Detached garages & carports 20 feet* 20 feet 10 feet 15 feet** All other accessory structures 15 feet* 15 feet 10 feet 15 feet Notes:
1The Director may apply the setback requirements for accessory structures sixteen feet (16’) or less in height to an accessory structure whose roof exceeds sixteen feet (16’) in height when he/she determines that the additional height is necessary to achieve architectural compatibility with the main dwelling(s) on the property. In all other cases, the setback requirements for accessory structures over sixteen feet (16’) in height shall apply.

2.The front of the accessory structure shall not be located closer to the street than the front of the existing or proposed primary residence unless a zoning exception is approved.

3. For a garage or carport that is directly accessible from an alley, that is a minimum of 20 feet in width, the minimum rear-yard setback is 5 feet.

6. Shade Structures. Shade structures, such as covered patios, arbors, trellises, gazebos, and similar structures that are not typically used or designed for shading equipment, vehicles, or similar items, may be attached or detached from the residence. If detached, said structures may be placed adjacent to the main structure and need not be separated by a defined distance. However, such a structure located within ten feet (10’) of the Packet Pg. 335 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) residence will be considered part of the residence for the purposes of determining compliance with building-setback requirements. Shade structures located greater than ten feet (10’) from the residence shall be considered a detached structure subject to the regulations above in Section 18.43.020(C)(5). Freestanding canopies, awnings, and similar temporary shade structures may not be erected or maintained within any front, side, or rear setback.

18.43.140 Accessory Dwelling Units
A. Purpose and Applicability. The purpose of this section is to: comply with the general laws of the State of California pertaining to accessory dwelling units as a means to increase the supply of smaller affordable housing and to recognize that energy-efficient accessory dwelling units are more affordable to the occupants of the dwelling. Redding Municipal Code Section 18.43.140 (or “this Section”) establishes standards for the development of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units to ensure that they remain compatible with the existing neighborhood.

1. Establish standards for accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units in a variety of residential settings in compliance with the laws of the State of California.

2. Increase the variety and supply of smaller, energy-efficient housing types essential to supporting all income groups.

3. Support affordable housing and multigenerational-living options.

4. Provide homeowners with opportunities to generate additional income by providing long-term rental units.

5. Offer greater flexibility in the design and location of accessory dwelling units.

6. Maintain adequate setback and height limitations for additional dwelling units in existing and new neighborhoods.

B. Applicability. The provisions of this Section apply to all lots that are occupied with an existing or proposed to be occupied with a single-family or multiple-family dwelling use within the zone districts listed in Section 18.43.140(D). Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units may exceed are not counted as a dwelling unit for the purposes of calculating the allowable density for the lot upon which the unit is located. and are a residential use that is Units permitted under this Section are consistent with the existing General Plan and zoning regulations of the lot. Any application that meets the requirements of this Section will be approved without a discretionary permit or a public hearing subject to meeting all applicable provisions of this Code and California Building Codes. Where this ordinance conflicts with State laws governing accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units, the provisions of State Law shall supersede this section.

Packet Pg. 336 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) C. Processing Time and Submittal Requirements. A building permit application for an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit will either be approved or denied within 60 days from the date the received application has been deemed complete. However, if the building permit application is to create a new single-family or multiple-family dwelling on the lot in conjunction with an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit, the application for an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit will not be approved until the application for the proposed single-family or multiple-family dwelling is approved. When a building permit application for an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit is denied, a full set of comments to the applicant shall be returned, in writing, with a list of items that are defective or deficient along with applicable codes that will assist the applicant in remediating the corrective items.

The provisions of this Section apply to all lots that are occupied or proposed to be occupied with a single-family or multi-family dwelling use. Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units may exceed the allowable density for the lot upon which the unit is located, and are a residential use that is consistent with the existing General Plan and zoning regulations of the lot. Any application that meets the requirements of this Section will be approved without a discretionary permit or a public hearing subject to meeting all applicable provisions of this Code and California Building Codes.

B.D. Location.

1. An accessory dwelling unit may be constructed where in any District allowing singlefamily or multiple-family uses if the are existing or proposed, use of the property is a residential use in any of the following zone districts: “RL,” “RE,” “RS,” “RM,” “GO,” “GC,” “GC-VR,” “DCD,” and “DMUD.” In addition, accessory dwelling units may be permitted in any zoning district with an overlay district of “MU” or “MU-N.”

2. A junior accessory dwelling unit may be constructed in any District allowing zoned for single-family or multi-family uses if the existing or proposed use of the property is a single-family use. Applications for accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units may impose conditions if: (1) the proposed unit would result in adverse impacts to any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historic Places; and/or (2) the accessory dwelling unit will not be in compliance with all provisions of this Section.

E. Number and Types of Units. Units established in single-family or multiple-family residential zones may consist of the main dwelling and any combination of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units governed by Government Code Sections 66311.7, 66314, and 66323. All accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units shall comply with the requirements of this Section.

C.F. Development Standards. Building Ppermits for accessory dwelling units or junior accessory dwelling units will only be issued if they shall comply with the following development standards set forth in this Section. An building permit application for an accessory dwelling unit shall include elevations for all building sides which show all openings, exterior finishes, roof pitch, and siding and roof materials for the existing Packet Pg. 337 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) residence. Accessory dwelling units and or junior accessory dwelling units within an existing building shall only be subject to current building codes in effect at the time of permit submittal.

1. Lot Size. Lot size is not applicable to accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units.

2. Unit Size.
a. Detached or and Attached Accessory Dwelling Units. Each lot meeting the requirements of unit permitted by this Section shall, at a minimum, be entitled to one detached or attached accessory dwelling unit meeting the requirements of the California Building Code for efficiency units and shall not exceeding one thousand square feet (1,000 ft2).
b. Units Within Proposed or Existing Spaces. Conversion of Accessory Structures. Each lot meeting the requirements of this Section shall be entitled to one There is no size limit for accessory structures converted into accessory dwelling units. or junior accessory dwelling unit within the space of a proposed or existing single-family dwelling or accessory structure. An However, if the accessory structure exceeds 1,000 square feet, it may only be expanded by up to expansion no more than one hundred fifty square feet (150 ft2) to accommodate for necessary ingress and egress to serve the accessory dwelling unit. is allowed beyond the physical dimensions of the existing accessory structure. (1)c. Junior accessory dwelling units. The unit size of a junior accessory dwelling units shall be no more than five hundred square feet (500 ft2). c. Attached Accessory Dwelling Units to Existing Main Dwellings. The living area of an attached accessory dwelling unit shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the living area of the existing main dwelling unit or eight hundred square feet (800 ft2), whichever is greater.

3. Lot Coverage. Lot coverage is not applicable to accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units.

4. Height Limitations and Setbacks. Except as otherwise required by Section

18.43.140(F)(5), accessory dwelling units shall have the following height limitations:
a. Detached and Attached Accessory Dwelling Units. Detached and attached accessory dwelling units shall comply with the following table:
(1) A height of sixteen feet (16’) on a lot with an existing or proposed singlefamily or multiple-family dwelling unit.

Packet Pg. 338 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) (2) A height of eighteen feet (18’) on a lot with an existing or proposed singlefamily or multiple-family dwelling unit that is within one-half (0.5) mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high-quality transit corridor. (3) A height of eighteen feet (18’) on a lot with an existing or proposed multiplefamily, multi-story dwelling. (4) Notwithstanding the height limitations described under Section

18.43.140(F)(4)(a)(1-3), an additional two feet (2’) in height may be permitted to accommodate a roof pitch on the accessory dwelling unit that is aligned with the roof pitch of the main dwelling.
b. Attached Accessory Dwelling Units.
(1) A height of twenty-five feet (25’) or the height limitation of the designated zoning district, whichever is less.

5. Setbacks.
a. Detached and attached accessory dwelling units shall comply with the following table:

Type of Structure/Zone
Setback from Property Line
Use
Front Regulation
Yard1
Corner
Side Yard
(street
side)1
Side
Yard1 Rear Yard1
Detached ADUs subject to height limitations listed in Section 18.43.140(F)(4) Equal or less than 16 feet in
height “RL” 2515 feet2 4 feet 4 feet 4 feet P
“RE,” “RS, and “RM,”
• Greater than 16 feet in height
• Equal to or less than 25 feet
in RL Zone
• Equal to or less than 22 feet
in all other Zones
15 feet2 4 feet 10 4 feet 15 4 feet P
“GO,” “GC,” and “GC-VR” 15 feet2 4 feet 4 feet 4 feet
“DCD” and “DMUD”
• Greater than 25 feet in RL
Zone
15 0 feet2 4 0 feet 10 0 feet 15 0 feet Sd
Packet Pg. 339 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Type of Structure/Zone
Setback from Property Line
Use
Front Regulation
Yard1
Corner
Side Yard
(street
side)1
Side
Yard1 Rear Yard1
• Greater than 22 feet in all
other Zones
Detached ADUs over height limitations listed in Section 18.43.140(F)(4) “RL”
Max height: 25 ft3 25 feet2 10 feet 10 feet 15 feet
“RE,” “RS,” and “RM”
Max height: 22 feet3 15 feet2 10 feet 10 feet 15 feet
“GO,” “GC” and “GC-VR”
Max height: 22 feet3 15 feet2 10 feet 10 feet 15 feet
“DCD” and DMUD” 0 feet 2 0 feet 0 feet 0 feet
Attached ADUs subject to height limitations listed in Section 18.43.140(F)(4) “DCD” and DMUD” 0 feet 0 feet 0 feet 0 feet
Not to exceed maximum
building height allowed for
the main dwelling. All other
zoning districts
15 feet2 4 feet3 4 feet3 4 feet3 P
Notes:

1. Unless a recorded easement or the California Residential Code further restricts setback to a greater setbackthe location of the proposed accessory dwelling unit.

2. If detached, the front of the accessory dwelling unit shall not be located closer to the street than the front of the existing or proposed primary residence unless a zoning exception is obtained. no front yard setback shall be required for a proposed accessory dwelling unit if the unit is no larger than 800 square feet.

3. Additional height may be permitted with approval of a Site Development Permit by the Director.

4. Unless the accessory dwelling unit is contained within the existing space of a legally constructed main dwelling.
b. Conversion of Existing Accessory Structures. When an existing and legally constructed structure is converted or partially converted to an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit, any nonconforming height or setbacks of said structure may be maintained.

Packet Pg. 340 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

5.6. Architectural Compatibility. The accessory dwelling unit shall incorporate the same or similar architectural features, building materials, and roof pitch, and colors as the main dwelling unit.

6.7. Separate Entrance. Accessory dwelling units and Jjunior accessory dwelling units shall include an entrance separate entrance from the main entrance to the proposed or existing single-family dwelling. A junior accessory dwelling unit also shall include an interior entry to the single-family dwelling main living area if the junior accessory dwelling unit does not include a separate bathroom.

7.8. Efficiency Kitchen. At a minimum, junior accessory dwelling units shall include an efficiency kitchen which shall include all of the following:
a. A cooking facility with appliances.
b. A food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are reasonable size in relation to the size of the unit.

8.9. Off-Street Parking. Unless the unit is proposed with a building permit application for a new single-family dwelling or multiple-family dwelling, Oone covered or uncovered off-street parking space shall be provided for the each new, detached accessory dwelling unit. The required parking space may be provided as a tandem parking space located within the front-yard setback within a driveway or as a standard space located within the front-yard setback within a paved area immediately adjacent to the driveway. All other proposed types of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units shall not require a parking space. Additional parking shall not be required in any of the following instances:
a. The accessory dwelling unit is located within one-half mile of public transit. b. The accessory dwelling unit is located within an architecturally and historically significant historic district.
c. The accessory dwelling unit is a part of the existing main dwelling unit or an existing accessory structure.
d. When on-street parking permits are required but not offered to the occupant of the accessory dwelling unit.
e. When there is a car share vehicle located within one block of the accessory dwelling unit.
f. When on-site parking is removed to allow for an accessory dwelling unit.

Packet Pg. 341 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

9.10.Utilities. Separate electric meters are required for all accessory dwelling units unless the unit is contained within the existing proposed space of the main a single-family dwelling, unit or existing space of the main dwelling unit or an accessory structure, has independent exterior access independent from the main dwelling unit, and the side and rear setbacks are sufficient for fire safety. Separate water and gas meters are allowed at the option of the property owner.

11. Fire Sprinklers. Accessory dwelling units or junior accessory dwelling units shall not be required to provide fire sprinklers if not required for the main dwelling unit. The construction of an accessory dwelling unit a or junior accessory dwelling unit shall not trigger a requirement for fire sprinklers to be installed in the existing primary dwelling.

D.G. Deed Restrictions. Before obtaining a building permit for a junior accessory dwelling unit, the property owner shall file with the County Recorder a declaration or agreement of restrictions which has been approved by the City Attorney as to its form and content, containing a reference to the deed under which the property was acquired by the owner stating that:

1. The junior accessory dwelling unit cannot be sold separately.

2. The junior accessory dwelling unit shall meet the size and attribute requirements as governed by Government Code Section 66333.

3. The restrictions shall be binding upon any successor in ownership of the property, and lack of compliance may result in legal action against the property owner.

1. From January 1, 2020, until January 1, 2025, any application for construction of or conversion into an accessory dwelling unit is not required to be owner occupied or otherwise comply with the provisions set forth in Subsection (D)(3).

2. Prior to January 1, 2020, and after January 1, 2025, Subsection (D) (3) will apply to accessory dwelling units.

3. Before obtaining a building permit, the property owner shall file with the County Recorder a declaration or agreement of restrictions which has been approved by the City Attorney as to its form and content, containing a reference to the deed under which the property was acquired by the owner stating that:
a. The accessory dwelling unit shall be considered legal only so long as either the primary residence or the accessory dwelling unit is occupied by the owner of the property;
b. The accessory dwelling unit cannot be sold separately; c. The restrictions shall be binding upon any successor in ownership of the property, and lack of compliance may result in legal action against the property owner.

Packet Pg. 342 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) E. Preexisting Accessory Dwelling Unit. Accessory dwelling units existing prior to adoption of this section, the structure/use of which is nonconforming, may be considered conforming, if the Director issues a Zoning Clearance if it is determined that the accessory dwelling unit complies with the requirements of this Section, which may include compliance with Building and Fire Codes.

F.H. Conversion of an Existing Dwelling to an Accessory Dwelling Unit. In cases where an existing legally constructed single-family or multiple-family dwelling is located on a parcel zoned for single-family or multiple-family use, the existing dwelling, which is intended to become the lawful accessory dwelling unit, must comply with all the requirements of this Code, including size limitations. The primary residence shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable zoning district and other requirements of this Code.

G. Existing Multi-family Dwelling. In cases where an existing legally constructed multifamily dwelling is located on a parcel zoned for multi-family use, portions of the structure that are not used as livable space, including, but not limited to, storage rooms, boiler rooms, passageways, attics, basements, or garages, may be converted into an accessory dwelling unit. However, the number of accessory dwelling units allowed within the existing multifamily dwelling shall not exceed more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the existing number of dwelling units. Additional to the existing multi-family dwelling, a maximum of two (2) detached accessory dwelling units with a maximum height of sixteen feet (16’) and minimum four-foot (4’) side and rear yard setbacks are allowed.

I. Use.

1. Rental Limitations. No unit on pProperties developed with Aaccessory Ddwelling Uunits and/or junior accessory dwelling units may not be leased/rented for periods of less than thirty (30) days or less and no such unit shall not be used as a Short-Term Rental as defined by Section 18.43.180.

2. Separate Sale Limitations. Units may not be sold separately from the primary unit on the parcel, except as provided by the Government Code Section 66341 of the State of California.

3. Occupancy Limitations. Owner occupancy is required on a lot with a primary residence containing a junior accessory dwelling unit. Owner occupancy is not required on a lot with only an accessory dwelling unit.

4. Certificate of Occupancy. Unless otherwise authorized by the Building official, a certificate of occupancy for an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit shall not be issued unless a certificate of occupancy has been issued for the main dwelling.

I.J. Nonconformities. Accessory dwelling units or junior accessory dwelling units on sites with Nnonconformities, building code violations, or unpermitted structures ing zoning conditions, existing at the time of building permit submittal for an accessory dwelling unit or /junior Packet Pg. 343 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) accessory dwelling unit and unaffected by the construction of said unit, may be continued permitted and shall not be subject to Chapter 18.46, Nonconforming Uses, Structures, Sites, and Parcels, provided the proposed construction of the accessory dwelling unit and/or junior accessory dwelling unit does not present a threat to public health and safety.

Furthermore, until January 1, 2030, an owner who has received a notice of violation for an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit constructed before January 1, 2020 and without a permit may request a delay for five (5) years in enforcement of a building standard, provided the violation is not a health and safety issue, as determined by the Building Official, in compliance with Government Code Section 66331 and Health and Safety Code Section 17980.12(a)-(c).

18.60.020 Residential Use Classifications
A. Residential Housing Types.

1. Single Family Dwelling. One dwelling unit located on a single lot, containing only one kitchen and used to house not more than one family. Includes manufactured housing.

2. Two-Family Dwelling (Duplex). A single building that contains two (2) dwelling units, or a single lot with two (2) freestanding buildings, each of which is designed for occupancy by one household.

3. Dwelling Group. A group of three (3) or more detached one-family, two-family, or multiple-family dwellings occupying a parcel of land in one ownership.

4. Manufactured Home Park. Manufactured housing in a planned development with common area amenities. Spaces for mobile homes may be rented or owned.

5. Multiple Family Residential (Apartments). Three (3) or more attached dwelling units on a site or lot. Types of multiple-family dwellings include a variety of styles including but not limited to, townhouses, garden apartments, and high-rise apartment buildings.

Transitional housing facilities are also included provided that the residential density of the facility is consistent with that of the surrounding neighborhood.

6. Group Residential. Shared living quarters without separate kitchen or bathroom facilities for each room or unit. This classification includes boardinghouses, and dormitories, but excludes residential hotels.

7. Accessory Dwelling Unit. An attached or detached dwelling unit that is located on a single lot with a primary dwelling unit and provides complete facilities for independent living for one or more persons. These facilities include permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, and sanitation.

8. Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit. A unit that is located on a single lot, contained entirely with a primary dwelling unit, and is no more than 500 square feet of interior livable space in size.

Packet Pg. 344 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

8.9. Residential Condominium. A residential development designed to allow individually owned residential units, which are supported by a formal arrangement of common areas and facilities as is further defined in Section 1351(f) of the California Civil Code.

9.10.Supportive Housing. Housing with no limit on length of stay that is occupied by the target population as defined in Health and Safety Code subdivision (d) of Section 53260 and that is linked to on-site or off-site services that assist the supportive housing resident in retaining the housing, improving his or her health status, and maximizing his or her ability to live and, when possible, work in the community (per Health and Safety Code Section 50675.14(b)).

10.11.Transitional Housing. Buildings configured as rental housing developments, but operated under program requirements that call for the termination of assistance and recirculation of the assisted unit to another eligible program recipient at some predetermined future point in time, which shall be no less than six (6) months (per Health and Safety Code Section 50675.2).

11.12.Family Day Care. A day-care facility located in a single-family residence where an occupant of the residence provides care and supervision for children. a. Small Family. A facility which provides care for six (6) or fewer children. b. Large Family. A facility which provides care for seven (7) to twelve children.

12.13.Residential Care, Limited. Twenty-four-hour nonmedical care for six (6) or fewer persons in need of personal services, supervision, protection, or assistance essential for sustaining the activities of daily living. This classification includes only those facilities licensed for residential care by the State of California

18.61.020 Definitions
Accessory Use. A use incidental and accessory to the principal use of a lot or a building located on the same lot.

Adult Entertainment Terms.

1. Adult Entertainment Business or Activity. An establishment that is not customarily open to the public but only to one or more classes of the public and that normally excludes any minor by reason of age. Such establishments usually charge a fee for a service or sale item to be purchased. It is a business that is characterized by emphasis on depicting, describing, or relating to “specified sexual activities” or “specified anatomical areas.” Said term includes, but is not limited to, the following uses:

2. Adult Bookstore. An establishment that has a substantial or significant portion of its stockin-trade, books, magazines, or other periodicals that are distinguished or characterized by Packet Pg. 345 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) their emphasis on matter depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas, or an establishment with a segment or section devoted to the sale or display of such material and that excludes minors by virtue of age from all or part of the establishment.

3. Adult Cabaret. A cabaret that features go-go dancers, exotic dancers, strippers, male or female impersonators, or similar entertainers and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

4. Adult Drive-in Theater. A drive-in theater for presenting material distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matter depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas for observation by patrons and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

5. Adult Massage Parlor. Any place where, for any form of consideration or gratuity, massage, alcohol rub, administration of fomentations, electric or magnetic treatments, or any other treatment or manipulation of the human body occurs as part of or in connection with sexual conduct, or where any person providing such treatment, manipulation, or service related thereto exposes specified anatomical areas and that excludes minors by reason of age.

6. Adult Mini Motion Picture Theater. An enclosed building with a capacity of less than fifty (50) persons used for presenting material distinguished or characterized by an emphasis or matter depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas for observation by patrons therein and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

7. Adult Model Studio. Any place where for any form of consideration or gratuity, figure models who display specified anatomical areas are provided to be observed, sketched, drawn, painted, sculpted, photographed, or similarly depicted by persons paying such consideration or gratuity and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

8. Adult Motel. A motel wherein material is presented that is distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on depicting or describing sexual conduct or specified anatomical areas and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

9. Adult Motion Picture Arcade. Any place that the public is permitted or invited wherein coinor slug-operated or electronically, electrically, or mechanically controlled still or motionpicture machines, projectors, or other image-producing devices are maintained to show images to five (5) or fewer persons per machine at any one time and where the images so displayed are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on depicting or describing sexual conduct or specified anatomical areas and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

10. Adult Motion Picture Theater. An enclosed building with a capacity of fifty (50) or more persons used for presenting material depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas for observation by patrons therein and that excludes minors by virtue of age.

Packet Pg. 346 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

11. Adult Sexual Encounter Center. Any business, agency, or person who, for any form of consideration or gratuity, provides a place where three (3) or more persons, not all members of the same family, may congregate, assemble, or associate for the purpose of engaging in sexual conduct or exposing of specified anatomical areas and excludes minors by virtue of age.

12. Specified Anatomical Areas. Means the following: Less than completely and opaquely covered: (a) human genitals or pubic region, (b) female breast below a point immediately above the top of the areola. Human male genitals in a discernible turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered.

13. Specified Sexual Activities. Means the following: Human genitals in a state of sexual stimulation or arousal; acts of human masturbation, sexual intercourse, or sodomy; fondling or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttock, or female breast.

Affordable Unit, For Rent. A unit for which the total monthly rent, plus utilities for lower-income households, does not exceed thirty percent (30%) of sixty percent (60%) of the county median income and for very low- income households, thirty percent (30%) of fifty percent (50%) of the county median income.

Affordable Unit, For Sale. A unit for which the total monthly payment, including interest, taxes, insurance, and utilities, does not exceed for lower-income households (30%) of sixty percent (60%) of the county median income and for very low-income households, thirty percent (30%) of fifty percent (50%) of the county median income.

Alley. A public way permanently reserved as a secondary means of access to abutting property.

Alter. To make a change in the exterior appearance or the supporting members of a structure, such as bearing walls, columns, beams, or girders, that will prolong the life of the structure. Routine maintenance is not considered an alteration.

Amusement Park. Any place of amusement open to the public not conducted wholly within a completed enclosed building.

Animal-Related Terms.

1. Animals. Means horses, ponies, mules, burros, jacks, jennies, cows, bulls, calves, heifers, sheep, goats, swine, llamas, rabbits, and all other domestic or domesticated animals other than household pets.

2. Animal (Exotic or Wild). An animal, including, but not limited to, a monkey, fox, poisonous snake, raccoon, or other similar animal, including predatory or poisonous animals.

3. Animal (Household Pet). Any animal customarily permitted and kept in a dwelling and kept only for the company or pleasure provided to the occupants of the dwelling, such as a dog, Packet Pg. 347 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) cat, parakeet, tropical fish, hamster, rabbit, nonpoisonous snake, or Vietnamese pot-bellied pig.

4. Animal (Large). Any equine or bovine animal or other animal similar in size, weight, or appearance, including, but not limited to, a horse, pony, mule, donkey, cow, llama, pigs, hogs, goats, sheep, or ox.

5. Animal (Small). Poultry, rabbits, and those other such comparably sized animals distinguished from those described as large animals.

6. Fowl (Large). Any ostrich, emus, rheas, or similar flightless large birds.

7. Poultry. Means pigeons, chickens, ducks, geese, turkeys, and all other domestic or domesticated fowl other than household pets.

Automobile Trailer Terms.

1. Automobile Trailer. Any building or structure used for living or sleeping purposes and equipped with wheels or other means to facilitate movement from place to place and vehicles when used for living or sleeping purposes.

2. Automobile Trailer Park. Any lot or parcel of land used for the accommodation of one or more automobile trailers occupied as living quarters.

Balcony. A platform that projects from the wall of a building, typically above the first level, and is surrounded by a rail, balustrade or parapet.

Basement. A space wholly or partly underground and having more than half its height, measuring from its floor to its ceiling, below the average adjoining grade. If the finished floor level directly above a basement is more than six feet (6’) above grade at any point, the basement shall be considered a story. Any basement level that has a habitable room shall be counted as a story.

Base Density. The number of dwelling units on a particular parcel of land that is in conformance with the General Plan and zoning.

Block. All property fronting upon one side of a street between intersecting and intercepting streets or between a street and waterway, end of dead-end street, or city boundary. An intercepting street shall determine only the boundary of the block on the side of the street that it intercepts.

Boardinghouse or Rooming House. A residential building containing shared living quarters with a single kitchen where food and housing are provided for compensation. Does not include motels, hotels, or bed and breakfast establishments.

Breezeway. A roofed, open-sided passageway connecting two (2) structures, such as a house and a garage.

Packet Pg. 348 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Building. Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.

Building, Accessory. A building which is used in support of or accessory to the principal building on a lot.

Building Coverage. The sum in square feet of the areas of the horizontal projections of all buildings on a lot, excluding open pergolas, steps, chimneys, eaves, buttresses, cornices, unenclosed and unroofed terraces, and minor ornamental features projecting from the walls of the building. The features are not directly supported by the ground.

Building Height. The vertical distance from finished grade to the highest structural point of the building as measured plumb from all points along said grade.

Building, Main. See Building, Principal.

Building, Principal. A building in which is conducted the principal use of the lot on which it is located. Also referred to as “main building.”
Building Site. A lot or parcel of land in single or joint ownership and occupied or to be occupied by a main building and accessory buildings or by a dwelling group and its accessory buildings, together with such open spaces as are required by the terms of this title, and having its principal frontage on a “street” as defined in this chapter.

Business. The purchase, sale, or other transaction involving the handling or disposition of any article, substance, or commodity for livelihood or profit; or the ownership or management of office buildings, offices, recreational, or amusement enterprises; or the maintenance and use of offices by professions and trades rendering services.
“C” District. Means one or more of the following commercial districts: “NC” Neighborhood Commercial, “SC” Shopping Center, “RC” Regional Commercial, “GC” General Commercial, or “HC” Heavy Commercial.

Caretaker’s Quarters. A dwelling unit on the site of a commercial, industrial, public, or semipublic use, occupied by a guard or caretaker.

Charitable/Philanthropic Institution. Any nonprofit organization to administer charity, consistent with existing laws, for the benefit of an indefinite number of persons by bringing their minds or hearts under the influence of education or religion; by relieving their bodies from disease, suffering, or constraint; by assisting them to establish themselves in life; by erecting or maintaining public buildings or works; or by otherwise lessening the burden of government.

Church. A building, together with its accessory buildings and uses, where persons regularly assemble for worship. The building, together with its accessory buildings and uses, is maintained and controlled by a religious body organized to sustain public worship.

City Council. The City Council of the city of Redding.

Packet Pg. 349 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Club. An association of persons, whether incorporated or unincorporated, for some common purpose, but not including groups organized primarily to render a service carried on as a business.

Collection Building. Buildings with a gross floor area of two hundred twenty-five square feet (225 ft2) or less used for the deposit and storage of recyclables.

Covered Parking Space. An accessible and usable covered space of not less than ten feet by twenty feet (10’ by 20’) for storage of automobiles—such covered parking space to be so located on the lot as to meet the requirements of this title for an accessory building or, if attached to the main building, to be so located as to meet all the requirements of this title for a main building.

Deck. A platform, either freestanding or attached to a building, that is supported by pillars or posts (see also: Balcony).

Demolition. Any act or process that destroys in whole or in part a cultural resource or other structure within an historic district.

Distribution Line. An electric power line bringing power from a distribution substation to consumers.

District. A portion of the city within which certain uses of land and buildings are permitted or prohibited and within which certain yards and other open spaces are required and certain height limits are established for buildings, all as set forth and specified in this title.

Driveway. A paved area on a lot necessary to provide direct access for vehicles between a street and either:
- An area on a residential lot containing four (4) or fewer parking spaces. - An aisle between spaces in a parking lot.
- A loading berth.
- A refuse storage area.

Erected. Includes built, constructed, reconstructed, moved upon, or any physical operations on the premises required for the building. Excavations, fill drainage, and the like shall be considered a part of the erection.

Family. An individual or two (2) or more persons occupying a dwelling and living together as a single nonprofit housekeeping unit.

Floodplain Terms.

1. Accessory Structure. A structure equal to or exceeding one hundred twenty square feet (120 ft2) in size that is located on the same parcel of property as the principal structure and is used solely for parking of cars and/or storage.

Packet Pg. 350 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. Appeal. A request for a review of the Floodplain Administrator’s interpretation of any provision of this chapter or a request for a variance.

3. Area of Shallow Flooding. A designated AO or AH Zone on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM). The base flood depths range from one to three feet (1’- 3’); a clearly defined channel does not exist; the path of flooding is unpredictable and indeterminate; and velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is characterized by ponding or sheet flow.

4. Area of Special Flood Hazard. See “Special Flood Hazard Area.”

5. Base Flood. A flood having a one percent (1%) chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year. Same as the 100-year flood.

6. Base Flood Elevation. The elevation for which there is a one-percent or greater chance in any given year that flood levels will equal or exceed it.

7. Base Floodplain. The area covered by a base flood which is generally defined by FEMA as Zone A, AO, A1-30, and AE on the Flood Insurance Rate Map or the base flood area or elevation shown on any drainage study approved or adopted by the City (Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan by Montgomery-Watson Engineers dated October 1993), whichever is highest.

8. Basement. Any area of the building having its floor below ground level on all sides.

9. Contiguous To. Property bordering the base floodplain which would have a finished lot level of less than one foot (1’) above the base flood elevation, unless otherwise protected.

10. Design Flood. The flood against which protection is to be provided by means of land-use regulation or flood-protective or flood-control works. The design flood shall be the base flood recurrence interval (see “Base Flood” definition).

11. Development. Any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate, including but not limited to, buildings or other structures, mining, dredging, filling, grading, landscaping, paving, excavation, drilling operations, or storing equipment or materials.

12. Encroachment. The advance or infringement of uses, plant growth, fill, excavation, buildings, permanent structures, or development into a floodplain which may impede or alter the flow capacity of a floodplain.

13. Equal Conveyance. An equal amount of encroachment on both sides of a channel and an equal displacement of water or narrowing of the natural channel.

14. Existing Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. A manufactured home park, subdivision, or planned development for which the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the manufactured homes are to be affixed (including, at a minimum, the Packet Pg. 351 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads) is completed before January 19, 1988.

15. Expansion to an Existing Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. The preparation of additional sites by the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the manufactured homes are to be affixed (including the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads).

16. Flood or Flooding. A general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land areas from (1) the overflow of floodwaters, (2) the unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source, and/or (3) the collapse or subsidence of land along the shore of a lake or other body of water as a result of erosion or undermining caused by waves or currents of water exceeding anticipated cyclical levels or suddenly caused by an unusually high water level in a natural body of water accompanied by a severe storm or by an unanticipated force of nature, such as a flash flood, or by some similarly unusual and unforeseeable event which results in flooding as defined in this definition.

17. Flood Fringe. The area between the 100-year flood boundary and the floodway shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Maps incorporated in the Flood Insurance Study or on the Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan, whichever is highest.

18. Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM). The official map on which the Federal Insurance Administration has delineated the “floodway,” the “floodplain,” and “risk-premium” zones applicable to the city.

19. Flood Insurance Study. The official report provided by the Federal Insurance Administration that includes flood profiles, the FIRM, the Flood Boundary and Floodway Map, and the water-surface elevation of the base flood.

20. Floodplain. This means the Floodway, Flood Fringe, and means the same as “Base Floodplain” and the “Area of Special Flood Hazard.” “Floodplain” or “Floodplain Area” means any land area susceptible to being inundated by water from any source. (See definition of “Flooding.”) The elevations and boundaries of flooding within the floodplain are defined by Zones A, AO, A1-30, and AE of the Flood Insurance Rate Map prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or as shown on any drainage study (Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan by Montgomery-Watson Engineers dated October 1993) approved or adopted by the City, whichever is highest. For creeks where floodplain elevations with a detailed study have not been established by FEMA or the Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan, the elevations shall be determined by a registered civil engineer and approved by the Planning Commission pursuant to Section 18.51.100. Backwater areas along the Sacramento River or creeks which rise or fall with the level of water in the adjacent stream are considered to be within the floodplain, unless proven by a licensed hydrologist/engineer that those water levels are not the same as the floodplain of the adjacent stream and have a floodplain of their own.

Packet Pg. 352 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

21. Floodplain Administrator. The Development Services Director or the designee appointed to administer and enforce the City’s floodplain management regulations and the City’s Community Rating Service (CRS) program.

22. Floodplain Area. An area having flood, mud slide (i.e., mud flow), and/or flood-related erosion hazards as shown on a FIRM or Flood Boundary and Floodway Map and also that area shown on any drainage study (Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan) approved or adopted by the City, whichever is highest.

23. Floodplain District (FP). A zoning district that is combined with other zoning designations of lots that are either wholly or partially within the floodplain.

24. Floodplain Management. The operation of an overall program of corrective and preventive measures for reducing flood damage and preserving and enhancing, where possible, natural resources in the floodplain, including, but not limited to, emergency preparedness plans, flood-control works, floodplain management regulations, and open-space plans.

25. Floodplain Management Regulations. Zoning ordinances, subdivision regulations, building codes, health regulations, special- purpose ordinances (such as Floodplain Ordinance, Grading Ordinance, and Erosion-Control Ordinance), and other applications of police power.

The term describes such State or local regulations in any combination thereof that provide standards for the purpose of flood-damage prevention and reduction.

26. Flood-Proofing. Any combination of structural and nonstructural additions, changes, or adjustments to structures that reduce or eliminate flood damage to real estate or improved real property, water and sanitary facilities, and structures and their contents.

27. Flood Protection. An action taken to protect property and structures from inundation by the base flood or greater event.

28. Flood Protection Elevation. An elevation expressed in feet that the City requires for elevation of the lowest floor above the 100-year floodplain. The City’s required Flood Protection Elevation is a minimum of one foot (1’). The 100-year floodplain is defined by the Flood Insurance Rate Maps prepared by FEMA or the Citywide Storm Drain Master Plan by Montgomery-Watson Engineers, whichever is highest.

29. Flood-Related Erosion. The collapse or subsidence of land along the shore of a river, creek, or other body of water as a result of erosion or undermining caused by currents of water exceeding anticipated cyclical levels or suddenly caused by an unusually high water level in a natural body of water accompanied by a severe storm or by an unanticipated force of nature, such as a flash flood or by some similarly unusual and unforeseeable event which results in flooding.

30. Floodway. The channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water Packet Pg. 353 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) surface elevation more than one foot (1’). “Floodway” includes those areas so designated on any drainage study approved or adopted by the City.

31. Freeboard. A factor of safety expressed in feet above a flood level for purposes of floodplain management. “Freeboard” tends to compensate for the many unknown factors that could contribute to flood heights greater than the height calculated for a selected size flood and floodway conditions, such as wave action, bridge openings, and the hydrological effect of urbanization of the watershed.

32. Highest Adjacent Grade. The highest natural elevation of the ground surface prior to construction next to the proposed walls of a structure.

33. Historic Structure. A structure that is either one of the following:
a. Listed individually in the National Register of Historic Places (a listing maintained by the Department of Interior) or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as meeting the requirements for individual listing on the National Register; b. Certified or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as contributing to the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily determined by the Secretary to qualify as a registered historic district; c. Individually listed on a state inventory of historic places in states with historic preservation programs which have been approved by the Secretary of Interior; or d. Individually listed on a local inventory of historic places in communities with historic preservation programs that have been certified either by an approved state program as determined by the Secretary of the Interior or directly by the Secretary of the Interior in states without approved programs.

34. Hydraulic Engineering Center Model 1 (HEC-1) (succeeded by HEC-HMS). The model is designed to simulate the surface runoff response of a stream basin to precipitation by representing the basin as an interconnected system of hydrologic and hydraulic components.

Each component models an aspect of the precipitation-runoff process within a portion of the basin, commonly referred to as a sub-basin. A component may represent a surface-runoff entity, a stream channel, or a reservoir. Representation of a component requires a set of parameters which specify the particular characteristics of the component and mathematical relations which describe the physical processes. The result of the modeling process is the computation of stream flow by hydrographs at desired locations in the stream basin. The model can be used in making flood predictions from rainfall runoff for any state of upstream urbanization. In so doing, the model considers time of concentration and detention characteristics of the tributary area. The model can also be used to estimate the velocity of surface water but cannot be used to determine backwater-curve elevations. A hydraulic computer program (HEC-2) is generally used in conjunction with HEC-1 to obtain backwater curves or surface-water profiles. The model can also be used to develop discharge-frequency Packet Pg. 354 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) curve and associated levels of confidence through sensitivity analysis of rainfall and runoff parameter input.

35. Hydraulic Engineer Center Model 2 (HEC-2) (succeeded by HEC-RAS). This model is intended for calculating water-surface profiles for steady, gradually varied flow in natural or manmade channels. Both subcritical and supercritical flow profiles can be calculated. The effects of various obstructions, such as bridges, culverts, weirs, and structures, in the floodplain may be considered in the computations. The computational procedure is based on the solution of the one-dimensional energy equation with energy loss due to friction evaluated with Manning’s equation. The computational procedure is generally known as the Standard Step Method. The program is also designed for application in floodplain management and flood-insurance studies to evaluate floodway encroachments and to designate flood-hazard zones. Also, capabilities are available for assessing the effects of channel improvements and levees on water-surface profiles.

36. Hydraulic Engineering Center Water Resources Council Model CPD-13. This model is used in calculating the flood-frequency curve from data over a period of time from streamgauge history of sufficient length (40 years, if available; if only twenty (20) years or less is available, several gauges or other methodologies should be considered). The model is capable of developing confidence limits associated with the frequency curve.

37. Lowest Floor. The lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area, including a basement. An unfinished or flood-resistant enclosure below the lowest floor that is usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or storage in an area other than a basement area is not considered a building’s lowest floor provided that it conforms to applicable non-elevation design requirements, including, but not limited to:
a. The wet flood proofing standard in Section 18.51.080(D)(3). b. The anchoring standards in Section 18.51.080(B).
c. The construction materials and methods standards in Section 18.51.080(C). d. The standards for utilities in Section 18.51.080(E). e. For residential structures, all subgrade enclosed areas are prohibited because they are considered to be basements. This prohibition includes below-grade garages and storage areas.

38. Manufactured Home. A structure, transportable in one or more sections, which is built on a permanent chassis and is designed for use with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities. The term “Manufactured Home” does not include a “recreational vehicle.”

39. Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. A parcel (or contiguous parcels) of land divided into two (2) or more manufactured home lots for rent or sale.

Packet Pg. 355 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

40. New Construction. For floodplain management purposes, this means structures for which the “start of construction” commenced on or after the effective date of floodplain management regulations adopted by this community (July 1, 1985) and includes any subsequent improvements to such structures.

41. New Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. A manufactured home park or subdivision for which the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the manufactured homes are to be affixed (including at a minimum, the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads) is completed on or after July 1, 1985.

42. No-Rise Floodway and Flood Fringe. This refers to maintenance of the City’s floodway and floodplain fringe with no rise in floodplain elevations that would adversely affect properties.

43. One-Hundred-Year Flood. The same as “base flood.”

44. Recreational Vehicle. A vehicle which is:

1. Built on a single chassis.

2. Four hundred square feet (400 ft2) or less when measured at the largest horizontal projection.

3. Designed to be self-propelled or permanently towable by a light-duty truck.

4. Designed primarily not for use as a permanent dwelling, but as temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel, or seasonal use.

45. Remedy a Violation. To bring the structure or other development into compliance with State or local floodplain management regulations or, if this is not possible, to reduce the impacts of its noncompliance. Ways that impacts may be reduced include:

1. Protecting the structure or other affected development from flood damages.

2. Implementing the enforcement provisions of the ordinance or otherwise deterring future similar violations.

3. Reducing State or Federal financial exposure with regard to the structure or other development.

46. Riverine. Relating to, formed by, or resembling a river (including tributaries), stream, brook, etc.

47. Scenic or Riparian Corridor. Includes areas that border segments of seasonal creeks and all the Sacramento River’s floodplain which contain vegetation natural to waterways.

Packet Pg. 356 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

48. Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA). An area having special flood or flood-related erosion hazards and shown on a FIRM as Zone A, AO, A1-30, AE, or AH.

49. Standard Project Flood. The largest flood that can be expected from the most severe combination of meteorological and hydrological conditions reasonably characteristic of the geographical region involved. Such a flood provides a reasonable upper limit to be considered in designing flood-control works and in delineating floodplain limits and shall be generally applicable where its occurrence would have a high probability of hazard to human life.

50. Start of Construction. Includes substantial improvement and other proposed new development and means the date the building permit was issued provided that the actual start of construction, repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement, or other improvement was within 180 days from the date of the permit. The actual start means either the first placement of permanent construction of a structure on a site, such as the pouring of slab or footings, the installation of piles, the construction of columns, or any work beyond the stage of excavation, or the placement of a manufactured home on a foundation. Permanent construction does not include land preparation, such as clearing, grading, and filling; nor does it include the installation of streets and/or walkways; nor does it include excavation for a basement, footings, piers, or foundations or the erection of temporary forms; nor does it include the installation on the property of accessory buildings, such as garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main structure. For a substantial improvement, the actual start of construction means the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural part of a building, whether or not that alteration affects the external dimensions of the building.

51. Structure. A walled and roofed building with two (2) or more outside rigid walls from floor to roof and a fully secured roof that is permanently affixed to and principally above the ground. This includes a mobile building or manufactured home or a gas or liquid storage tank.

52. Substantial Damage. Damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its before-damaged condition would equal or exceed fifty percent (50%) of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred. Substantial damage also means flood-related damage sustained by structure on two or more separate occasions during a ten-year period for which the cost of repairs at the time of each such flood event, on average, equals or exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred.

53. Substantial Improvement. Any reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, or other proposed new development of a structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the market value of the structure before the “start of construction” of the improvement. This term includes structures which have incurred “substantial damage,” regardless of the actual repair work performed. Market value will be estimated using the tax assessed value of the structure, excluding the land value. If the improvement/repair cost (as determined by the valuation of the building permit application) is less than or equal to forty percent (40%) of Packet Pg. 357 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) the market value estimate, then the improvement/repair is not a substantial improvement. If the improvement/repair cost is greater than forty percent (40%) of the market value estimate, then the improvement/repair is a potential substantial improvement, and a certified appraisal shall be submitted. The appraisal shall determine the value of the structure being improved, separate from the land value. The term “substantial improvement” does not, however, include either:

1. Any project for improvement of a structure to correct existing violations of State or local health, sanitary, or safety code specifications which have been identified by the local code enforcement official and which are the minimum necessary to ensure safe living conditions.

2. Any alteration of a structure listed on the National Register of Historic Places or a State Inventory of Historic Places provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure’s continued designation as a “historic structure.”
When the combined total of all improvements or repairs made after the adoption of this code equals or exceeds fifty percent (50%) of a structure’s market value, that structure is considered to be substantially improved. Substantial improvement also includes any addition which increases the original floor area of a building by twenty-five percent (25%) of more.

54. Variance. A grant of relief from the requirements of this chapter which permits construction in a manner that would otherwise be prohibited by this chapter.

55. Velocity of Water. The rate of flow measured in feet per second at specified depths within the floodway, flood fringe, or area immediately adjacent to a proposed floodplain encroachment.

56. Violation. The failure of a structure or other development to be fully compliant with the City’s floodplain-management regulations. A structure or other development without the elevation certificate, other certifications, or other evidence of compliance required in this chapter is presumed to be in violation until such time as that documentation is provided.

Floor Area, Gross. The total interior floor area of all stories of a building or structure, including basements as well as aboveground stories. It excludes any crawl space, area used exclusively for vehicle parking or loading, breezeway, attic without floor, and any open porch, deck, balcony, or terrace.

Floor Area, Net. The total of all portions of interior floor area of each floor, basement, attic, or other area under the roof. It excludes portions thereof used solely for corridors, balconies, employee lounges, elevator shafts, stairways, restrooms, basement or attic areas having a height of more than seven feet (7’), closets, vaults, storage areas, climatic control areas, janitorial storage areas, parking or loading areas; in industrial areas, storage sheds with less than one hundred fifty square feet (150 sf2) of space, bunkers, electrical substations, smoking shelters, instrument shelters, and similar enclosures. The following areas shall be included within net floor area:

Packet Pg. 358 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

1. Lobbies of banks or financial or lending institutions.

2. Outdoor uncovered retail sales area, excepting plant nurseries and auto-sales lots.

3. Waiting rooms used by the public in connection with offices, professional offices, and similar establishments.

Floor Area Ratio (FAR). The net floor area of a building or buildings on a lot divided by the lot area or site area.

Garage or Carport. An accessible and usable covered space of not less than ten by twenty feet (10’ by 20’) for storage of automobiles.

General Plan. The City of Redding General Plan.

Grade, Average. The average level on the surface defined as the shortest distance between finished grade at the highest and lowest sides of a structure.

Grade, Existing. The level of the ground or pavement at a stated location as it exists prior to disturbance in preparation for a project regulated by this chapter.

Grade, Finished. The point of the elevation of the finished surface of the ground. For purposes of determining building height, finished grade is the grade at the building foundation. In the case of signs, grade is the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground at the base of the sign or, in the case of a double support, the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground at the supports.

Grade, Street. The top of the curb or the top of the edge of the pavement or traveled way where no curb exists.

Height. See Rules of Measurement, Section 18.62.080.

Home Occupation. An accessory use of a dwelling unit for lawful business purposes. A home occupation is incidental to the primary use of the building as a residence.

Hospital or Sanitarium. Any institution, place, building, or agency that maintains and operates organized facilities for the diagnosis, care, or treatment of human illness, including convalescence and including care during and after pregnancy or that maintains and operates organized facilities for any such purpose, and to which persons may be admitted for overnight stay or longer. “Hospital” includes nursing home, maternity home, and lying-in asylum.

Junkyard. A place where any of the following described materials are collected, stored, or placed, except where the use or activity is conducted wholly within a completely enclosed building, including the following: the collection, storage, or placing of worn out, discarded, or scrapped goods or materials that may be turned to some use such as rope, chains, iron, copper, furniture, Packet Pg. 359 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) stoves, enamelware, paper, bottles, used pipes, used machinery, parts of dismantled machinery, or vehicles.

1. The collection, storage, or placing of any used material other than gems, precious metal, or material containing precious metal, having a value that is determined wholly by the weight thereof.

2. The collection, storage, or placing of any used material other than gems, precious metal, or material containing precious metal that has no ordinarily practical use in the form in which it exists when so collected, stored, or placed.

Kitchen. A room for cooking or preparation of food and dishwashing, but not including a bar, butler’s pantry, or similar room adjacent to or connected with a kitchen.

Landscape. To plant and maintain some combination of trees, ground cover, shrubs, vines, flowers or lawn. Required landscape may include natural features, such as existing or imported rock, and structural features, including fountains, pools, art work, plazas, screens, walls, or fences. Plants on rooftops, porches, or in boxes attached to buildings are not considered landscape.

Lighting Terms.

1. Architectural Lighting. Lighting which is either directed towards a building with the intent of highlighting an architectural or landscape feature or a light fixture which is architecturally ornamental in purpose.

2. Fully Shielded. A luminaire or light fixture that by design of the housing does not allow any light dispersion or direct glare to shine above a 90-degree horizontal plane from the base of the fixture. Fully shielded fixtures must be installed in a horizontal position, or the purpose of the design is defeated and disability glare will result.

3. Light Trespass. Light from an artificial light source that is intruding into an area where it is not wanted or does not belong.

4. Uplighting. Any light source that distributes illumination above a 90-degree horizontal plane.

Liquor Store. A retail establishment that devotes more than fifty percent (50%) of its floor area for the display, storage, and sale of beer, wine, distilled or fermented liquor or related items.

Living Area. An interior habitable area of a dwelling unit, including basements and attics, but does not include a garage, patio, porch or any accessory structure.

Packet Pg. 360 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Loading Space. An off-street space or berth on the same lot within a building or contiguous to a group of buildings for the temporary parking of a vehicle while loading or unloading merchandise or materials or people and which abuts on a street, service drive, alley, or other appropriate means of access.

Lot. A parcel of real property as shown with a separate and distinct number or letter on a plot recorded or filed with the recorder of the County or parcel of real property with street frontage or acreage width of not less than specified by this code and Title 17, Subdivisions.

Lot Frontage (Signs). The length of improved property on a lot that is bordered by an improved public street from which the lot may take vehicle access. For lots without frontage (including frontage limited to driveway access) the net lot area may be used to calculate the maximum sign area.

Lot Line Types.

1. Lot Line, Front. The property line dividing a lot from a street. On a corner lot, only one street line shall be considered as a front line, as determined by the Building Official upon issuance of a building permit or the demarcation made on a final or parcel map.

2. Lot Line, Corner. On a corner lot, the lot line dividing a lot from the street that is not considered the front lot line, as determined by the Building Official.

3. Lot Line, Rear. The line, or lines, most parallel with the front lot line. Where no lot line is within 45 degrees of being parallel to the front lot line, a line ten feet (10’) in length within the lot, parallel to and at the maximum possible distance from the front lot line, shall be deemed the rear lot line for the purpose of measuring rear-yard depth.

4. Lot Line, Side. Any lot lines other than front lot lines or rear lot lines.

Lot Types.

1. Lot, Corner. A lot or parcel of land situated at the intersection of two (2) or more streets having an angle or intersection of not more than 135 degrees.

Packet Pg. 361 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. Lot, Double Frontage. A lot having frontage
on more than one street. Each frontage from
which access is permitted shall be deemed a
front lot line.

3. Lot, Flag. A lot having access to a public
street by means of a private right-of-way strip
that shares fee ownership with the balance of
the lot.

4. Lot, Improved. Any land containing a
principal building or otherwise improved to
conduct a nonresidential activity.

5. Lot, Interior. A lot that is not a corner lot.

6. Lot, Reversed Corner. A corner lot the side
street line of which is substantially a
continuation of the front lot line of the first lot
to its rear.

7. Lot, Vacant. Land without buildings or other
structures.

Mining Terms.

1. Expansion. Increase in the intensity of
mining or on-site processing operations that have an adverse impact on environmental issues, such as noise, dust creation, traffic flow, or water quality or any expansion to the boundaries of the area to be mined.

2. Exploration or Prospecting. The search for minerals by geological, geophysical, geochemical, or other techniques, including, but not limited to, sampling, assaying, drilling, or any surface or underground works needed to determine the type, extent, or quantity of minerals present.

3. Idle. To curtail for a period of one (1) year or more surface mining operations by more than ninety percent (90%) of the operation’s previous maximum annual mineral production with the intent to resume those surface mining operations at a future date.

4. Mined Lands. Includes the surface, subsurface, and groundwater of an area in which surface mining operations will be, are being, or have been conducted, including private ways and roads appurtenant to any such area, and land excavations, workings, mining waste, and areas in which structures, facilities, equipment, machines, tools, or other materials or property that result from, or are used in, surface mining operations are located.

Packet Pg. 362 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

5. Minerals. Any naturally occurring chemical element or compound, or groups of elements and compounds, formed from inorganic processes and organic substances, including, but not limited to, coal, peat, and bituminous rock, but excluding geothermal resources, natural gas, and petroleum.

6. Mining Waste. Includes the residual of soil, rock, mineral, liquid, vegetation, equipment, machines, tools, or other materials or property directly resulting from, or displaced by, surface mining operations.

7. Operator. Any person who is engaged in surface mining operations himself or who contracts with others to conduct operations on his/her behalf, except a person who is engaged in surface mining operations as an employee with wages as his/her sole compensation.

8. Overburden. Soil, rock, or other materials that lie above a natural mineral deposit or in between mineral deposits, before or after their removal, by surface mining operations.

9. Reclamation. The process of land treatment that minimizes water degradation, air pollution, damage to aquatic and wildlife habitat, flooding, erosion, and other adverse effects from surface mining operations, including adverse surface effects incidental to underground mines, so that mined lands are reclaimed to a usable condition, which is readily adaptable for alternate land uses, and create no danger to public health or safety. The process may extend to affected lands surrounding mined lands and may require backfilling, grading, resoiling, revegetation, soil compaction, stabilization, or other measures.

10. State Board. State Mining and Geology Board in the Department of Conservation, State of California.

11. State Geologist. Individual holding office as structured in Section 677 of Article 3, Chapter 2 of Division 1 of the Public Resources Code.

12. Surface Mining Operations. All or any part of the process involved in the mining of minerals on mined lands by removing overburden and mining directly from the mineral deposits, open-pit mining of minerals naturally exposed, mining by auger method, dredging and quarrying, or surface work incident to an underground mine. Surface mining operations shall include, but are not limited to:
a. In-place distillation, retorting, or leaching.
b. The production and disposal of mining waste.
c. Prospecting and exploratory activities.

Natural Feature. Any tree, plant life, water feature, or rock outcropping.

Noise Terms.

Packet Pg. 363 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

1. A-weighted Sound Level shall mean the sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter using the A-weighting network weighted to the range of human hearing. The level so read is designated dBAor dBA.

2. Ambient Noise shall mean all-encompassing noise associated with a given environment, being usually a composite of sounds from many sources near and far. For the purpose of this chapter, the ambient noise level is the level obtained when the noise level is averaged over a period of fifteen (15) minutes without the inclusion of noise from isolated identifiable sources at the location and time of day near that at which a comparison is to be made.

3. Construction shall mean any site preparation, assembly, erection, substantial repair, alteration, or similar action for or on public or private rights-of-way, structures, utilities, or similar property.

4. Decibel shall mean a unit for measuring the amplitude of a sound equal to twenty (20) times the logarithm to the base ten (10) of the ratio of the pressure of the sound measured to the reference pressure, which is twenty (20) micro pascals.

5. Emergency Work or Action shall mean work or action made necessary to restore property to a safe condition after a public calamity, or work required to protect persons or property from imminent exposure to danger or damage, or work by public or private utilities to restore utility service.

6. Intrusive Noise shall mean that noise which intrudes over and above the existing ambient noise at a given location. The relative intrusiveness of a sound depends upon its amplitude, duration, frequency and time of occurrence, and tonal or informational content, as well as the prevailing ambient noise level.

7. Noise Disturbance shall mean any sound which:
a. Endangers or injures the safety or health of human beings or animals. b. Annoys or disturbs a reasonable person of normal sensitivities. c. Endangers or injures personal or real property.

8. Noise Level shall mean A-weighted sound pressure level in decibels obtained by using a sound level meter at slow response with a reference pressure of twenty (20) micro pascals.

The unit of measurement shall be designated as dBA.

9. Real Property Boundary shall mean an imaginary line along the ground surface and its vertical extension, which separates the real property owned by one person from that owned by another person, but not including intra-building real property divisions.

Packet Pg. 364 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

10. Sound Level Meter shall mean an instrument, including a microphone, an amplifier, an output meter, and frequency weighting networks for the measurement of sound levels, which meet or exceed the requirements pertinent for type S1A meters in the American National Standards Institute Specifications for sound level meters, S1.4-1971, or the most recent revision thereof.

Nonconforming Terms.

1. Abandoned. A use has ceased or a structure has been vacated for a time period as specified in this chapter. Abandonment does not include temporary or short-term interruptions to a use or occupancy of a structure during periods of remodeling, maintaining, or otherwise improving or rearranging a facility.

2. Intensity. The measurable impacts which a use has on infrastructure, the environment, or nearby property and uses.

3. Intensification of Use. Any change in mode or character of operations which is determined by the Director likely to result in a significant new or increased impact due to potential traffic generation, noise, smoke, glare, odors, hazardous materials, water use, and/or sewage generation, shall be considered an “intensification of use” of a nonconforming use.

4. Nonconforming Parcel. A parcel of record that does not comply with the access, area, or width requirements of the zoning district in which the parcel is located.

5. Nonconforming Site. A site which contains a structure that does not comply with the setback, lot coverage, or other site requirements, and/or requirements for parking, landscaping, storage and display areas, or other non-use restrictions or requirements established by the Zoning Ordinance or any amendments thereto, but which complied with the non-use restrictions or regulations in existence at the time of construction of the improvements.

6. Nonconforming Structure. A structure which by its design and construction (e.g. an industrial building in a residential district) does not conform to structures typically associated with the underlying zoning district established by this title or any amendment thereto, but which complied with the non-use restrictions or regulations in existence at the time of the construction of the building or structure.

7. Nonconforming Use. Any use, whether of a building, structure, or parcel (lot, or tract of land), which does not conform to the land use regulations of this title for the zone in which such use is located, either on the effective date of this title or as a result of subsequent amendments which may be made to this title or by reason of annexation of territory to the city.
“O” District. Means one or more of the following office districts: “LO” Limited Office or “GO” General Office.

Packet Pg. 365 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Occupancy, Change. A discontinuance of an existing use and the substitution therefore of a use of a different kind or class.

Occupied. Arranged, designed, built, altered, converted, rented or leased, or intended to be occupied.

Off-Street Loading Facilities. A site or portion of a site devoted to the loading or unloading of motor vehicles or trailers, including loading berths, aisles, access drives, and landscaped areas.

Open-Space Terms.

1. Open-Space Land. Open-space land is any parcel or area of land or water which is essentially unimproved and devoted to open-space use as follows:
a. Creeks, rivers, ponds, and areas within the 100-year floodplain of a stream, creek, or river as established by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and/or hydrology study accepted by the City.
b. Areas with steep slope exceeding twenty percent (20%) and other unstable soil areas. c. Areas having scenic, historic, archaeological, and/or cultural value. d. Other open-space land uses as described by the Conservation and Open Space Element of the General Plan or as defined by the State in Government Code Section 65560(b), incorporated by reference herein and as amended from time to time.

2. Open-Space Easement. As defined in Government Code Section 51075(D), open-space easement is any right or interest in open-space land acquired by the City by map or separate instrument which imposes restrictions that effectively preserve for public and/or private use or enjoyment the unimproved, natural, or scenic character of such open-space land.

3. Public Open-Space Easement. An open-space easement upon land over which the public has obtained an easement for open-space purposes whereupon the public has the right to use of the property.

4. Private Open-Space Easement. An open-space easement upon an area of private property that is set aside for open-space purposes whereupon the public does not have a right to access or use of the property.

5. Public Open Space. Land owned by the City in fee which has been set aside for open-space purposes whereupon the public has the right to access and use of the property.

6. Outdoor Activity Areas.
a. Private. An open area outside a building adjoining and directly accessible to a dwelling unit, reserved for the exclusive use of residents of the dwelling unit and their guests.

Packet Pg. 366 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) b. Common. An open area within a residential development reserved for the exclusive use of residents of the development and their guests.
c. Usable. An outdoor or fenced area on the ground or on a roof, balcony, deck, porch, or terrace designed and accessible for outdoor living, recreation, pedestrian access, or landscape, but excluding parking facilities, driveways, utility or service areas, or any required front or corner side yard and excluding any space with a dimension of less than six feet (6’) in any direction or an area of less than thirty-six square feet (36 ft2). d. Yard. An open space on the same site as a structure, unoccupied and unobstructed by structures from the ground upward, except as otherwise provided in this chapter, including a front yard, side yard, corner side yard, or rear yard.

Permitted. Allowed without a requirement for approval of a conditional use permit or temporary use permit.

Person. Also includes association, firm, co-partnership, or corporation.

Plan Lines. Official lines established by law in accordance with the master street and highway plan of the City for the purpose of establishing the alignment and width of public streets in accordance with their projected design as provided in the master street and highway plan of the City. Buildings or other structures erected thereafter must be located outside the lines establishing the width of public streets and alleys.

Planning Commission. The City Planning Commission.

Porch. A covered platform, usually having a separate roof, at an entrance to a dwelling or an open or enclosed gallery or room, which is not heated or cooled, that is attached to the outside of a building.

Preexisting. In existence prior to the effective date of this chapter.

Preservation. The act or process of applying measures to sustain the existing form, integrity, and material of a building or structure and the existing form and vegetative cover of a site.

Project. Any proposal for new or changed use or for new construction, alteration, or enlargement of any structure that is subject to the provisions of this chapter.

Public Parking Area. An open area, other than a street, used for the temporary parking of more than four (4) automobiles and available for public use, whether free, for compensation, or as an accommodation for clients or customers.
“R” District. Means one or more of the following residential districts: “RL” Rural Lands, “RE” Residential Estate, “RS” Residential Single Family or “RM” Residential Mixed Housing.

Packet Pg. 367 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Reconstruction. The act or process of reproducing by new construction the exact form and detail of a vanished building, structure, or object, or a part thereof, as it appeared at a specific period of time.

Recycling Terms.

1. Processing Facility. A building or enclosed space used for the collection and processing of recyclable material and/or used motor oil by such means as flattening, mechanical sorting, compacting, bailing, shredding, grinding, crushing, and cleaning. a. A light processing facility occupies less than forty-five thousand square feet (45,000 ft2) and includes equipment for baling, briquetting, crushing, compacting, grinding, shredding, and sorting of source-separated recyclable materials, except ferrous metals other than food and beverage containers, and repairing of reusable materials. b. A heavy processing facility is any processing facility other than a light processing facility.

2. Recyclable Material. Reusable material, including, but not limited to metals, glass, plastic, and paper, which are intended for reuse, remanufacture, or reconstitution for the purpose of using the altered form. Recyclable material does not include refuse or hazardous materials, but may include used motor oil.

3. Recycling Facility. A center for the collection and/or processing of recyclable materials.

4. Reverse Vending Machine. An automated mechanical device that accepts at least one or more types of empty beverage containers, including aluminum cans, glass, and plastic bottles, and issues a cash refund or a redeemable credit slip. A reverse vending machine may sort and process containers mechanically, provided that the entire process is enclosed within the machine.
a. A single-feed revenue vending machine is designed to accept individual containers one at a time.
b. A bulk reverse vending machine is designed to accept more than one container at a time and to compute the refund or credit due on the basis of weight.

Rehabilitation. The act or process of returning a property to a state of utility through repair or alteration which makes possible an efficient contemporary use, while preserving those portions or features of the property that are significant to its historical, architectural, and cultural values.

Residential Density Bonus Terms.

1. Affordability. The economic feasibility to construct lower-income housing in the proposed development.

Packet Pg. 368 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

2. Affordable Housing. Housing costs as defined in Section 5005.2 of the Health and Safety Code or rents at qualifying levels for lower-income or very low-income households.

3. Density Bonus. An increased density of at least twenty-five percent (25%) over the maximum authorized density which is granted to a developer/property owner of a housing project agreeing to construct a prescribed percentage of lower-income units as defined by the State of California Government Code Section 65915, et seq.

4. Equivalent Financial Value. The cost to the developer/property owner based on the land cost per dwelling unit. This is determined by the difference in the value of the land with and without the density bonus.

5. Lower- and Very Low-Income Households. Income limits published by the State Department of Housing and Community Development. This applies to both for-rent and forsale housing.

Residential Structure Types.

1. Apartment. A room or suite of rooms occupied or suitable for occupancy as a residence for one family.

2. Dwelling, Primary. A building designed exclusively for residential occupancy, including single-family, duplex, and multiple-family, but not including an accessory dwelling unit, junior accessory dwelling unit, hotel, motel, boardinghouse, asylum, or jail, where people are housed by reason of illness or under legal restraint.

3. Dwelling Unit. One or more habitable rooms designed for occupancy by only one family for living and sleeping purposes and having a kitchen.

4. Dwelling, Multiple Family. A building, or portion thereof, used and designed as a residence for three (3) or more families living independently of each other with an individual kitchen for each, including apartment houses, apartment hotels, and flats, but not including automobile courts.

5. Residential Lot, Gross Area. The area of a lot excluding slopes that exceed twenty percent (20%) and the 100-year floodplain areas recognized by the City (such as FEMA and Montgomery-Watson).

6. Residential Lot, Net Area. The area of a lot excluding slopes that exceed twenty percent (20%), 100-year floodplain areas recognized by the City, public and private streets, lands zoned or proposed to be zoned “OS” Open Space District or “PF” Public Facilities District, and/or areas required or proposed to be preserved in association with environmental features located on the lot (i.e., wetlands and associated buffer areas).

Room, Habitable. An unsubdivided portion of the interior of a dwelling unit, excluding such enclosed places as closets, pantries, bath or toilet rooms, service rooms, connecting corridors, Packet Pg. 369 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) laundries, unfinished attics, foyers, storage spaces, cellars, utility rooms, garages, and similar spaces.

School, Elementary or High. An institution of learning that offers instruction in the several branches of learning and study required to be taught in the public schools by the Education Code of the State. High schools include junior and senior.

Setback Line. A line within a lot parallel to a corresponding lot line that is the boundary of any specified front, side, corner side, or rear yard or a line otherwise established to govern the location of buildings, structures, or uses. Where no minimum front, side, corner side, or rear yards are specified, the setback line shall be coterminous with the corresponding lot line.

Shopping Center. A unified group of retail businesses and service uses on a single site with common parking facilities. A shopping center may include pads for future buildings.

Sign Terms.

1. Abandoned Sign. Advertising display that was lawfully erected, but whose use has ceased or the structure upon which the sign was displayed has been abandoned by its owner for a period of not less than thirty (30) days.

2. Accessory Sign. A secondary-in-purpose sign that provides on-site information concerning the business that is not indicated on the primary identification sign(s), such as store hours, accepted credit cards, quality ratings or affiliations, vacancies, parking, and traffic direction.

3. Advertising. Any promotion primarily intended to attract attention to goods or services rendered upon property whereupon the advertising is occurring.

4. Aggregate Sign Area. The total area of all signs on a lot, including temporary promotional signs.

5. Animated Sign. Any sign that has mechanical movement, rotation, or change of lighting to depict action or create a special effect or scene.

6. Approved Combustible Materials. Wood or materials not more combustible than wood.

7. Approved Combustible Plastics. Plastics that, when tested in accordance with ASTM standard method of testing for flammability of plastics over 0.050-inch thickness (D635-44), burn no faster than 2.5 inches per minute in sheets of 0.06-inch thickness.

8. Appurtenant Sign. A sign pertaining to the business or activity carried on at the premises (lot) upon which the sign is located, constructed, or erected.

9. Architectural Feature. Prominent or characteristic part of a building. Examples of architectural features are windows, columns, awnings, marquees, and fascias.

Packet Pg. 370 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

10. Awning. A cloth, plastic, or other flexible nonstructural covering that is either permanently attached to a building or can be raised or retracted to a position against the building when not in use.

11. Awning Sign. A sign incorporated into or attached to an awning or canopy.

12. Banner. A sign of temporary construction made of vinyl, canvas, or equally similar flexible material.

13. Beacon or Searchlight. Any light with one or more beams directed into the atmosphere or directed at one or more points not on the same lot as the light source; also, any light with one or more beams that rotate or move.

14. Billboard. A freestanding, off-site sign made available for lease or rent and/or governed by the Outdoor Advertising Act.

15. Canopy. A permanent roof-like shelter, either freestanding or supported by a building.

16. Canopy Sign. Any advertising of any nature that is painted, printed, sewed, or otherwise attached to a canopy.

17. Changeable Copy Sign. A sign on which the copy changes manually or automatically using, but not limited to, a lamp bank or through mechanical means. This includes, but is not limited to, electronic message boards, large television or projector screens (i.e., Sony JumboTron and similar devices), or electrical or electronic time and temperature units.

18. Conforming Sign. A sign shall be said to conform when it meets all the standards and regulations established by this chapter and the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the City.

19. Copy. Any graphic, letter, numeral, symbol, insignia, text, sample, model, device, or combination thereof, which relates to advertising, identification, or notification.

20. Design Review Manual. A policy document with graphics and text that is used by the City to further clarify the meaning of this chapter and to judge the appearance and acceptability of proposed signs and murals that require design review as part of permit approval.

21. Detached Sign. A pole, monument, or shopping center identification sign.

22. Directional Sign. An on-site accessory sign designed to guide or direct pedestrian or vehicular traffic.

23. Donor. Any person, group of people, organization(s), or business(es) who finances a building mural.

24. Double Frontage Lot. A parcel having lot frontage on two (2) or more streets.

Packet Pg. 371 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

25. Electrical Code. The Electrical Code of the City.

26. Electronic Message Board. A sign that uses lighting to advertise goods and services and has the capability of changing the advertising message several times during a single hour (refer to Changeable Copy Sign).

27. Enforcement Officer. The public employee(s) or officer designated by the Development Services Director of the City to perform the duties imposed by this chapter on the Enforcement Officer.

28. Flag or Patriotic Symbol. Any fabric, banner, or bunting containing distinctive colors or patterns recognized by the Congress of the United States as an American or state flag, also government and flags of state-recognized political subdivisions.

29. Freeway. A restricted access highway with no at-grade intersections. Freeways within the City limits are Interstate 5, Highway 299 between Interstate 5 and the eastern City limits, and Highway 44 between Continental Street and the eastern City limits.

30. Freeway Sign. A freestanding sign oriented to and designed to be viewed from a freeway.

31. Freeway Travel Lane. Any freeway through lane, any lane providing direct connection from one freeway to another, and any freeway on-ramp or off-ramp.

32. Illegal Sign. A sign that (1) was erected without first complying with all ordinances and regulations in effect at the time of its construction; (2) was legally erected but whose use has ceased or has been abandoned, has not been maintained, or is not used to identify or advertise a business for thirty (30) consecutive days or more; (3) was legally erected but that later became illegal as a result of the completion of the amortization period; or (4) is a sign that is a danger to the public, is unsafe, or is a traffic hazard.

33. Illuminated Sign. A sign with an artificial light source incorporated internally or externally for the purposes of illuminating the sign.

34. Logo. A graphic symbol, picture, image, or lettering used separately by a business in connection with other advertising to promote the sale of goods and services by the owner of the logo.

35. Marquee. A permanent roofed structure attached to and wholly supported by a building that may project beyond the building.

36. Marquee Sign. Any advertising matter of any nature that is attached to a marquee.

37. Monument Sign. A detached sign with a solid base equal to or greater than the length of the sign copy and connected solidly to and arising from the ground.

Packet Pg. 372 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

38. Nameplate. A sign that displays only the name, address, and occupation of the occupant of the premises, is illuminated, and does not exceed four square feet (4 ft2).

39. Nonconforming Sign. An existing sign that does not meet the requirements of this chapter but was erected in conformance with the regulations of a previous Sign Ordinance and has been in continual use since its establishment.

40. Off-Site Sign. A sign located off the premises indicated by said sign. This includes billboards.

Any sign that advertises a business no longer on the lot where the sign is located and where the business has relocated elsewhere in the city or county shall be considered an off-site sign and must meet the requirements of this chapter; otherwise, such sign shall be illegal.

41. On-Site Sign. A sign that designates the activities and uses of the premises on which it is located. An on-site sign is also known as an appurtenant sign.

42. Pennant. Any all-weather lightweight plastic, fabric, or other material, whether or not containing a message of any kind, suspended from a rope, wire, or string, usually in series, designed to move in the wind.

43. Pole Sign. A detached sign that is supported by one or more uprights, poles, or braces in or upon the ground or by a structure other than a building that meets the height, size, landscape, location, and illumination requirements of this code. To qualify as a pole sign, the cabinet or frame (or equivalent) bottom shall be elevated at least seven feet (7’) above grade. A pole with an advertising flag having sign copy or logo shall be considered a pole sign.

44. Portable Sign. A sign other than a temporary approved sign not permanently attached to the ground or building and used for on- or off-site advertisement purposes. Portable signs include, but are not limited to, signs displayed on vehicles, trailers, and A-frame signs.

45. Projecting Sign. A sign that is suspended from or supported by any building or structure and that projects outward from the supporting structure. An extended wing wall may be considered a projecting sign if it has advertising and does not serve a structural purpose.

46. Promotional Temporary Signs. Signs that may be constructed of all-weather material including vinyl, canvas, or similar material, and are intended for, but are not limited to, the intended uses of a contractor, builder, realtor, political group, and retail-store owners including grand openings, going-out-of-business and special promotional sales, and publicservice promotions.

47. Public Service, Seasonal, or Special Community Event Signs. Temporary signs used for special occasions that are installed for a specific limited period of time established by this chapter.

48. Real Estate Development Sign. A temporary off-site sign advertising the sale or lease of newly developed residential subdivisions, residential condominiums, and residential planned developments containing at least five (5) lots or at least ten (10) dwelling units. A sign Packet Pg. 373 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) advertising for projects less than the number of lots or units noted above is defined as a real estate sign.

49. Real Estate Sign. A temporary sign advertising the sale or lease of a lot or parcel of land or any portion thereof upon which the sign is located.

50. Roof Line. The top edge of the roof or top of the parapet, whichever forms the top line of the building silhouette.

51. Roof Sign. A sign located on or attached to the roof of a building.

52. Shopping Center Identifier or Locator Sign. A detached appurtenant sign larger than a pole sign in height and area that identifies the name of a shopping center having at least 300,000 square feet of enclosed retail floor area. Such signs are intended to be viewed from adjacent 4- to 6-lane arterial traffic.

53. Sign. Any device, fixture, placard, or structure that uses any color, form, graphic, illumination, symbol, or writing to advertise, announce the purpose of, identify the purpose of a person or entity, or communicate information of any kind to the public.

54. Sign Area. Sign area shall be computed by measuring the entire area contained within the frame cabinet, including all ornamentation or decoration used to attract attention. In computing the maximum permissible sign area or display surface, standard mathematical formulas for known or common shapes will be used. In the case of irregular shapes, straight lines drawn closest to the extremities of the shape will be used. The structure or structure cover supporting a sign shall not be included in determining the sign area unless the structure or structure cover contains advertising copy. The area of double-face signs shall be computed by using one side, and multi-faced signs shall be the total sum of all display surfaces. The sign copy of a multi-faced sign can be viewed from one position. For balloons and dirigibles, the advertising area shall be based on the largest cross-sectional area of grouped or individual (ungrouped) balloons.

55. Sign Height. The vertical distance measured from the base of the sign at normal grade to the top of the highest attached component of the sign or sign structure.

56. Sniping. Advertising by the pasting, posting, sticking, tacking, hanging, affixing, or placing on cloth, paper, or cardboard bills, cards or posters, or metal signs, to or upon fences, posts, trees, buildings, structures, or surfaces other than outdoor advertising structures. Sniping is unlawful within the city. This definition shall not be held to include any sign or notice issued by any court or public office or posted by any public officer in performance of a public duty or by a private person in giving a legal notice, or any cloth, paper, or cardboard sign advertising for sale or lease the property upon which it stands or any type of sign permitted elsewhere in this chapter.

Packet Pg. 374 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

57. State-of-the-Art Sign Design. A sign technology that includes, but is not limited to, Electronic Message Boards, Sony JumboTron, etc., that develops or occurs following the adoption of the Sign Ordinance.

58. Supergraphic Wall Sign. A wall advertising with large lettering, business logos, and/or murals that include any advertising message relating to the goods and services sold by the owner of the sign. This type of wall sign sometimes includes a single contrasting band of color, or bright bands of color, or lines that are connected to the wall graphics, physically or visually; and if the bands of color and/or lettering, business logos, and murals extend onto the surface of another wall or side of the building, the bands of color or lines may be considered part of the supergraphic wall sign for the purpose of sign measurement. Where there is at least a five-foot (5’) separation between the advertising and graphic, then the graphic may not be considered as supergraphic.

59. Temporary Sign. A sign not constructed or intended for long-term use. The maximum frequency and length of display shall be as set forth Section 18.42.040(R). Temporary signs include, but are not limited to, banners, displays for public-service promotions, on-site or offsite real estate signs and construction signs, balloons and dirigibles, beacons and searchlights, political signs, and window-painted signs.

60. Time and Temperature Signs. A sign that provides information about time and temperature in the public’s interest without transmitting any advertising message.

61. Wall Mural. A mural applies to representative or nonrepresentative art. Murals usually depict a well-known local landscape scene, are not used as a logo, and do not contain any lettering or numbering relating to the goods or services sold by the owner of the mural. A wall mural may occupy the same wall surface with any type, company name, or logo, but these advertising messages shall have their own field and shall not physically overlap or be included within the viewing field of the mural. When a mural lacks a border, then the entire contrasting color surface of the wall may be considered as the entire sign area.

62. Wall Sign. A sign that is attached to or placed directly onto a parapet or wall of a building.

This includes, but is not limited to, signs supported by a wall, painted signs, supergraphics, murals, etc.

63. Window Sign. Any sign, picture, symbol, or combination thereof, designed to communicate information about an activity, business, commodity, event, sale, or service, that is placed inside a window or within twelve inches (12”) of the window surface or upon the window panes or glass and is visible from the exterior of the window.

Site. A lot, or group of contiguous lots, that is proposed for development in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and is in a single ownership or under unified control.

Story. That part of any building included between the surface of any floor and the surface of the next floor or of the roof next above.

Packet Pg. 375 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

1. Half Story. A story with at least two of its opposite sides situated in a sloping roof, the floor area of which does not exceed two-thirds (2/3) of the floor area immediately below it.

Stream Buffer Terms.

1. Riparian Vegetation. An association of plant species growing adjacent to, and dependent upon, freshwater courses, including perennial and intermittent streams, lakes, and other bodies of freshwater.

2. Top of Bank. That area associated with a stream that contains the normal winter stream flows.

In cases where the top of bank is not obvious or is in dispute, it shall be determined based on the area containing a 10-year flood event. In the case of streams with multiple channels, top of bank shall be the outermost bank of the stream. In no case, however, shall top of bank exceed the defined limits of the 100-year-flood event as determined under the procedures of this code.

Street. A public thoroughfare that affords principal means of access to a block and to abutting property, including avenue, place, way, drive, lane, boulevard, highway, road, and any other thoroughfare, except an alley as defined in this chapter.

Street Line. The boundary between a street and property.

Structural Alterations. Any change in the supporting members of a building such as bearing walls, columns, beams, or girders.

Structure. Anything constructed or erected, the use of which requires location on the ground or attachment to something having location on the ground or under the ground.

Swimming Pool and Hot Tub Terms.

1. Grade. The underlying surface such as earth or a walking surface.

2. Owner. Any person, agent, firm, or corporation having a legal or equitable interest in the property.

3. Swimming Pool, or Pool. Any structure intended for swimming or recreational bathing that contains water over eighteen inches (18”) deep. Swimming pool includes in-ground and aboveground/on-ground structures and includes, but is not limited to, hot tubs, spas, portable spas, and non-portable wading pools.

4. Swimming Pool, Indoor. A swimming pool which is totally contained within a residential structure and surrounded on all four sides by walls of said structure.

5. Swimming Pool, Outdoor. Any swimming pool which is not an indoor pool.

Packet Pg. 376 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) Targeted Housing Units. Those units intended to be affordable to lower- and very low-income households.

Transmission Line. An electric power line bringing power to a receiving or distribution substation.

Telecommunication Terms.

1. Antenna. Any system of wires, poles, rods, reflecting discs, or similar devices used for the transmission or receiving of electromagnetic radio frequency waves.

2. Building-Mounted. An antenna that is affixed to or supported by the roof or exterior wall of a building or other structure.

3. Ground-Mounted. An antenna that is fully or partially supported by a platform, framework, pole, or other structural system that is affixed to or placed directly on or in the ground.

4. Collocation. The location of two (2) or more wireless communication facilities on a single support structure or otherwise sharing a common location. For the purposes of this chapter, collocation shall also include the location of wireless communication facilities with other facilities such as water tanks, light standards, and other utility facilities and structures.

5. Communication Tower. Any structure that is used to transmit or receive electromagnetic radio frequency waves or that supports such a device.

6. Electromagnetic Radio Frequency Waves. Waves of electric and magnetic energy radiating away from a transmission source to be picked up by a receiving antenna for the purpose of communicating information.

7. Wireless Communication Facility. A facility containing communication towers and/or antennas and any related equipment for the purpose of transmitting or receiving electromagnetic radio frequency waves.

Tent. A structure, enclosure or shelter, with or without sidewalls or drops, constructed of fabric or pliable material supported in any manner except by air or the contents it protects.

Tree Terms

1. Candidate Tree(s). A single healthy tree or group of healthy trees warranting consideration for preservation by virtue of its value to the community, the immediate neighborhood, or the natural environment in recognition of the existence of one or more of the following attributes:
a. It is an outstanding specimen of its species in terms of aesthetic quality as determined by shape and branch structure.

Packet Pg. 377 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) b. It is one of the largest or oldest trees in Redding that also has historical or neighborhood interest.
c. It adds significantly to the environment of the city because of its location, distinct form, unique species, or other identifying characteristics.
d. It is in a location which is connected to a larger natural woodland system, such as a permanent open-space area, and which is likely to be self-supporting over time. e. It serves a desirable function, such as buffering dissimilar land uses, or is a component of an overall landscape plan.

2. Cutting. The detaching or separating from a protected tree any limb, branch, or root. Cutting shall include pruning and trimming.

3. dbh (diameter at breast height). The trunk diameter measured at four and one-half feet (4.5’) above the ground (diameter = circumference ÷ 3.142).

4. Damage. Any action undertaken which may cause death or significant injury, or which places the tree in a hazardous condition or in an irreversible state of decline. This includes but is not limited to cutting, topping, girdling, poisoning, or root disturbance.

5. Developed Property. Any individual lot that is occupied by a principal building. A principal building is one in which is conducted the principal use of the lot on which it is located based on the zoning of the lot.

6. Discretionary Projects. Projects shall include but not be limited to those projects subject to:
a use permit (including administrative use permit), a parcel map, a tentative subdivision map, a site-plan review, a variance, a rezone, or a planned development.

7. Drip Line. The area identified by extending a vertical line from the outermost portion of the limb canopy to the ground, with its axis parallel to the trunk.

8. Landmark or Heritage Tree. Any tree that has been specifically placed on the Landmark and Heritage Tree Plan as established by Chapter 13.40 of the Redding Municipal Code.

9. Person. Any natural person, partnership, firm, corporation, governmental agency, or other legal entity.

10. Preserved Tree. A tree that is required to be preserved and protected under discretionary project approval.

11. Qualified Professional. Includes an individual approved by the City who has one or more of the following qualifications:

Packet Pg. 378 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding) a. Registered Professional Forester. A person who holds a valid license as a professional forester pursuant to the provisions of the State Code.
b. Certified Arborist. A person who holds a current certificate from the Western Chapter of the International Society of Arboriculture.
c. Biologist. A person who demonstrates expertise in the biological sciences related to oak woodlands of the variety prevalent in the Redding area through an appropriate combination of education, training, and experience and is judged by his or her profession to be able to represent the profession in a competent manner.

12. Removal. The physical removal of a tree, or causing the death of a tree through damage, poison, or other direct or indirect action.

13. Shrub. A woody plant of relatively low height, distinguished from a tree by its height and having several stems.

14. Tree. A perennial plant having a self-supporting woody main stem or trunk usually characterized by the ability to grow to considerable height and size and to develop woody branches at some distance above the ground. It is usually distinguished from a bush or shrub by its size, manner of growth, and usual botanical nomenclature. Perennial shrubs are not classified as trees in this chapter. As stated in Section 1.04.010, the singular “tree” includes the plural “trees,” and the plural the singular.

15. Undeveloped Property. Property that does not contain a “principal building.” A principal building is one in which is conducted the principal use of the lot on which it is located based on the zoning of the lot.

Visible. Capable of being seen (whether or not legible) by a person of normal height and visual acuity walking or driving on a public road.

Yard Terms

1. Yard. An area between a lot line and a setback line, unobstructed and unoccupied from the ground upward, except for projections permitted by these regulations.

2. Yard, Corner Side. An area extending across the full width of the lot between the corner side lot line and the nearest line of the building.

3. Yard, Front. An area extending across the full width of the lot between the front lot line and the nearest line of the building. The front yard may face either street frontage of a corner lot as determined by the Building Official upon issuance of a building permit. For double frontage lots, the front yard faces each street frontage from which access is permitted.

4. Yard, Rear. An area extending the full width of the lot between a rear lot line and the nearest line of the building.

Packet Pg. 379 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)

5. Yard, Side. An area extending from the front yard to the rear yard between the nearest side lot line and the
Packet Pg. 380 Attachment: ^Title 18 - 2025 Zoning Code Cleanup Strikeout Ordinance (6.1--Rezoning Application RZ-2025-01027, by the City of Redding)